Company Announcements

2022 Annual Financial Report

Source: RNS
RNS Number : 6625S
Phoenix Group Holdings PLC
13 March 2023
 


Logo Description automatically generated with medium confidence


Phoenix Group Holdings plc: 2022 Full Year Results

13 March 2023

Phoenix Group announces strong full year 2022 results and a 5% dividend increase

 

CASH

Operating companies'
cash generation

£1,504m

2021: £1,717m

 

+

RESILIENCE

Solvency II Surplus and
SCCR

£4.4bn and 189%

2021: £5.3bn and 180%

 

+

GROWTH

Incremental new business long-term cash generation

£1,233m

2021: £1,1846m

 

Commenting on the results, Phoenix Group CEO, Andy Briggs said:

 

"Phoenix has a simple strategy that is focused on the UK long-term savings and retirement market. We have continued to make excellent progress across all areas of that strategy in 2022, despite the challenging economic backdrop.

This has enabled us to deliver a strong set of financial results, with cash generation of £1.5 billion and our resilient balance sheet maintained. We have also grown our business both organically, with record new business growth of £1.2 billion, and inorganically, with the cash funded acquisition of Sun Life of Canada UK. Our strong strategic and financial performance has therefore enabled the Board to recommend a 5% dividend increase for the year.

At Phoenix, sustainability is embedded across our business and we are committed to putting the Planet and People at the heart of everything we do. If we are to live up to our purpose of helping people secure a life of possibilities, we need to play our part in tackling climate change and making retirement provision fit for the twenty first century. We have much more to do on both of these themes but the benefits of getting this right, both commercially and societally, are huge."

 

2022 financial highlights

 

Growing our dependable cash generation

·      £1,504m of cash generation1 in 2022 (FY21: £1,717m), which exceeds our £1.3bn-to-£1.4bn target range for the year.

·     £12.1bn of Group in-force long-term free cash has increased by c.£0.3bn (FY21: £11.8bn) as our business grew year-on-year. This cash, which will be released over time, ensures our growing dividend is sustainable over the very long term.

 

Maintaining a resilient Solvency balance sheet

·     £4.4bn2 Solvency II Surplus at 31 December 2022 (FY21: £5.3bn), with our comprehensive risk management approach limiting the Solvency II Surplus economic impact to £(0.4)bn, in line with our published sensitivities.

·    189% Solvency II Shareholder Capital Coverage Ratio2,3 ('SCCR') (FY21: 180%3) is currently above our target range of 140-180%, providing significant capacity to invest into growth.

 

Delivering record organic growth

·     £1,233m of incremental new business long-term cash generation (FY21: £1,184m) comprises £934m from our Retirement Solutions business (FY21: £950m) and £299m from our capital-light fee-based businesses (FY21: £234m).

·    £4.8bn of BPA premiums (FY21: £5.6bn) which generated a broadly stable level of incremental new business long-term cash generation, but with 20% less capital invested; capital strain reduced further to 5.8%4 (FY21: 6.5%).

·   £2.4bn of Workplace net fund flows (FY21: £0.2bn) and 53% increase in incremental new business long-term cash generation to £212m (FY21: £139m), as we retain our existing clients and benefit from new joiners to existing schemes and increased member contributions.

 

Strong dividend growth in 2022

·      The Group's dividend policy is to 'pay a dividend that is sustainable and grows over time'.

·      5% increase in the Final 2022 dividend to 26.0 pence per share is recommended by the Board, comprising:

§ 2.5% organic dividend increase reflecting the Group's strong strategic and financial performance in 2022; and

§ 2.5% inorganic dividend increase that reflects the value from the Sun Life of Canada UK acquisition, which is expected to complete in April 2023 with regulatory approval now received.

·      50.8 pence per share Total 2022 dividend (FY21: 48.9 pence per share).

 

Other key financial metrics

·      Assets under administration of £259bn (FY21: £310bn) are lower primarily due to c.£46bn reduction in asset values.

·     IFRS adjusted operating profit of £1,245m (FY21: £1,230m); IFRS loss after tax of £(1,762)m reflects significant adverse investment variances due to the accounting volatility from our hedging approach and an accounting mismatch from our own pension schemes that have been subject to a buy-in (with an offset in Other Comprehensive Income).

·      30% Fitch leverage ratio5 (FY21: 28%) remains within our target range of 25-30%, despite the impact of IFRS volatility.

 

Clear progress made against our strategic priorities and our key ESG themes

 

Optimising our in-force business

·      £739m of Solvency II management actions delivered in 2022, primarily through BAU actions that included ongoing balance sheet efficiencies, further illiquid asset origination and optimisation of our liquid credit portfolio.

·     Our comprehensive risk management approach protected both our capital position and long-term cash, and we comfortably met all collateral calls on our hedging instruments during the economic turmoil in the second half of 2022.

·    £3.5bn of illiquid assets originated (FY21: £3.0bn), comprising £1.9bn of illiquid private debt and £1.6 billion of Equity Release Mortgages, demonstrating our enhanced asset management capabilities.

 

Growing organically and through M&A

·     Delivered sustainable organic growth through our Standard Life branded Retirement Solutions and Pensions and Savings businesses, reflecting the investment into our propositions.

·      Won 76 new Workplace schemes with an aggregate asset value of c.£2bn, that will transfer over the next 12-24 months.

·     Announced our first ever cash funded acquisition of Sun Life of Canada UK for £248m, which is expected to generate c.£470m6 of incremental long-term cash generation.

 

Enhancing our operating model and culture

·     Successfully migrated all c.400k annuities from Standard Life to the TCS BaNCS platform, and transferred c.1,200 customer service and IT colleagues to TCS Diligenta in line with our integration plan.

·     Completed the integration of the ReAssure Group Functions and announced in February the transfer of all c.3m policies from the Alpha platform to TCS BaNCS, delivering a further £180m of net cost synergies.

·   Improved diversity across the organisation, including gender balance achieved on our Group Board and Executive Committee.

·      Ongoing support for colleagues with the cost of living challenges, including a £1,000 net payment to our colleagues7.

 

Our strategic priorities are informed by, and in support of, our key ESG themes of: Planet and People

·      Planet - by transitioning our business to net zero, we aim to deliver better outcomes for our customers and play our part in tackling the climate emergency. Key achievements include:

c.£15bn of assets and c.1.5m members transitioned to Standard Life's Sustainable Multi-Asset default fund as we begin to decarbonise our investment portfolios at scale.

c.£340m of policyholder assets to be invested into an innovative multi-asset 'climate solutions' mandate as we maximise the opportunity of investing in climate solutions.

  82% of key suppliers committed to setting science-based targets or Race to Zero based.

  c.80% reduction in the carbon emission intensity of our own operations since 2019.

 

·     People - we want to help people live better longer lives. This means tackling the pension savings gap and supporting people to have better financial futures through promoting financial wellness and the role of good work and skills. Key achievements include:

Our think tank, Phoenix Insights, published several insightful research reports raising awareness of under saving,  advocating for reform of the state pension, and contributing to the debate on economic inactivity.

  c.1.2m customers offered the chance to review our digital literacy materials.

  Improved average colleague engagement eNPS score of +30 (FY21: +23).

 

Key financial targets and guidance

 

·      Cash: 2023 cash generation target range of £1.3bn-£1.4bn; 3-year 2023-25 cash generation target of £4.1bn, which now includes future new business reflecting our confidence in delivering sustainable organic growth.

·      Resilience: continue to operate within our target ranges for our SCCR (140-180%) and Fitch leverage ratio (25-30%).

·    Organic growth: deliver further organic growth in 2023 as we progress towards our 2025 targets of c.£1.5bn of incremental new business long-term cash generation and c.£5bn of net fund flows in Workplace and c.£2bn in Retail.

·      M&A growth: complete the acquisition of Sun Life of Canada UK and continue to assess further M&A opportunities.

 


Enquiries

 

Investors/analysts:

Claire Hawkins, Director of Corporate Affairs & Investor Relations, Phoenix Group
+44 (0)20 4559 3161

 

Andrew Downey, Investor Relations Director, Phoenix Group
+44 (0)20 4559 3145

 

Media:

Douglas Campbell, Teneo
+44 (0)7753 136 628

 

Shellie Wells, Corporate Communications Director, Phoenix Group
+44 (0)20 4559 3031


 

Presentation and financial supplement details

 

There will be a live virtual presentation for analysts and investors today starting at 09:30 (GMT).

A link to the live webcast of the presentation, with the facility to raise questions, as well as a copy of the presentation and a detailed financial supplement will be available at:

 

https://www.thephoenixgroup.com/investor-relations/results-reports-and-presentations

 

You can also register for the live webcast at: Phoenix Group 2022 full year results

A replay of the presentation and transcript will also be available on our website following the event.


Dividend details

 

The recommended Final 2022 dividend of 26.0 pence per share is expected to be paid on 10 May 2023.

The ordinary shares will be quoted ex-dividend on the London Stock Exchange as of 30 March 2023. The record date for eligibility for payment will be 31 March 2023.


Footnotes

 

1. Cash generation is a measure of cash and cash equivalents, remitted by Phoenix Group's operating subsidiaries to the holding companies and is available to cover dividends, debt interest, debt repayments and other items.

2. 31 December 2022 Solvency II capital position is an estimated position and reflects a dynamic recalculation of transitionals for the Group's Life companies and recognition of the foreseeable 2022 Final shareholder dividend of £260m. Had the dynamic recalculation not been assumed, the Solvency II surplus and the Shareholder Capital Coverage Ratio would increase by £0.1bn and 2% respectively.

3. The Shareholder Capital Coverage Ratio excludes Solvency II Own Funds and Solvency Capital Requirements of unsupported with-profit funds and unsupported pension schemes.

4. BPA capital strain is shown on a post Capital Management Policy (CMP) basis (on a pre-CMP basis it was 3.2%).

5. Current Fitch leverage ratio is estimated by management.

6.  As at announcement in August 2022.

7.  £1,000 net payment made in August 2022 to all permanent colleagues excluding our Top 100 leaders.


Legal Disclaimers

This announcement in relation to Phoenix Group Holdings plc and its subsidiaries (the 'Group') contains, and the Group may make other statements (verbal or otherwise) containing, forward-looking statements and other financial and/or statistical data about the Group's current plans, goals, ambitions, outlook, guidance and expectations relating to future financial condition, performance, results, strategy and/or objectives.

Statements containing the words: 'believes', 'intends', 'will', 'may', 'should', 'expects', 'plans', 'aims', 'seeks', 'targets', 'continues' and 'anticipates' or other words of similar meaning are forward looking.  Such forward-looking statements and other financial and/or statistical data involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to future events and circumstances that are beyond the Group's control. For example, certain insurance risk disclosures are dependent on the Group's choices about assumptions and models, which by their nature are estimates. As such, actual future gains and losses could differ materially from those that the Group has estimated.

Other factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated by forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: domestic and global economic, political, social, environmental and business conditions; asset prices; market related risks such as fluctuations in investment yields, interest rates and exchange rates, the potential for a sustained low-interest rate or high-interest rate, environment, and the performance of financial or credit markets generally; the policies and actions of governmental and/or regulatory authorities, including, for example, initiatives related to the financial crisis, the COVID-19 pandemic, climate change and the effect of the UK's version of the "Solvency II" regulations on the Group's capital maintenance requirements; the impact of changing inflation rates (including high inflation) and/or deflation; the medium and long-term political, legal, social and economic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and the UK's exit from the European Union; the direct and indirect consequences of the European and global macroeconomic conditions of the Russia-Ukraine War and related or other geopolitical conflicts; information technology or data security breaches (including the Group being subject to cyberattacks); the development of standards and interpretations including evolving practices in ESG and climate reporting with regard to the interpretation and application of accounting; the limitation of climate scenario analysis and the models that analyse them; lack of transparency and comparability of climate-related forward-looking methodologies; climate change and a transition to a low-carbon economy (including the risk that the Group may not achieve its targets); market competition; changes in assumptions in pricing and reserving for insurance business (particularly with regard to mortality and morbidity trends, gender pricing and lapse rates); the timing, impact and other uncertainties of proposed or future acquisitions, disposals or combinations within relevant industries; risks associated with arrangements with third parties; inability of reinsurers to meet obligations or unavailability of reinsurance coverage; the impact of changes in capital, and implementing changes in IFRS 17 or any other regulatory solvency and/or accounting standards, and tax and other legislation and regulations in the jurisdictions in which members of the Group operate.

As a result, the Group's actual future financial condition, performance and results may differ materially from the plans, goals, ambitions, outlook, guidance and expectations set out in the forward-looking statements and other financial and/or statistical data within this announcement. The Group undertakes no obligation to update any of the forward-looking statements or data contained within this announcement or any other forward-looking statements or data it may make or publish.  Nothing in this announcement constitutes, nor should it be construed as, a profit forecast or estimate.

 

 

Chair's statement

A truly purpose-led business

"Phoenix is fully embracing its purpose as we help more people on their journey to and through retirement, while delivering better outcomes for all of our stakeholders."

Alastair Barbour, Chair

 

 

I am delighted to report that 2022 has been another year in which Phoenix Group has delivered both clear strategic progress and strong financial performance.

During the year, Phoenix Group has once again continued to produce the high levels of predictable cash generation it has always been known for and maintained its resilient balance sheet despite the economic turbulence. The Group has also delivered strong organic growth through our Standard Life branded businesses and M&A growth with the announcement of our first ever cash-funded acquisition of SLF of Canada UK Limited ('Sun Life of Canada UK'). All of which has enabled the Board to recommend a dividend increase of 5% for 2022.

At the Group's Capital Markets Event in December 2022 the executive team detailed their clear strategy to meet more of the needs of our existing customers and to attract new customers, enabling us to continue delivering cash, resilience and growth going forward. The Group also set its first ever organic growth target, which reflects both the Board and executive team's confidence in Phoenix Group's future growth prospects, despite the challenging economic outlook for 2023.

I am proud to see that the journey Phoenix Group has been on during the ten years I have served on its Board is delivering such clear value to our customers, colleagues, shareholders and wider society, as we fully embrace our purpose of 'helping people secure a life of possibilities'.

Our purpose drives all that we do

As the UK's largest long-term savings and retirement business, managing £259 billion of assets on behalf of our c.12 million customers, we have the responsibility and opportunity to make a real difference to our customers and to help drive a low carbon, fair and more secure future. That is why we are fully embedding ESG considerations across our business. Our strategic priorities are therefore informed by, and in support of, the key ESG themes where we can make the most difference, to both the planet, and to people.

If we are really going to help people secure a life of possibilities, we need to play our part in tackling the climate crisis affecting our planet. This means managing the financial risks that climate change poses to our customers, as well as maximising the opportunities it creates. We will do this by transitioning our business to net zero. And by being a leading voice, in calling for action, and driving system change.

We have therefore set clear targets for our journey to net zero across our investment portfolio, supply chain and operations, and with an estimated 24 million tonnes of CO2 emissions from our investment portfolio, we really can make a difference.

We are taking an active approach to protecting our customers, by decarbonising our portfolios at scale, and through stewardship engagement. We also want to take advantage of the substantial investment opportunities, that moving to a green economy presents, such as renewable energy and sustainable transport. A great example of which is the £330m of policyholders assets we have invested into an innovative multi-asset 'climate solutions' mandate.

I am also delighted with the progress we are making to decarbonise our supply chain and operations, with 82% of our suppliers committed to science-based or Race to Zero based targets, and an 80% reduction in the emissions intensity of our own operations since 2019.

Our second key theme is focused on people, through promoting financial wellness and the role of good work and skills. We are facing a growing pension savings gap, with research from our think tank, Phoenix Insights, revealing that only 14% of defined contribution pension savers are on track for a retirement income that maintains their current standard of living. Engaging people in their financial futures, and advocating for broader societal action to tackle under-saving, is a critical part of our commitment to our purpose. Phoenix is supporting better financial futures by meeting more of our customers' evolving needs on their journey to and through retirement, through our range of innovative products and services.

However, for people to have better, longer lives they also need access to good work and opportunities to upskill throughout their careers, increasing their incomes and ability to save for retirement. Phoenix Insights advocates for change in working practices, careers advice and lifelong learning, as explained in more detail on pages 24-25. And as an employer, Phoenix is committed to being an exemplar inclusive, age-friendly workplace.

Supporting our colleagues

We also have a broader role to play in society and against the backdrop of economic uncertainty, a key issue over the past year has been the Cost of Living Crisis. The Board has therefore been focused on ensuring our colleagues are supported throughout. Central to this has been a wide-ranging support package to help colleagues navigate the cost of living challenges, which included giving all colleagues, except our most senior staff, a net £1,000 payment in August 2022.

Shareholder dividend increase

The Group has a clear dividend policy which is to pay a dividend that is sustainable and grows over time, with the Board prioritising the Group's long-term dividend sustainability at all times.

I am delighted to announce that the Board is recommending a 5% increase in the Group's 2022 Final dividend to 26.0 pence per share, meaning the Group's Total dividend for 2022 will be 50.8 pence per share. This reflects the Group's strong performance across a range of strategic and financial performance measures. It comprises a 2.5% organic dividend increase, and a 2.5% inorganic increase, reflecting the value from the acquisition of Sun Life of Canada UK.

Going forward, we expect the business to continue growing organically and we also remain committed to M&A. This in turn is expected to support a dividend that is sustainable and grows over time.

Board changes

I am delighted to be fulfilling the role of Chair while Nicholas Lyons is on a 14-month sabbatical, which is enabling him to undertake the role of Lord Mayor of the City of London. Nicholas has resigned from the Board on a temporary basis for his sabbatical, but remains in contact with myself and our CEO, Andy Briggs, so that he can seamlessly resume his role as Chair from November 2023. In line with good corporate governance as it relates to the independence of Non-Executive Directors, having served ten years on the Phoenix Group Board, I will sadly be leaving the Board when Nicholas returns in November.

Elsewhere, during 2022 the Board was delighted to welcome Katie Murray as an independent Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Board Audit Committee, and Maggie Semple as an independent Non-Executive Director and the Group's Designated Non-Executive Director for Workforce Engagement. Katie and Maggie have brought a diversity of experience and new perspectives, and both are already making valuable contributions. We also wished Wendy Mayall a fond farewell, as she retired from the Board in 2022, after diligently serving two three year terms and supporting us in navigating a number of key strategic initiatives during her time.

Outlook

As we enter a challenging economic environment in 2023, the Board and I are confident that Phoenix's business model and risk management approach will ensure that we remain highly resilient to any economic volatility. While our strategy will support us in delivering future growth, as we meet more of the needs of our existing customers and acquire new customers.

Thank you

Finally, I would like to take the opportunity to thank the Board, our colleagues, our partners and all of our wider stakeholders for their hard work and dedication in delivering what has been another successful year for Phoenix Group.

 

Alastair Barbour

Phoenix Group Chair

 

 

Group Chief Executive Officer's report

Phoenix is delivering sustainable growth

"2022 has seen us execute against all of our strategic priorities as we delivered both organic and M&A growth, which demonstrates that Phoenix is truly a growing business."

Andy Briggs, Group Chief Executive Officer

 

 

2022 has been a strong year of delivery for Phoenix Group, despite the challenging economic environment. As we have made significant progress against our strategic priorities during the year by continuing to embrace our purpose. This has supported us in delivering a strong set of financial results, in line with our financial framework of Cash, Resilience and Growth.

Delivering Cash, Resilience and Growth supports an increased dividend

During 2022, our in-force business delivered cash generation of £1.5 billion, exceeding our 2021 target range of £1.3-to-£1.4 billion. Our resilient Solvency II ('SII') capital position was maintained with a SII Surplus of £4.4 billion (2021: £5.3 billion) and an increased Shareholder Capital Coverage Ratio ('SCCR') of 189% (2021: 180%), which is currently above our target range of 140-180%, providing capacity for us to invest into growth.

I am delighted we have delivered a second consecutive year of organic growth with record incremental new business long-term cash generation of £1,233 million (2021: £1,184 million). This means that we have once again more than offset the run-off of our in-force business and firmly established Phoenix as a business that is growing and sustainable. We are now confident of growing our incremental new business long-term cash generation going forward and have set a target of c.£1.5 billion per annum by 2025, which is the first organic growth target we have ever set, which is a clear signal of our ambition.

We have also delivered M&A growth in 2022, with the announcement of our cash funded acquisition of Sun Life of Canada UK. This is expected to complete in April 2023, with the key regulatory approvals now received. The significant value that will be generated by this transaction has enabled the Board to recommend a 2.5% inorganic dividend increase this year, which demonstrates the significant value to shareholders of smaller, cash funded M&A.

As a result of our strong overall performance, I am pleased that the Board is recommending a dividend increase of 5%, in line with our dividend policy. This reflects the Board's determination to reward our shareholders when our business performs well.

The sustainability of this increased level of dividend is underpinned by the £0.3 billion increase in our Group in-force long-term free cash to £12.1 billion (2021: £11.8 billion). This is the cash that will emerge from our in-force business and will be available to our shareholders over time. It ensures our increased level of dividend remains just as sustainable over the very long term.

In terms of our IFRS reporting, we have reported an increased adjusted operating profit of £1,245m for the year (2021: £1,230m), but the impact of our hedging approach results in an IFRS loss after tax of £(1,762)m (2021: £(709)m). As a reminder, we hedge our Solvency balance sheet with the aim of delivering resilient cash generation over the long term, but this does create IFRS accounting volatility. This impact has been accentuated by the significant increase in yields last year, driving the large accounting loss, but this does not impact our cash generation or dividend capacity in any way.

Executing on our clear strategy

Phoenix's role in society is to help our customers journey to and through retirement by meeting their evolving needs.

Phoenix has a clear and differentiated strategy as outlined on pages 14-15, which is in support of our purpose of helping people secure a life of possibilities.

Our strategy is simple. We are the experts in optimising a scale in-force business for cash and resilience, and we grow this both organically and through M&A.

Our in-force business is the £259 billion of assets we look after for our c.12 million existing customers. It is highly cash generative, and provides surplus cash, that we can reinvest into growth.

Organic growth comes from meeting more of our existing customers' needs as they save for, transition to, and secure an income in retirement. We also acquire new customers, who we can then help through their life cycles.

In addition, we have attractive M&A growth opportunities, where we acquire new customers at scale and deliver better outcomes for customers with legacy products. In the process, we transform the acquired businesses, to deliver significant cost and capital synergies.

But what's particularly attractive about our business model, is that the whole really is more than the sum of the parts. With our organic and M&A growth generating more in-force business, that we then optimise.

We are confident of delivering our strategy because our scale in-force gives us three unique competitive advantages.

The first is capital efficiency, where we get greater diversification from the breadth of in-force products across our £259 billion of customer assets. We are also highly resilient, through our core capabilities in risk management and capital optimisation.

Secondly, with c.12 million customers we have an unrivalled level of customer access, with around 1-in-5 UK adults being a Phoenix Group customer. This provides us with deep customer insights and clear growth opportunities as we look to meet more of their evolving needs over time.

And thirdly, we have a significant cost efficiency advantage. This is enabled through our customer administration and IT partnership with Tata Consultancy Services ('TCS'), and our focus on delivering a simplified operating model.

Our in-force business therefore gives us real competitive advantages, that are very hard to replicate. Which means we are confident that we can, and will, win in our chosen markets.

All of which provides us with the opportunity to drive both organic and M&A growth through meeting our customers' needs, as outlined in the spotlight box to the left.

Delivering our strategic priorities

Our strategy is delivered on a day-to-day basis through our three strategic priorities, which cover the investments and the programmes of work, that will further enhance our competitive advantages, and enable us to help people secure a life of possibilities. Our progress this year against each of these priorities is outlined below.

Optimise our in-force business

Our first strategic priority is all about leveraging our scale in-force business to deliver capital efficiency and better returns on our capital, with a strong 2022 performance across our key areas of focus.

Delivering cost and capital synergies, which we refer to as 'management actions', remains a core capability of Phoenix. In 2022, we have once again delivered a significant level of management actions, with £739 million of actions achieved. This was primarily from business-as-usual management actions, which are not reliant on cost and capital synergies from M&A transactions, and are therefore sustainable over the long term. This included the ongoing delivery of a range of balance sheet efficiencies, which remains a differentiating capability for us, as well as further illiquid asset origination and optimisation of our liquid credit portfolio.

Our comprehensive risk management framework includes our hedging approach, which differentiates us from other insurance companies. We hedge the vast majority of the market risks we are exposed to including equities, interest rates, inflation and currency, to minimise volatility in our capital position during volatile economic periods. We also operate a conservative credit portfolio to manage our exposure to credit risk. This approach enabled us to limit our SII surplus economic variance to £(0.4) billion during a volatile economic environment.

We have also continued to enhance our asset management capabilities, to support our growth ambitions and efficiently oversee the management of our customer assets, and continued to expand our range of asset management partners to 21, as we seek to diversify our portfolio globally.

Investing in a sustainable future is the first key pillar of our sustainability strategy and we have continued our investment into sustainable assets with c.£1 billion invested to support affordable housing, access to healthcare, and projects with a positive environmental or social impact.

Last year we also started to integrate decarbonisation strategies into our listed equity portfolios and we are now in the process of designing decarbonising equity benchmarks for UK and US listed equity exposures. This will help manage our customers' exposure to climate risk and reduce the carbon intensity of our investment portfolio.

I am also delighted that the work Phoenix and our peers have done to influence the SII reform proposals means the insurance industry should be better placed to help accelerate the path to net zero by investing to develop a low carbon economy.

Grow organically and through M&A

Our second strategic priority is focused on meeting more of our existing customer needs and acquiring new customers, with a significant year of achievements in 2022.

Our Retirement Solutions business had another strong year. Our focus on improving our capital efficiency in the Bulk Purchase Annuity ('BPA') business enabled us to generate a broadly similar amount of incremental new business long-term cash generation with less capital invested. This in turn enabled us to deliver an improved mid-teens IRR. It was also great to see the success of our launch of the Standard Life Home Finance products and the ongoing development of our open market annuity product, supporting a launch in 2023.

I am also delighted that the significant progress we have made in developing our Workplace proposition and the investment we have made into the Standard Life brand is delivering improved performance. We achieved net flows of £2.4 billion, as we retained our existing schemes and saw new members join our existing schemes. This supported us in delivering a c.50% annual increase in new business long-term cash generation. We also won 76 new schemes across all parts of the market including small, medium and large schemes.

Elsewhere, our other fee-based businesses (Retail, Europe and SunLife) remained resilient during the year.

We are also growing through M&A, having announced our first ever cash-funded acquisition, of Sun Life of Canada UK for consideration of £248 million. This transaction, which is due to complete in April 2023, is expected to deliver c.£0.5 billion of incremental long-term cash generation. This transaction also benefits from a simplified operational integration programme, as the majority of their policy administration is already being outsourced to our strategic partner (TCS Diligenta).

Engaging people in better financial futures is the second key pillar of our sustainability strategy and we have continued to make great progress here. In 2022, we transitioned c.1.5 million customers and c.£15 billion of assets from our existing default funds to our flagship Sustainable Multi-Asset default fund, as we seek to support our customers in investing their pension assets sustainably.

We also continued to use our influence on behalf of our customers and colleagues. As the UK Government's Business Champion for Ageing Society, I am passionate about encouraging older workers to stay in work or come back to work. Good examples of Phoenix leading in this area were our high-profile initiative to make our job adverts age neutral and the Phoenix Insights 'The Great Retirement' report which identified some of the key factors driving rising levels of economic inactivity among the over 50s in the UK.

Enhance our operating model and culture

Our third strategic priority is focused on delivering leading cost efficiency and a modern organisation.

We continued to make great progress with our integration work, with the migration of c.400,000 Standard Life annuities to the TCS BaNCS platform and we transferred the custody and fund accounting services for £90 billion of assets to HSBC.

We have also recently announced the extension of our partnership with TCS, as we plan to move all c.3 million ReAssure policies from our Alpha platform to the TCS BaNCS platform by 2026. This will enable our customers to benefit from the clear digital focus, consistent customer journeys and proposition provided by the BaNCS platform. It is also fully aligned with our model of enhancing long-term cost efficiency, with a further c.£180 million of ReAssure net cost synergies expected.

As ever, we remain focused on attracting, developing and retaining the best talent to drive our business forward. With a range of initiatives in the year that has supported an increase in our colleague engagement eNPS score to +30 (2021: +23). It is also pleasing to see that we have balanced female representation on our Group Board and Executive Committee, in line with our diversity and inclusion goals.

Leading as a responsible business is the third key pillar of our sustainability strategy. Here we are committed to adopting the highest sustainability standards across our business and will lead by example for the stakeholders we engage with to drive real world change and deliver positive impact We are committed to being net zero in our own operations by 2025, which we remain on track to achieve, with an 80% reduction in emissions intensity across our own operations since 2019.

We are also leading the industry with our approach to our supply chain, where we have set our pathway to decarbonisation and launched stretching new ESG supply chain standards for our partners.

Outlook

Looking forward, it is clear that 2023 will present a challenging economic backdrop. However, our business model is designed to be resilient throughout the economic cycle. Our comprehensive hedging approach is designed to protect our Solvency capital position from the majority of the market risks we are exposed, while the key areas of structural market growth we are focused on remain attractive.

In particular, we expect to see a strong year of volumes in the BPA market during 2023, with the recent yields increase having improved the funding positions of many schemes, driving increased demand.

Workplace is also a very resilient business during an economic downturn, with pension contributions being deducted direct from salaries by employers, leading to stable flows through economic cycles.

Finally, there remains c.£470 billion of UK Heritage assets that we believe could come to market over time and we expect further opportunities for M&A consolidation due to the impact of cost inflation on backbook portfolios.

All of which means we expect to see continued organic and M&A growth, to support us in delivering Cash, Resilience and Growth, enabling us to pay a dividend that is sustainable and grows over time.

We are confident in our future growth as demonstrated by setting our first ever organic growth target of c.£1.5 billion of incremental new business long-term cash generation by 2025.

Thank you

The progress we have made this year is all down to our exceptional people and I would like to thank my colleagues throughout the Group for their continued contribution and dedication in 2022.

 

Andy Briggs

Group Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Business review

Delivering cash, resilience and growth

 

"The strong strategic progress we have made during 2022 has enabled us to continue delivering on our financial framework and to recommend a 5% dividend increase for the year."

Rakesh Thakrar, Group Chief Financial Officer

 

 

A strong financial performance in 2022

Financial performance metrics:

2022

2021

YOY change

Cash

Cash generation

£1,504m

£1,717m

-12%

New Business

Incremental long-term cash generation

£1,233m

£1,184m

+4%

Dividends

Total dividend per share

50.8p

48.9p

+4%

Final dividend per share

26.0p

24.8p

+5%

IFRS

Adjusted operating profit before tax

£1,245m

£1,230m

+1%

Loss after tax

£(1,762)m

£(709)m

-149%

 

Other financial metrics:

2022

2021

YOY change

Solvency II Capital

PGH Solvency II surplus

£4.4bn

£5.3bn

-17%

PGH Shareholder Capital Coverage Ratio ('SCCR')

189%

180%

+9%pts

In-force cash

Group in-force long-term free cash

£12.1bn

£11.8bn

+3%

Assets

Assets under administration

£259bn

£310bn

-16%

Leverage

Fitch leverage ratio

30%

28%

+2%pts

I am delighted that we have once again delivered a year of strong financial performance, as we execute on our strategy and fulfil our purpose.

We have delivered another year of resilient cash generation, with £1.5 billion generated in 2022, exceeding our target range of £1.3-to-£1.4 billion for the year.

We have also maintained our resilient capital position with a Solvency II ('SII') surplus of £4.4 billion and a SCCR of 189%, which is above our target ratio range of 140% to 180%.

In terms of new business growth, we have delivered record incremental new business long-term cash generation of £1,233 million. This means that for the second consecutive year we have more than offset the run-off of our in-force business.

We have also grown inorganically through M&A, having announced our first ever cash funded acquisition of Sun Life of Canada UK, which we expect to complete in April.

Our strong strategic and financial performance this year has therefore enabled the Board to recommend a dividend increase of 5% for the year.

With £0.3 billion growth in our Group in-force long-term free cash to £12.1 billion, our increased level of dividend remains every bit as sustainable over the very long term. With this increased long-term free cash, which will be available to shareholders over time, proof that Phoenix is a sustainable, growing business.

In terms of our IFRS reporting, the Group's adjusted operating profit remained strong at £1,245 million, but we have reported an IFRS loss after tax of £(1,762) million. This primarily reflects £(2,673) million of adverse investment return variances from accounting volatility in relation to our hedging instruments and includes economic movements on assets within our corporate pension schemes that have been subject to a buy-in. Taking into account the corresponding decrease in our pension scheme liabilities of £940 million, Total Comprehensive Expense for the year was £(1,076) million. This impact has, in turn, increased our Fitch leverage ratio to 30%, which remains within our target operating range of 25-30%.

As a reminder, our hedging approach is designed to stabilise our SII Surplus and Group in-force long-term free cash, which in turn protects our dividend paying capacity. However, this does cause significant IFRS volatility due to a mismatch between our IFRS balance sheet, and the Solvency balance sheet that we are hedging (see page 31 for more detail). However, we accept this as the trade-off to deliver the resilient cash generation and dividend we are known for.

I am proud of the strategic progress we have made this year, particularly in driving forward our organic growth strategy. At our Capital Markets Event in December we outlined the journey we have been on and our future ambitions.

In Retirement Solutions, we have now firmly established ourself as a key player in the BPA market, with another really successful year of growing our BPA business.

We have also been focused on cultivating our fee-based businesses, to develop more balanced organic growth, in particular in our Pensions and Savings business. I am therefore delighted to see the progress we are making in our Workplace business, where we have seen a renewed trust in our proposition, enabling us to both retain our existing schemes and attract new clients.

Our confidence in our future organic growth strategy has enabled us to set our first ever incremental new business long-term cash generation target, of c.£1.5 billion per annum by 2025.

So looking back on 2022, it has been a year of clear strategic progress, that supported us to deliver a strong set of financial results. Importantly, our business is growing, as demonstrated by the growth in our Group in-force long-term free cash to £12.1 billion, which sustains our increased dividend over the very long term. Our Solvency capital position also remains highly resilient, despite the unprecedented economic volatility last year, with our SCCR of 189%. This supports provides us with significant capacity to invest into growth.

This is Phoenix's financial framework in action, as we deliver resilient and predictable cash generation, which underpins a dividend that is sustainable and grows over time.

 

Our key performance indicators

With our financial framework designed to deliver cash, resilience and growth, we recognise the need to use a broad range of metrics to measure and report the performance of our company, some of which are not defined or specified in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ('GAAP') or the statutory reporting framework. The IFRS results are discussed on pages 38-39 and the IFRS financial statements are set out from page 168 onwards.

Alternative performance measures

In prioritising the generation of sustainable cash flows from our operating companies, performance metrics are monitored where they support this strategic purpose, which includes ensuring that the Solvency II capital strength of the Group is maintained. We use a range of alternative performance measures ('APMs') to evaluate our business, which are summarised below.

Cash generation

Cash generation remains our key performance metric. It represents the net cash remitted from the operating entities to the Group, supported by the free surplus above capital requirements in the life companies, which is generated through margins earned on life and pension products and the release of capital requirements, and group tax relief.

This cash generation is used by the Group to fund expenses, interest costs and shareholder dividends, with any surplus then available to reinvest into organic and inorganic growth opportunities.

Solvency II

Solvency II is a key metric by which the Group makes business decisions and measures capital resilience. It is a regulatory measure that prescribes the measurement of value on a Solvency II basis and the calculation of the solvency capital requirement ('SCR'). The excess value above the SCR is reported as both a financial amount, "Solvency II surplus", and as a ratio "Solvency II Shareholder Capital Coverage Ratio ('SCCR')".

Fitch leverage

The Group seeks to manage the level of debt on its balance sheet by monitoring its financial leverage ratio. This is to ensure we maintain our investment grade rating issued by Fitch Ratings and optimise our financial flexibility to support future acquisitions. Our financial leverage is calculated (using Fitch Ratings' stated methodology) as debt as a percentage of the sum of debt and equity.

Incremental new business long-term cash generation

Incremental new business long-term cash generation is a key metric for measuring growth. It represents the operating companies' cash generation that is expected to arise in future years as a result of new business transacted in the period. By generating sufficient incremental long-term cash generation to offset the run-off of our in-force business cash flows, we can bring long-term sustainability to future cash generation to grow the value of our in-force business.

Group in-force long-term free cash

This represents the cash expected to be available over time to fund future dividends from existing business and supports the sustainability of our dividend over the very long term. It comprises the cash expected to emerge from our in-force business over its lifetime, plus existing Group holding company cash, less committed costs associated with our M&A integration activity, the repayment of all shareholder debt and servicing of interest costs to maturity.

Assets under Administration

The Group's Assets under Administration ('AUA') represents our assets administered by or on behalf of the Group, covering both shareholder and policyholder, and indicates the potential long-term earnings capability of the Group arising from its insurance and investment business. Positive net flows in AUA is another indicator of growth for the Group.

Adjusted operating profit

The Group uses adjusted operating profit as a measure of IFRS performance based on long-term assumptions. Adjusted operating profit is less affected by the short-term market volatility driven by Solvency II hedging (as illustrated on page 31) and non-recurring items than IFRS profit. A more detailed definition of adjusted operating profit is set out on page 314.

 

 

Cash

 

Cash generation

Operating companies' cash generation represents cash remitted by the Group's operating companies to the holding companies. Please see the APM section on page 314 for further details of this measure.

Cash generation from the operating companies' is principally used to fund the Group's shareholder dividends, debt interest and repayments, and its various operating costs. Any surplus remaining is available for reinvestment into organic and M&A growth opportunities.

The cash flow analysis that follows reflects the cash paid by the operating companies to the Group's holding companies, as well as the uses of those cash receipts.

Group cash flow analysis

£m


2022

2021

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January


963

1,055

Operating companies cash generation:


 

 

Cash receipts from life companies1


1,504

1,717

Uses of cash:




Operating expenses


(78)

(80)

Pension scheme contributions


(16)

(11)

Debt interest


(244)

(250)

Non-operating cash outflows


(395)

(305)

Debt repayments


(450)

(322)

Shareholder dividend


(496)

(482)

Total uses of cash


(1,679)

(1,450)

Support of BPA activity


(285)

(359)

Closing cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

 

503

963

1  Total cash receipts include £55 million received by the holding companies in respect of tax losses surrendered (2021: £95 million).

Cash receipts

Cash generated by the operating companies during 2022 was £1,504 million (2021: £1,717 million). This exceeded the Group's target range of £1.3-to-£1.4 billion for the year.

Uses of cash

Operating expenses of £78 million (2021: £80 million) represent corporate office costs, net of income earned on holding company cash and investment balances.

Pension scheme contributions of £16 million were made in 2022 (2021: £11 million) with the increase on 2021 due to the inclusion of a £5 million contribution into the ReAssure pension scheme following a triennial review.

Debt interest of £244 million (2021: £250 million) reflects interest paid in the period on the Group's debt instruments. The small decrease year-on-year is due to the repayment of debt in June 2022 and elimination of interest thereon.

Non-operating cash outflows of £395 million (2021: £305 million) primarily comprises centrally funded projects and investments. £90 million relates to Group project expenses for the transition activity in relation to the Standard Life platform migration, £40 million for other ongoing integration programmes including ReAssure, and £33 million for our Finance Transformation including implementing the new IFRS 17 accounting standard.

We also incurred £15 million of costs related to our cost of living colleague support, £12 million of acquisition costs related to the Sun Life of Canada UK transaction, and made a £15 million equity investment into the open finance platform Moneyhub.

There was also a further £77 million of other project costs, £68 million from the close-outs in respect of Group hedging instruments and £45 million of other items.

Debt repayments

Debt repayments in 2022 reflect the repayment of the £450 million Tier 3 subordinated bond in July (2021: £322 million), as the Group manages its leverage.

Shareholder dividend

The shareholder dividend of £496 million represents the payment of £248 million in May for the 2021 final dividend and the payment of the 2022 interim dividend of £248 million in September.

Support of BPA activity

Funding of £285 million (2021: £359 million) has been provided to the life companies to support a strong year in BPA with £4.8 billion of premiums written (2021: £5.6 billion).

The decrease relative to 2021 reflects the Group's success in optimising its capital with a reduction in the Group's capital strain on BPAs to 5.8% in 2022 (2021: 6.5%). This enabled the Group to write a similar amount of incremental new business long-term cash generation, but with 20% less capital invested.

Future cash targets set

Our business model is designed to deliver high levels of predictable cash generation, enabling us to set very clear targets. We are therefore setting a one-year target of £1.3 to £1.4 billion again in 2023.

We have also set an increased three-year cash generation target of £4.1 billion for 2023-2025. This includes £0.1 billion of expected cash emergence from the Sun Life of Canada UK acquisition and, for the first time, cash emergence from new business we expect to write in 2023 and 2024 of £0.2 billion.

Future sources and uses of cash

Looking over the period 2023-2025, and after we have invested £248 million to fund the acquisition of Sun Life of Canada UK, we expect to have surplus cash of around £1.45 billion available to invest into growth.

We will therefore continue to invest into organic growth through BPA and our fee-based businesses, and will also continue to assess further M&A opportunities.

Group in-force long-term free cash

Group in-force Long-Term Free Cash ('LTFC') represents the cash expected to be available over time to fund future dividends from today's in-force business. This underpins the sustainability of our c.£0.5 billion annual dividend cost over the very long term.

Group in-force LTFC was £12.1 billion as at 31 December 2022 (2021: £11.8 billion). It comprises long-term cash generation expected to emerge from our in-force business plus existing Group holding company cash, less an allowance for costs associated with our M&A integration activity and a deduction for our shareholder debt outstanding and interest to maturity.

Growing our Group in-force LTFC allows us to demonstrate that we are a growing, sustainable business. I am therefore pleased that in 2022 we have increased our Group in-force LTFC by c.£0.3 billion.

The movement in the year is driven by c.£1.2 billion of incremental new business long-term cash generation written in 2022 from organic growth and c.£0.3 billion of value-creating Solvency II own funds management actions.

This more than offsets the Group's c.£0.8 billion of annual operating costs, debt interest and dividends, c.£0.3 billion of capital invested into BPA in 2022, and c.£0.1 billion of net other uses of cash.

Growth in the Group's in-force LTFC supports us in delivering a dividend that is sustainable and grows over time.

 

Group in-force long-term free cash

£bn

Group in-force

 LTFC

Year ended

31 December 2022

Group in-force

 LTFC

Year ended

31 December 2021

Long-term in-force cash generation

17.3

17.0

Plus closing Holding Company cash

0.5

1.0

Less M&A and transition costs

(0.4)

(0.2)

Group in-force long-term cash

17.4

17.8

Less shareholder debt

(4.1)

(4.6)

Less interest on debt to maturity

(1.2)

(1.4)

Group in-force Long-Term Free Cash

12.1

11.8

 

Resilience

 

Capital management

A Solvency II capital assessment involves a valuation in line with Solvency II principles of the Group's Own Funds and a risk-based assessment of the Group's Solvency Capital Requirement ('SCR').

The Group's Own Funds differ materially from the Group's IFRS equity for a number of reasons, including the recognition of future shareholder transfers from the with-profit funds and future management charges on investment contracts, the treatment of certain subordinated debt instruments as capital items, and a number of valuation differences, most notably in respect of insurance contract liabilities, taxation and intangible assets.

Group Solvency II capital position

Our Solvency II capital position remains strong, with a resilient surplus of £4.4 billion (2021: £5.3 billion), which includes the accrual for the deduction of our 2022 final dividend of £260 million. Our Shareholder Capital Coverage Ratio ('SCCR') increased to 189% (2021: 180%). This is currently above the top-end of our 140%-to-180% target range, providing the capacity to invest into both organic and M&A growth opportunities.

Change in Group Solvency II surplus and SCCR

Our ongoing surplus emergence and release of capital requirement increased the SII surplus by £0.7 billion during the year, contributing to an increase in the SCCR of 16%pts.

We delivered strong management actions in the period, primarily from 'business as usual' actions as we continue to optimise our in-force business. Management actions contributed a further £0.7 billion of surplus increase and added 7%pts to the SCCR.

Operating costs, dividends and interest totalled £(0.8) billion, reducing the SCCR by 16%pts. We also repaid a c.£0.5 billion Tier 3 bond from our own cash resources in July 2022, reducing the SCCR by 9%pts.

As a result of our comprehensive hedging strategy, designed to stabilise our capital position, we have minimised the adverse impact from economic variances to just a £(0.4) billion impact on our Solvency II surplus, despite unprecedented market turbulence last year. While this surplus movement from economics was relatively small, a consequence of our hedging approach is that we do see volatility in the Group's Own Funds, to offset against movements in the SCR, and this led to an 18%pts increase in the SCCR.

Importantly though, both the SII Surplus and SCCR impacts were broadly in line with our published sensitivities, which means our hedging operated as we expected it to.

We also invested £0.3 billion of capital into growth, primarily for the funding of £4.8 billion of BPA premiums written in the year, which decreased the SCCR by 7%pts.

Other movements represent project spend to deliver Group initiatives, and a strengthening of expense assumptions for the IFRS 17 project and integration delivery. These movements decreased Solvency II surplus by £0.3 billion, but had a neutral impact on the SCCR, due to other assumption changes providing an offset.

Sensitivity and scenario analysis

As part of the Group's internal risk management processes, the Own Funds and regulatory SCR are regularly tested against a number of financial scenarios. The table provides illustrative impacts of changing one assumption while keeping others unchanged and reflects the business mix at the balance sheet date. Extreme markets movements outside of these sensitivities may not be linear.

While there is no value captured in the Group stress scenarios for recovery management actions, the Group does proactively manage its risk exposure. Therefore in the event of a stress, we would expect to recover some of the loss reflected in the stress impacts shown.

Illustrative risk exposure stress testing

Estimated impact1 on PGH Solvency II      

 

Surplus

£bn

SCCR

%

Solvency II base

4.4

189

Equities: 20% fall in markets

nil

3

Long-term rates: 80bps rise in interest rates2

0.1

5

Long-term rates: 70bps fall in interest rates2

(0.1)

(5)

Long-term inflation: 60bps rise in inflation3

Nil

-

Property: 12% fall in values4

(0.2)

(4)

Credit spreads: 135bps widening with no allowance for downgrades5

(0.2)

(4)

Credit downgrade: immediate full letter downgrade on 20% of portfolio6

(0.3)

(7)

Lapse: 10% increase/decrease in rates7

(0.1)

(1)

Longevity: 6 months increase8

(0.5)

(10)

1  Illustrative impacts as at 1 January 2022 assume changing one assumption while keeping others unchanged, and reflects the business mix at the balance sheet date, and that there is no market recovery. Extreme markets movements outside of these sensitivities may not be linear.

2  Assumes the impact of a dynamic recalculation of transitionals and an element of dynamic hedging which is performed on a continuous basis to minimise exposure to the interaction of rates with other correlated risks including longevity.

3  Stress reflects a structural change in long-term inflation with an increase of 60bps across the curve.

4  Property stress represents an overall average fall in property values of 12%.

5  Credit stress varies by rating and term and is equivalent to an average 135bps spread widening. It assumes the impact of a dynamic recalculation of transitionals and makes no allowance for the cost of defaults/downgrades.

6  Impact of an immediate full letter downgrade across 20% of the shareholder exposure to the bond portfolio (e.g. from AAA to AA, AA to A, etc). This sensitivity assumes management actions are taken to rebalance the annuity portfolio back to the original average credit rating and makes no allowance for the spread widening which would be associated with a downgrade.

7  Assumes most onerous impact of a 10% increase/decrease in lapse rates across different product groups.

8  Applied to the annuity portfolio.

Unrewarded market risk sensitivities

We have a particularly low appetite to equity, interest rate, inflation and currency risks, which we see as unrewarded, i.e. the return on capital for retaining the risk is lower than for hedging it.

In order to stabilise our SII surplus, we regularly monitor risk exposures and use a range of hedging instruments to remain within a Board approved target range.

Equity risk primarily arises from our exposure to a variation in future management fees on policyholder assets exposed to equities, while our currency exposure primarily arises from our foreign currency denominated debt.

Our interest rate exposure principally relates to our shareholder credit portfolio, while our inflation exposure arises from both cost inflation expectations and inflation-linked policies.

Rewarded credit risk sensitivities

We do however retain the credit risk in our c.£31 billion shareholder credit portfolio, and property risk in Equity Release Mortgages, where we see these risks as rewarded. The shareholder credit assets are primarily used to back the Group's annuity portfolio. Exposure to these risks is needed to back growth in the Group's annuity portfolio. Stress testing is used to inform the level of risk to accept and to monitor exposures against risk appetite.

We also actively manage our portfolio to ensure it remains high quality and diversified, and to maintain our sensitivities within risk appetite. Our BBB exposure is just 19% and we also remain conservative in the sector positioning of our credit portfolio, with only 3% of our credit portfolio exposed to cyclical sectors, with an average rating of A-.

The key sensitivity we focus on for credit is a full letter downgrade of 20% of our credit portfolio, which is £0.3 billion and is therefore small relative to the Group's £4.4 billion Solvency II surplus.

Demographic risk sensitivities

We also have two key demographic risks that we manage. Lapse risk arises from customers surrendering policies early or keeping policies with valuable guarantees for longer.

Our longevity risk principally arises from our annuity book, but this is managed through reinsurance, where we retain around half of the risk across our current in-force book, and reinsure most of this risk on new business.

Life Company Free Surplus

Life Company Free Surplus represents the Solvency II surplus of the Life Companies that is in excess of their Board-approved capital management policies. It is this Free Surplus from which the life companies remit cash to Group. We retain a significant Life Company Free Surplus of £2.3 billion which provides resilience to the Group's long-term cash generation. The table shown analyses the movements in 2022.


Estimated position as at

 31 December 2022

£bn

Opening Free Surplus

2.6

Surplus generation and run-off of capital requirements

0.8

Management actions

0.6

Economics, financing and other

(0.2)

Free Surplus before cash remittances

3.8

Cash remittances to holding companies

1.5

Closing Free Surplus

2.3

 

 

Growth

 

Incremental new business long-term cash generation reflects the impact on the Group's future cash generation arising as a result of new business transacted in the year. It is stated on an undiscounted basis.

Assets under administration ('AUA') provide an indication of the potential earnings capability of the Group arising from its insurance and investment business, whilst AUA flows provide a measure of the Group's success in achieving growth from new business.

A reconciliation from the Group's IFRS statement of consolidated financial position to the Group's AUA is provided on page 309.

Please see the APM section on page 314 for further details of these measures.

Incremental new business long-term cash generation

We have delivered a record level of incremental new business long-term cash generation of £1,233 million in 2022 (2021: £1,184 million).

This means that we have once again delivered new business growth which allows us to more than offset the natural run-off of the in-force business cash generation of c.£800 million, demonstrating that Phoenix is a business that is growing organically.

Retirement Solutions

We have written £4.8 billion of BPA premiums in 2022. While this is a reduction on £5.6 billion written in 2021, we have maintained broadly the same level of incremental new business cash generation at £934 million (2021: £950 million) with 20% less capital invested. This in turn supported an increase in the cash multiple from 2.6x in 2021 to 3.4x in 2022.

We successfully reduced our capital strain from 6.5% in 2021 to 5.8% in 2022, and maintained our pricing discipline which is evidenced by our delivery of an increased mid-teens IRR and shorter payback of 5.8 years (2021: 8.6 years).

Importantly though, we are not growing in BPA at the expense of our resilience, with a balanced portfolio and low credit risk sensitivity remaining our long-term ambition here.

Fee-based businesses

This comprises our capital-light fee-based businesses of Pensions & Savings, Europe and SunLife.

Pensions & Savings: Workplace

Our Workplace business has delivered an improved level of incremental long-term cash generation at £212 million in the year, an increase of 53% on 2021 (2021: £139 million). This reflects the increased new business we get from retaining our existing corporate customers, through the natural growth from new members joining existing schemes and the impact of wage inflation on contributions. In addition, as part of TCS Diligenta's build out of our Workplace capabilities we have moved to a lower cost per policy, improving our cost efficiency further. This reduces the expenses accounted for in incremental long-term cash generation and is therefore a recurring benefit for all future new business too.

Pensions & Savings: Retail

The 2022 incremental new business long-term cash generation of £37 million from our Retail business has increased by 28% on 2021 (2021: £29 million). This increase has been driven by the move to a lower cost per policy with TCS Diligenta, as with the Workplace business, thereby enhancing cost efficiency here too.

Europe

There was a small decrease in the incremental new business long-term cash generation of our European business to £29 million (2021: £31 million), due to lower margins on new business in 2022.

SunLife

Our incremental long-term cash generation from SunLife of £21 million has decreased year-on-year (2021: £35 million) reflecting the impact of the cost of living crisis on our SunLife customer base leading to lower sales.

Group AUA

Group AUA as at 31 December 2022 was £259.0 billion (2021: £310.4 billion).

The decrease in the period is largely driven by £45.7 billion of adverse market movements, but importantly there is limited impact from these market movements on the fees we earn, as they are hedged, which results in predictable cash generation.

Heritage net flows

UK Heritage net outflows of £9.6 billion (2021: £10.8 billion1 ) reflect policyholder outflows on claims such as maturities and surrenders, net of total premiums received in the period from in-force contracts.

This improvement year-on-year is due to elevated outflows in 2021 relating to one-off challenges following the migration of L&G business to ReAssure. With these challenges all now resolved, outflows are reflective of a more normalised steady-state run-rate.

Retirement Solutions net flows

Net flows in Retirement Solutions, which encompasses our BPA and individual annuity businesses, were £2.3 billion (2021: £3.3 billion). This year-on-year reduction is due to reduced BPA premiums written, as a result of our improved capital efficiency and the impact of higher rates.

Gross inflows during the period were £5.3 billion (2021: £6.3 billion), inclusive of £4.8 billion of new BPA premiums written in the year. This included 12 external transactions accounting for £4.2 billion of premiums and £0.6 billion for the last tranche of the Pearl Pension Scheme buy-in.

Outflows of £3.0 billion in the period (2021: £2.9 billion) primarily reflect the natural run-off of our in-payment annuity policies.

Pensions & Savings: Workplace net flows

Net fund flows within our Workplace business were £2.4 billion in 2022 (2021: £0.21 billion), a significant improvement year-on-year. The investment we have made into our proposition and our Standard Life brand has enabled us to improve the retention of our existing schemes to benefit from the embedded growth in Workplace schemes and drive stronger net fund flows in the year.

Gross inflows were £6.2 billion, up 7% on 2021 (£5.8 billion1), primarily reflecting increased flows due to annual salary increases.

2022 outflows of £3.8 billion improved on 2021 (£5.6 billion1), as we retained more customers with our enhanced proposition and the success of our Standard Life Sustainable Multi-Asset default fund.

Pensions & Savings: Retail net flows

Net fund outflows within our Retail business were £1.4 billion in 2022 (2021: £1.6 billion net outflow), a slight improvement year-on-year.

Gross inflows during the period were slightly reduced on 2021 at £1.7 billion (2021: £1.9 billion) due to lower consolidation into our Self Invested Personal Pension ('SIPP') products.

Importantly, we did see a more significant decrease in outflows of 11% to £3.1 billion (2021: £3.5 billion). This demonstrates that more customers are staying with us as our proposition is improving.

Other fee-based businesses net fund flows

We have seen net fund flows of £0.6 billion in 2022 (2021: £0.8 billion net inflows) from our Europe and SunLife businesses.

Gross inflows were £2.5 billion in the year (2021: £2.8 billion), primarily reflecting our individual retirement products sold in Europe, while outflows of £1.9 billion in the year (2021: £2.0 billion) are largely due to the natural run-off of our European business.

Other movements including markets

AUA decreased by £45.7 billion (2021: £11.6 billion increase) driven by the net adverse impacts of market movements, largely due to rising yields. This impact has been seen across the market, but Phoenix is different to other insurers due to our comprehensive hedging approach which mitigates the impact on our Annual Management Charge, to deliver predictable fee-based revenues and underpin our resilient cash generation.

1. The opening AUA position has been restated for a reclassification of £10.1 billon in respect of the Group's Corporate Trustee Investment Plan ('CTIP') from the Heritage business to the Pensions & Savings: Workplace business, as this product is open for new business. Subsequent flows on the CTIP business in 2022 have been captured within the Pensions & Savings: Workplace business, with 2021 associated flows restated to reflect this reclassification and provide a more accurate reflection of year-on-year comparatives.

 

 

IFRS results

 

IFRS (loss)/profit is a GAAP measure of financial performance and is reported in our statutory financial statements on page  168 onwards.

Adjusted operating profit is a non-GAAP financial performance measure based on expected long-term investment returns. It is stated before amortisation and impairment of intangibles, other non-operating items, finance costs and tax.

Please see the APM section on page 314 for further details of this measure.

IFRS profit and loss statement

£m

2022

2021

Heritage

 601

537

Open

761

788

Service company

(48)

(24)

Group costs

(69)

(71)

Adjusted operating profit before tax

1,245

1,230

Investment return variances and economic assumption changes

(2,673)

(1,125)

Amortisation and impairment of intangibles

(522)

(639)

Other non-operating items

(179)

(65)

Finance costs

(199)

(217)

Profit before tax attributable to non-controlling interest

67

128

Loss before tax attributable to owners

(2,261)

(688)

Tax credit / (charge) attributable to owners

499

(21)

Loss after tax attributable to owners

(1,762)

(709)

 

IFRS loss after tax attributable to owners

The Group generated an IFRS loss after tax attributable to owners of £1,762 million (2021: loss of £709 million), which primarily reflects £2,673 million of adverse investment return variances and £522 million of charges for amortisation and impairment of intangibles.

Investment return variances includes net losses as a result of economic movements in the value of assets backing Group employee pension schemes, where they are subject to insurance policies with Group entities. An accounting mismatch arises as the related decrease in the defined benefit pension obligation is recognised in 'Other Comprehensive Income' ('OCI'), which has seen a gain of £686 million in the period that partly offsets the loss.

Basis of adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit is based on expected investment returns on financial investments backing shareholder and policyholder funds over the reporting period, with consistent allowance for the corresponding expected movements in liabilities (being the release of prudent margins and the interest cost of unwinding the discount on the liabilities).

The principal assumptions underlying the calculation of the long-term investment return are set out in note B2.1 to the IFRS consolidated financial statements.

Adjusted operating profit includes the effect of variances in experience for non-economic items, such as mortality and persistency, and the effect of changes in non-economic assumptions. Any impact from market movements is shown outside of adjusted operating profit. Adjusted operating profit is net of policyholder finance charges and policyholder tax.

Adjusted operating profit

The Group has reported an increased adjusted operating profit of £1,245 million for the year (2021: £1,230 million).

Heritage adjusted operating profit

Our Heritage business segment does not actively sell new life or pension policies and runs-off gradually over time.

Our Heritage segment delivered adjusted operating profit of £601 million (2021: £537 million), which increased year-on-year. This was primarily due to the non-recurrence of adverse one-off assumption changes recognised in 2021.

Open adjusted operating profit

Open adjusted operating profit includes Retirement Solutions, Pensions and Savings, SunLife, and is shown here inclusive of our Europe business segment.

Our  Open business delivered an adjusted operating profit of £761 million (2021: £788 million). The reduction compared to the prior year primarily reflects lower new business profit on BPA due to a lower level of premiums.

Service company

The adjusted operating loss from the service company of £48 million (2021: loss of £24 million) comprises income from the life and holding companies in accordance with the respective management services agreements less fees related to the outsourcing of services and other operating costs.

The decrease compared to the prior period reflects additional costs incurred, driven by investment in our growth strategy, including the development of asset management capabilities.

Group costs

Group costs in the period were £69 million (2021: £71 million). They mainly comprise project recharges from the service companies and the returns on the scheme surpluses/deficits of the Group staff pension schemes.

Investment return variances and economic assumption changes

Movements in yields, inflation, currency and equity markets are hedged to protect our Solvency II surplus from volatility, but our IFRS balance sheet is, in effect, 'over-hedged'. This is because it does not recognise the additional Solvency II balance sheet items such as certain future profits and the Solvency Capital Requirements (see diagram on page 31). Therefore, the movements in the value of certain hedging instruments offset the market movements in the period, and gives rise to profits or losses in the IFRS results. However, importantly the Group's cash generation and dividend capacity are unaffected by this due to the Group's continued resilient Solvency balance sheet.

As a result, the net adverse investment return variances of £2,673 million (2021: £1,125 million negative) have primarily arisen as a result of rising yields, which has been hedged, and a widening of credit spreads. This includes economic movements on assets within our corporate pension schemes that have been subject to a buy-in. Taking into account the corresponding decrease in our pension scheme liabilities of £940 million, Total Comprehensive Expense for the year was £(1,076)m.

Amortisation and impairment of acquired in-force business and other intangibles

The previously acquired in-force business is being amortised in line with the expected run-off profile of the profits to which it relates. The amortisation and impairment of acquired in-force business during the year of £501 million (2021: £572 million) has decreased year-on-year reflecting the impact of the run-off. Amortisation and impairment of other intangible assets totalled £21 million in the period (2021: £67 million).

Other non-operating items

Other non-operating items totalled a £179 million loss (2021: £65 million loss, inclusive of a £110 million gain on the Standard Life brand acquisition).

This includes £187 million of integration costs related to the strategic decision to re-phase our Standard Life customer & IT migration programme to build out our Open business capabilities on the TCS Diligenta ('TCS') platform. Also included are costs associated with the implementation of IFRS 17, ongoing costs in relation to the ReAssure integration programme, acquisition costs relating to Sun Life of Canada UK, as well as other corporate project costs and other net one-off items.

Finance costs

Finance costs of £199 million (2021: £217 million) reflects the interest paid on the Group debt instruments. The year-on-year reduction reflects the removal of interest on instruments settled in 2021, and therefore no cost incurred this year.

Tax credit attributable to owners

The Group's approach to the management of its tax affairs is set out in its Tax Strategy document that is available on our website.

The Group tax credit for the period attributable to owners is £499 million (2021: £21 million tax charge) based on a loss (after policyholder tax) of £2,261 million (2021: £688 million loss).

The tax credit of £499 million arising on the loss (after policyholder tax) includes a £119 million tax credit arising from the impact of the 25% corporate tax rate effective from 1 April 2023 on deferred tax.

A reconciliation of the tax charge is set out in note C6.4 to the Group financial statements.

Financial leverage

The Group seeks to manage the level of debt on its balance sheet by monitoring its financial leverage ratio. The financial leverage ratio as at 31 December 2022 is 30% (31 December 2021: 28%).

The increase in leverage year-on-year is predominantly a result of the material adverse investment return variance following significant movements in yields and credit spreads. As markets recover in future periods, we would expect to see positive investment variances to unwind some of this unrealised loss. In turn this will result in a reduction in leverage.

The leverage ratio is currently within our target range of 25% to 30%, and we will continue to monitor our leverage and manage it appropriately.

During July 2022, we repaid a £450 million Tier 3 bond from our own cash resources, which contributed to a reduction in outstanding debt leverage to £4.1 billion at the end of 2022.

 

Our business strategy and financial framework are not impacted by IFRS 17

 

IFRS 17 is a new Financial Reporting Standard that replaces IFRS 4 on accounting for insurance contracts. IFRS 17 is effective from 1 January 2023.

Our strategy of growing our in-force business over time as we support customers journey to and through retirement remains unaffected. Our key metrics continue to focus on cash generation and Solvency II capital resilience, with our dividend paying capacity and long-term coverage remaining unchanged.

We expect the introduction of IFRS 17 to result in a broadly neutral impact on IFRS shareholder equity, with a Contractual Service Margin ('CSM') of at least £2 billion to be established.

 

 

Dividend

 

Organic growth and M&A supports a sustainable dividend increase

Phoenix has demonstrated a strong dividend track record over the past 12 years, with a 4% compound annual growth rate ('CAGR') since 2011.

2021 was pivotal in evolving our dividend story as, for the first time, our dividend increase came from the strong organic performance of our new business. It was a proof of concept that we could deliver dividend increases outside of M&A.

However, we have always been clear that we are focused on delivering dividend growth both organically through our new business, and through M&A. Which is why I am delighted that in 2022 we have achieved both.

Firstly, we announced our first ever cash funded acquisition of Sun Life of Canada UK, which we expect to complete in April 2023. We said on announcement that the Board had proposed a dividend increase of 2.5% for this inorganic growth, funded from the c.£0.5 billion of cash emerging from this business over its lifetime.

In terms of organic growth, we said we were confident we could deliver new business long-term cash generation to more than offset the natural run-off of our business in 2022, and we have.

With a strong strategic and financial performance in 2022 including record new business long-term cash generation of £1.2 billion, we have delivered organic growth that supports a 2.5% organic dividend increase.

As a result, the Board has recommended a dividend increase of 5% in the Final 2022 dividend to 26.0 pence per share, This equates to a Total 2022 dividend of 50.8 pence per share.

Our increased level of dividend remains just as sustainable as it was previously, thanks to the significant levels of cash generation that will emerge from our current in-force business, with £12.1 billion of Group in-force long-term cash that will be available to fund future dividends.

Dividend policy and approach

We operate a dividend policy which is to pay a dividend that is sustainable and grows over time.

It is important to emphasise that the Board will continue to, above all else, prioritise the sustainability of our dividend over the very long term.

We have now demonstrated that Phoenix can grow both organically and through M&A. Therefore, going forward, we will simplify our dividend communication, with the Board announcing any potential annual dividend increase at our full year results, which will combine both organic growth and inorganic M&A growth.

 

 

Outlook

 

Looking ahead

We are helping people secure a life of possibilities through our clear and differentiated strategy, as we support
our customers on their journey to and through retirement.

The scale of the Group's in-force business brings three key competitive advantages of capital efficiency, customer access and cost efficiency. We will leverage these to grow our in-force cash generation over time, both organically and through M&A.

Clear financial targets

We have a clear set of targets as we continue to prioritise the delivery of cash, resilience and growth.

Starting with cash, Phoenix has set two new cash generation targets. The first is a one-year target range for 2023 of £1.3-to-£1.4 billion. The second is a three-year target of £4.1 billion across 2023-2025, which includes the cash emergence from the new business we expect to write in 2023 and 2024, of c.£0.2 billion.

This evolution in how we set our cash targets demonstrates our confidence in our ability to deliver future organic growth.

In terms of resilience, we will continue to maintain a strong SII surplus through our comprehensive hedging approach. This will see us continue to operate within or above our Solvency II SCCR target range of 140%-to-180% and continue to manage our key individual risk sensitivities on a Solvency II surplus basis.

Despite the difficult ongoing economic backdrop and volatile markets, our uniquely resilient Solvency II balance
sheet is strongly positioned to enable us to deliver on our ambitions in 2023.

In addition, we will look to manage the Group's gearing level by operating within our Fitch financial leverage ratio target our target range of 25%-30% over the long term.

Turning to growth, Phoenix is now confident of growing its incremental new business long-term cash generation, and has set a new target of £1.5 billion per annum by 2025, which is a 25% increase on the Group's strong 2022 performance.

This new target is expected to comprise c.£1.0 billion from Retirement Solutions and c.£0.5 billion from our Fee-based businesses.

In Retirement Solutions, we will continue our strategy of optimising our capital and returns, by investing c.£300 million of capital per annum into BPA and targeting mid-teens IRRs.

While in our Fee-based Pensions and Savings business, we are investing in our proposition and the Standard Life brand, to support our target for growth in our net fund flows. With an ambition for c.£5 billion of annual net fund flows in our Workplace business by 2025 and c.£2 billion in our Retail business by 2025.

Delivering these new growth targets will enable the Group to generate significant net growth in our £12.1 billion of Group in-force long-term free cash, which can support a dividend that is sustainable and grows over time, in line with our policy.

I look forward to an exciting year in 2023 as we continue to deliver on our purpose and our strategy.

 

 

Rakesh Thakrar

Group Chief Financial Officer

 

Principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group

 

The Group's principal risks and uncertainties are detailed in this section, together with their potential impact, mitigating actions in place and any change in risk exposure since the Group's 2021 Annual Report and Accounts, published in March 2022.

 

A principal risk is a risk or combination of risks that can seriously affect the performance, future prospects or reputation of the Group, including risks that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. The Board Risk Committee has carried out a robust assessment of principal risks and emerging risks. As a result of this review, the 13 risks noted in the Group's 2021 Annual Report and Accounts have been retained. The description of one risk has been refined to reflect the evolution of the Group's strategic priorities to focus on organic growth.

 

Further details of the Group's exposure to financial and insurance risks and how these are managed are provided in note E6 and F4 to the IFRS consolidated financial statements.

 

Strategic priorities

1 Optimise our in-force business

2 Grow organically and through M&A

3 Enhance our operating model and culture

 

Risk

Impact

Mitigation

Strategic priorities

Change from 2021 Annual Report and Accounts

Strategic risk





The Group fails
to make further value adding acquisitions or effectively transition acquired businesses

The Group is exposed to the risk of failing to drive value through inorganic growth opportunities, including acquisitions of life and pensions books of business.

The transition of acquired businesses into the Group, including customer migrations, could introduce structural or operational challenges that, without sufficient controls, could result in the Group failing to deliver the expected outcomes for customers or value for shareholders.

The Group continues to assess and execute new inorganic growth opportunities and applies a clear set of criteria to assessing these opportunities.

The Group's acquisition strategy is supported by the Group's financial strength and flexibility, strong regulatory relationships and its track record of generating value and delivering good customer outcomes that are in line with expectations.

The financial and operational risks of target businesses are assessed in the acquisition phase and potential mitigants are identified.

Integration plans are developed and resourced with appropriately skilled staff to ensure target operating models are delivered in line with expectations. The Group's priority at all times is on delivering for its customers. Customer migrations are planned thoroughly with robust execution controls in place. Lessons learned from previous migrations are applied to future activity to continuously strengthen the Group's processes.

1

2

3

 

This risk was assessed as 'Heightened' in the Group's 2018 Annual Report and Accounts due to the transformational nature of the Standard Life acquisition. The assessment of the level of exposure to this risk is unchanged from the 2018 position due to the impact of ongoing acquisition and transition activity.

The integration of ReAssure Ltd is continuing as planned, with the integration of key functions, such as Finance and Actuarial, progressing well.

The Group continues to develop its partnership with TCS to support its strategic deliverables. The successful migration of around 400,000 Standard Life Assurance customer policies to the TCS BaNCS platform was completed in May 2022, with the migration of a further 130,000 Scottish Mutual customer policies completed in November 2022. Further customer migrations are planned through to 2026, which will support delivery of the Group's strategic objectives.

On 7 February 2023 the Group announced that a further c. 3 million policies, currently administered on the Alpha platform, will be transitioned to the BaNCS platform by 2026. This will enable all Phoenix policies to benefit from TCS' significant ongoing investment in the platform.

In August 2022 the Group announced the acquisition of Sun Life of Canada UK, a closed book UK life insurance company, from Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada for cash consideration of £248 million. This equates to an attractive price to shareholder Own Funds ratio of 83%, in line with the Board's disciplined approach to the deployment of shareholder capital. The acquisition is expected to complete in April 2023.





Sun Life of Canada UK operates a predominantly outsourced business model with the majority of its policy administration already undertaken by the Group's strategic outsourcing partner (TCS Diligenta), which supports a simplified operational integration programme.

The Sun Life of Canada UK acquisition is expected to deliver c. £500 million of incremental long-term cash generation, with 30% expected to emerge in the first three years.

The Group's strategic partnerships fail to deliver the expected benefits

Strategic partnerships are a core enabler for delivery of the Group's strategy; they allow it to meet the needs of its customers and clients and deliver value for its shareholders. The Group's end state operating model will leverage the strengths of its strategic partners whilst retaining in-house key skills which differentiate it from the market.

However, there is a risk that the Group's strategic partnerships do not deliver the expected benefits leading to adverse impacts on customer outcomes, strategic objectives, regulatory obligations and the Group's reputation and brand.

Some of the Group's key strategic partnerships include:

abrdn plc: Provides investment management services to the Group including the development of investment solutions for customers. abrdn plc manages c. £145 billion of the Group's assets under administration, at February 2023.

TCS: The Group's enlarged partnership with TCS is expected to support growth plans for the Retirement Solutions and Pensions and Savings businesses, enabling further market-leading digital and technology capabilities to be developed to support enhanced customer outcomes.

HSBC: Provides custody and fund accounting services to the Group to manage c. £148 billion of its unit linked operations.

The Group has in place established engagement processes with abrdn plc to oversee and develop the strategic partnership. These processes reflect the simplified and extended strategic partnership between the Group and abrdn plc that was announced in February 2021.

The Group's engagement with Diligenta, and its parent TCS, adheres to a rigorous governance structure, in line with the Group's Supplier Management Model. As a result, productive and consistent relationships have been developed with TCS, which will continue to develop throughout future phases of the enlarged partnership.

The Group has in place established processes to oversee services provided by HSBC in line with its Supplier Management Model.

The Group takes steps to monitor its supplier concentration risks and has business continuity plans to deploy should there be a significant failure of a strategic partner.

 

 

1

2

3

 

The Group assessed this risk as 'Heightened' in the 2019 Annual Report and Accounts due to the increased dependency it placed on its strategic partnerships, and then 'Improved' in 2020 due to strengthening controls around the operation of those partnerships. Whilst the Group has further strengthened and simplified its strategic partnerships since that time, its assessment of the level of risk exposure is unchanged from the 2020 position, reflecting the Group's ongoing reliance on its strategic partners to deliver the volume of change needed to advance the Group's strategic objectives.

The Group continues to develop its partnership with TCS to support its strategic deliverables. The successful migration of around 400,000 Standard Life Assurance customer policies to the TCS BaNCS platform was completed in May 2022, with the migration of a further 130,000 Scottish Mutual customer policies completed in November 2022. Planning for further migrations in 2023 and beyond is underway, including the further c. 3 million policies to be transferred from the Group's Alpha administration platform as the Group progresses towards BaNCS being the sole administration platform for all customer policies.

During 2022 the Group successfully transferred the custody and fund accounting services for £90 billion of assets to HSBC. This is a key milestone in the Group's journey towards implementing harmonised investment administration processes, and boosts its strategic partnership with HSBC.

The simplified and extended partnership with abrdn plc continues to advance towards the Target Operating Model with significant progress towards the transfer of Wrap platform products expected in 2023 ahead of the transfer occurring in subsequent years.

The Group fails to deliver long-term organic growth

The Group aims to deliver sustainable cash generation by achieving organic growth in excess of the run-off from its in-force business.

Confidence in the Group might be diminished if it fails to deliver organic growth in line with targets shared, particularly as the Group seeks to promote a 'customer obsessed' mind-set underpinned by strong retention and consolidation as customers journey to and through retirement.

 

 

The Group's Business Unit structure brings renewed focus and accountability. The key areas of growth are Pensions & Savings and Retirement Solutions.

Each Business Unit holds an annual strategy setting exercise to consider customer needs, the interests of shareholders, the competitive landscape and the Group's overall purpose and objectives.

The Group's Annual Operating Plan commits it to making significant investment in its Pensions & Savings and Retirement Solutions businesses, which will include propositions that are driven by customer insight.

The Group is established in the Bulk Purchase Annuities ('BPA') market and continues to invest in its operating model to further strengthen its capability to support its growth plans.

For new BPA business, the Group continues to be selective and proportionate, focusing on value not volume, by applying its rigorous Capital Allocation Framework.

2

3

Improving

 

For the second consecutive year the Group has delivered sustainable organic growth which more than offset the run-off of in-force business. At its Capital Markets Event the Group set its first incremental new business long-term cash generation target as a result of the significant progress made by both Pensions & Savings and Retirement Solutions. As a result of this development, the Group views this risk as 'Improving', which reflects both the demonstrated success of the strategy to pursue organic and inorganic growth, and the challenging nature of the target set.

During 2022, the Group completed BPA transactions with a combined premium of £4.8 billion. This continues to demonstrate that the Group has the ability to compete and win in the BPA market.

The Pensions and Savings Business, operating under the Standard Life brand, has developed its operating model to centre around three Trading Channels: Workplace, Retail Intermediated and Retail Direct.

In Workplace, the Group continues to make progress in the market, launching new propositional features such as Workplace ISA. The Group continues to recruit to increase its capability in terms of proposition and distribution; 76 new scheme wins have been confirmed during 2022 (compared with 41 for 2021), and the Group is actively managing a number of enquiries.

The operating model and organisational design are being developed and implemented for the Retail businesses, with the aim of maximising opportunities for growth, both directly with customers and through advisers. The Group is looking to expand the current offering of financial guidance and advice to support customers in better preparing for their retirement. The Pensions and Savings business has established, alongside the Workplace Business, a Retail Direct Function to mobilise this.

The Group does not have sufficient capacity and capability to fully deliver its significant change agenda which is required to execute the Group's strategic objectives

The Group's ability to deliver change on time and within budget could be adversely impacted by insufficient resource and capabilities as well as inefficient prioritisation, scheduling and oversight of projects. The risk could materialise both within the Group and its strategic partners.

This could result in the benefits of change not being realised by the Group in the time frame assumed in its business plans and may result in the Group being unable to deliver its strategic objectives. Poor change delivery could affect the Group's ability to operate its core processes in a controlled and timely manner.

The Group's Change Management Framework defines a clear set of prioritisation criteria and scheduling principles for new projects. This is to support the safe and controlled mobilisation of new change in line with capacity and risk appetite and to strengthen business readiness processes to deliver change safely into the operational environment.

Information setting out the current and forecast levels of resource supply and demand continues to be provided to accountable senior management to enable informed decision-making to take place. This aims to ensure that all material risks to project delivery are appropriately identified, assessed, managed, monitored and reported.


There has been no change to the assessment of exposure to this risk, which reflects the potential impact of failing to deliver the Group's significant strategic and regulatory change agenda, since its introduction in the 2020 Annual Report and Accounts.

The Group strengthened its Change Management Framework during 2022, and expects to see an improving trend in this risk as those enhancements are seen in project delivery. In September 2022 the Group appointed Jackie Noakes as Group Chief Transformation Officer and, subsequently, as Group Chief Operating Officer. Jackie will drive further enhancements to evolve and mature the Group's change operating model that are planned in 2023. These should also have a positive impact on this risk. However, exposure remains until this work is complete.

The Group fails
to appropriately prepare for and manage the effects of climate change and wider ESG risks

The Group is exposed to the risk of failing to respond to Environmental, Social and Governance ('ESG') risks and delivering on its social purpose; for example, failing to meet its sustainability commitments. A failure to deliver could result in adverse customer outcomes, reduced colleague engagement, reduced proposition attractiveness, reputational risks and litigation.

The Group is exposed to market risk and credit risk related to climate change as a result of the potential implications of a transition to a low carbon economy. A failure to manage these risks could result in a loss in the value of policyholder and shareholder assets.

In addition, there are long-term market, credit, insurance, reputational, propositional and operational implications of physical risks resulting from climate change (e.g. the impact of physical risks on the prospects of current and future investment holdings, along with potential impacts on future actuarial assumptions).

 

 

Sustainability risk and Climate risk are both embedded into the Group's RMF. Its approach to climate risk management is in line with the requirements
of the PRA Supervisory Statement 3/19 ('SS3/19').

The Group publishes an annual Sustainability Report and an annual Climate Report, the latter of which is prepared in line with the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures ('TCFD') guidance.

A Sustainability Risk Policy is in place and updated annually. Consideration of material climate-related risks is embedded across the Group's risk policies, with regular reporting undertaken to ensure ongoing visibility of its exposure to these risks.

The Group undertakes annual climate-related stress and scenario testing and continues to build its climate scenario modelling capabilities.

The Group continues to evolve its sustainability strategy in response to the changing needs of stakeholders and sets targets to monitor progress towards its sustainability commitments. Further details are available in the Sustainability Report.

The Group continues to actively engage with regulators, suppliers and asset managers on progress with all climate change and sustainability-related deliverables.

1

2

3

There has been no change to the assessment of the overall level of this risk since its introduction in the 2019 Annual Report and Accounts. While significant progress is being made to deliver against the Group's Net-Zero targets and social purpose, the assessment is driven by the Group's recognition that significant work, over a number of years, is required to deliver on these targets.

The Group is committed to a 50% reduction in the carbon economic emissions intensity of all assets within its investment portfolio over which it has control and influence by 2030. The Group is also committed to a 25% reduction in the carbon economic emissions intensity of all listed equity and credit investments over which it has control and influence by 2025. The Group has been working with its key partners and suppliers to encourage them to adopt Science Based Targets initiative carbon reduction targets.

A Net-Zero Transition Plan, which reflects potential future management actions and forward-looking investee company emission objectives, is in development.

The Group is in the process of piloting the Task Force on Nature-related Financial Disclosures guidance ahead of the launch of the framework in 2023.

The TCFD disclosures in the Group's Climate Report provide an overview of how it is compliant with SS3/19
and its planned future priorities across each of the TCFD focus areas.

 

Customer risk





The Group fails
to deliver fair outcomes for its customers or fails to deliver propositions that continue to meet the evolving needs of customers

The Group is exposed to the risk that it fails to deliver fair outcomes for its customers, leading to adverse customer experience and potential customer harm. This could also lead to reputational damage for the Group and/or financial losses.

In addition, a failure to deliver propositions that meet the evolving needs of customers may result in the Group's failure to deliver its purpose of helping people secure a life of possibilities.

The Group's Conduct Risk Appetite sets the boundaries within which the Group expects customer outcomes to be managed.

The Group's Conduct Strategy, which overarches the Risk Universe and all risk policies, is designed to detect where customers are at risk of poor outcomes, minimise conduct risks, and respond with timely and appropriate mitigating actions.

The Group has a suite of customer policies which set out key customer risks and the Control Objectives that determine the Key Controls required to mitigate them.

The Group maintains a strong and open relationship with the FCA and other regulators, particularly on matters involving customer outcomes.

The Group's Proposition Development Process ensures consideration of customer needs and conduct risk when developing propositions.

1

2

Since the introduction of this risk in the 2018 Annual Report and Accounts there has been no change to the assessment of the overall level of this risk, reflecting ongoing improvements and challenges.

In 2022, the Group continued to make significant investments in its propositions, and completed embedding a range of responsibly invested, sustainable multi asset funds for Standard Life's 1.5 million workplace pension scheme members, with assets of circa £15 billion now invested in sustainable solutions on their behalf. The programme to introduce sustainable investment strategies that are designed to help employers and trustees meet their member and regulatory needs, and pension customers to achieve good outcomes, was completed two months earlier than the end-of-year timeline previously announced in January 2022. The Group is preparing for the introduction of the FCA's Consumer Duty requirements which set higher and clearer standards of consumer protection across financial services and require firms to prioritise their customers' needs. The Consumer Duty initial implementation plan was agreed by the Group.

The Group is monitoring the impacts of the cost of living crisis on its customers, using customer behaviour research and analysis, to ensure that it provides them with the support and help that they need during this period of economic uncertainty. The Group continues to provide support to customers both when paying out on their protection plans and when making decisions about their life savings. Proactive action to support customers, including those most vulnerable, is a priority.

Operational risk





The Group or its outsourcers are not sufficiently operationally resilient

The Group is exposed to the risk of causing intolerable levels of disruption to its customers and stakeholders if it cannot maintain the provision of important business services when faced with a major operational disruption. This could occur either in-house or within the Group's primary and downstream outsourcers and be triggered by a range of environmental and climatic factors such as the cost of living crisis and adverse weather phenomena.

The Group regularly conducts customer migrations as part of transition activities in delivering against its strategic objectives. In doing so, it faces the risk of interruption to its customer services, which may result in the failure to deliver expected customer outcomes.

Regulatory requirements for operational resilience, and a timetable to achieve full compliance, were published in March 2021. Whilst the specific requirement to work within set impact tolerances takes effect in March 2025, the Group is already exposed to regulatory censure in the event of operational disruption should the regulator determines that
the cause was a breach of existing regulation.

 

The Group's Operational Resilience Framework enhances the protection of customers and stakeholders, preventing intolerable harm, and supports compliance with the regulations. The Group works closely with its outsourcers to ensure that the level of resilience delivered is aligned to the Group's impact tolerances.

The Group and its outsourcers have well established business continuity management and disaster recovery frameworks that are subject to an annual refresh and regular testing. For example, extensive testing of the power capabilities of the Group and its critical suppliers has shown they are resilient to power cuts from the National Grid.

The Group continues to actively manage operational capacity and monitor service continuity required to deliver its strategy, including transition activities. Rigorous planning and stress testing is in place to identify and develop pre-emptive management strategies should services be impacted as a result of customer migrations.

The Group and its outsourcers have a flexible working model in place. This significantly reduces exposure to intolerable disruption for its customers.

1

2

3

 

This risk was assessed as 'Heightened' in the Group's 2020 Annual Report and Accounts due to COVID-19 uncertainty and strategic customer transformation activity. These factors remain the key drivers of the current assessment of the level of exposure to this risk, which is unchanged since the 2020 position.

Whilst uncertainty regarding further COVID-19 related implications for the Group's operational resilience has continued to reduce, the Group has a significant change and customer migration agenda, effective completion of which is required to deliver planned strengthening of its operational resilience both internally and with some outsourced service providers.

The Group has a programme of work to strengthen operational resilience ahead of the next key regulatory deadline of March 2025. Where this is dependent upon customer migration to an alternative administration platform, the risk of late delivery is actively managed by both the relevant change programme and separate operational resilience remediation governance and reporting.

As noted in the Group's 2021 Annual Report and Accounts, whilst many potential exposures to COVID-19 can now be effectively mitigated, a large-scale loss of colleagues due to illness or incapacity, in the UK or globally, is more challenging to resolve in the short-term as there remains uncertainty around the efficacy of vaccines against future COVID-19 variants.

The Group aims to deliver considerable customer transformation activity in 2023. Although the scale of change exposes the Group to significant risk, this is mitigated through strengthened Resilience and
Change Management Frameworks.

The Group has taken action through previous strategic transformation activity to reduce exposure to technological redundancy and key person dependency risk, increasing the resilience of its customer service.

The Group is impacted by significant changes in the regulatory, legislative or political environment

Changes in regulation could lead to non-compliance with new requirements that could impact the quality of customer outcomes, lead to regulatory sanction, impact financial performance or cause reputational damage. These could require changes to working practices and have an adverse impact on resources and financial performance.

Political uncertainty or changes in the government could see changes in policy that could impact the industry in which the Group operates.

 

 

The Group undertakes proactive horizon scanning to understand potential changes to the regulatory and legislative landscape. This allows the Group to understand the potential impact of these changes to amend working practices to meet the new requirements by the deadline.

1

2

3

 

Heightened

This risk was assessed as 'Heightened' in the Group's 2021 Annual Report and Accounts due to the uncertainty around Solvency II Reforms and the FCA's proposed Consumer Duty. These, and the significant undertaking to achieve compliance with IFRS 17 in 2023, are the key drivers of the assessment of risk as further 'Heightened' from that position.

The volatile political environment following the UK Government's 'mini-budget' has stabilised with the election of Rishi Sunak as Prime Minister, but remains 'heightened' due to the economic headwinds facing the new administration and the implications for the Group's customer base, including the cost of living, energy crisis and the potential increase in vulnerability.

In November 2022, HM Treasury issued a consultation response that confirmed the UK Government's intended Solvency II reforms. The Group supports the PRA and HM Treasury's objectives to reform the regulations to better suit the UK market whilst maintaining the right safeguards for policyholders. These regulations are an important component of the changes needed to the wider UK investment landscape which will enable the Group to meet its ambition to invest more in the future. However, uncertainty remains over when the reforms will be implemented and the quantitative impacts will depend on the exact detail of the final legislation. The Group will therefore remain actively involved in industry lobbying on Solvency II.

The FCA's proposed new Consumer Duty's objectives are to deliver a higher and more consistent level of consumer protection and for the industry to do more to foresee and prevent harm before it happens. In July 2022 the FCA published final rules and guidance, the impact of which the Group has assessed. As part of Phoenix's implementation plan, key priorities have been identified that must be addressed to ensure compliance with the Consumer Duty requirements within the relevant timescales. This plan has been approved by the Board and shared with the FCA.

IFRS 17 aims to standardise insurance accounting across the industry. Compliance with IFRS 17 is a significant undertaking, and a complex programme of work to deliver the Group's 2023 interim accounts is ongoing and reliant on the successful completion of significant workstreams across the Group, resulting in a number of delivery risks. The Group recognises that, should it not deliver IFRS 17 reporting for the interim accounts, certain reputational, regulatory and other market consequences would arise that could be material. Management has considered the risks to executing the Group's delivery plans and identified actions that could be taken should these risks materialise. The Group expects to continue its finance transformation programme beyond delivery of the 2023 interim accounts to further streamline and automate IFRS 17 processes to support efficient financial reporting in the future.

Following the UK's Supreme Court judgement in November 2022 not to allow the Scottish Government to call a referendum without consent from Westminster, and the decision of Nicola Sturgeon to resign as Scotland's First Minister and leader of the Scottish National Party, the Group continues to keep a watching brief on how this issue progresses. As it is not yet clear what impact the death of Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II and the succession of His Majesty King Charles III will have on public sentiment to the Union, the risk remains under review in the Emerging Risk and Opportunities Framework.

The Group or its Supply Chain are not sufficiently cyber resilient

As the Group continues to grow in size and profile this could lead to increased interest from cyber criminals and a greater risk of cyber-attack which could have significant impact on customer outcomes, strategic objectives, regulatory obligations and the Group's reputation and brand.

Based on external events and trends, the threat posed by a cyber-security breach remains high and the complexity of the Group's increasingly interconnected digital ecosystem exposes it to multiple attack vectors. These include phishing and business email compromise, hacking, data breach and supply chain compromise.

Increased use of online functionality to meet customer preferences and flexible ways of working, including remote access to business systems, adds additional challenges to cyber resilience and could impact service provision and customer security.

 

The Group is continually strengthening its cyber security controls, attack detection and response processes, identifying weaknesses through ongoing assessment and review.

The Information/Cyber Security Strategy includes a continuous Information Security and Cyber Improvement Programme, which is driven by input from the Annual Cyber Risk Assessment and external threat intelligence sources.

The Group continues to consolidate its cyber security tools and capabilities. The specialist Line 2 Information Security & Cyber Risk team provides independent oversight and challenge of information security controls; identifying trends, internal and external threats and advising on appropriate mitigation solutions.

The Group continues to enhance and strengthen its outsourced service provider and third party oversight and assurance processes. Regular Board, Executive, Risk and Audit Committee engagement occurs within the Group.

1

3

 

This risk was assessed as 'Heightened' in the Group's 2021 Annual Report and Accounts due to the conflict in Ukraine. This remains the key driver for the assessment of the exposure to this risk, which is unchanged from the 2021 position. The ongoing conflict in Ukraine has resulted in increased cyber threat levels and the increased likelihood of a cyber-attack from a State actor; this would most likely be against the UK's Critical National Infrastructure, particularly on supply chains and the wider Financial Services industry which the Group relies upon. The Group improved its Threat Intelligence capabilities in 2022 and monitors National Cyber Security Centre guidance and other threat intelligence sources on a daily basis. To date, the Group has not seen a material increase in cyber-attacks since the conflict started.

The Group's cyber controls are designed and maintained to repel the full range of the cyber-attack scenarios; although the Group's main threat is considered to be Cyber Crime, from Individuals or Organised Crime Groups, the same controls are utilised to defend against a Nation-State level cyber-attack. Having strengthened and consolidated its cyber controls, including in areas such as Vulnerability and Patch Management, Detect and Respond and infrastructure scanning capabilities in the first half of 2022, the main improvement in the second half of the year was strengthening the Supply Chain Security Oversight and Assurance framework. New Cyber Bandings, Processes and Controls have been implemented and will continue to be embedded and matured in 2023.

Following a Final Stage Assessment in late June 2022
and recommendation by the British Standards Institution, Phoenix Group now holds ISO 27001 Information Security Management Certification for its Workplace Pension and Benefits schemes.

The Group fails to retain or attract a diverse and engaged workforce with the skills needed to deliver its strategy

Delivery of the Group's strategy is dependent on a talented, diverse and engaged workforce.

This risk is inherent in the Group's business model given the nature of acquisition activity and specialist skill sets.

Potential areas of uncertainty include: the ongoing transition of ReAssure businesses into the Group, the expanded strategic partnership with TCS and the introduction of the flexible working model.

Potential periods of uncertainty could result in a loss of critical corporate knowledge, unplanned departures of key individuals, or the failure to attract and retain individuals with the appropriate skills to help deliver the Group's strategy.

This could ultimately impact the Group's operational capability, its customer relationships and financial performance.

 

The Group aims to attract and retain colleagues, building a sense of belonging by providing timely communications to colleagues that aim to provide clarity and support employee engagement for corporate activities, including details of key milestones to deliver against the Group's plans.

In addition, the Group regularly benchmarks terms and conditions against the market and maintains dynamic succession plans for key individuals, ensuring successors bring appropriate diversity of thought, capability and experience. Every six months, the Group's CEO and HR Director meet with the Executive Committee to discuss talent, succession and diversity.

Monthly colleague surveys help to improve engagement whilst promoting continuous listening and rapid identification of concerns and actions.

The Group continues to actively manage operational capacity required to deliver its strategy with ongoing focus on senior bandwidth, attrition and sickness.

Flexible working offers colleagues greater flexibility in their working practices.

The Group looks to proactively respond to external social, economic and marketplace events that impact colleagues.

1

2

3

 

Whilst there have been strong engagement scores in colleague surveys during 2021 and 2022, there has been no change to the overall level of exposure to this risk since it was introduced in the 2018 Annual Report and Accounts. This is driven by acknowledgement of the significant amount of integration activity within the Group and uncertainty regarding the longer-term social and marketplace impacts of the pandemic and cost of living crisis on colleague attrition, sickness, motivation and engagement. Skills essential to the Group continue to be in high-demand in the wider marketplace and recruitment and retention still has the potential to be impacted by post-Brexit, COVID-19 and inflationary factors. The Group monitors this closely and continues to remain confident in the attractiveness of its colleague proposition.

The Group continues to leverage apprenticeships to support workforce diversity and to fill key skills, creating bespoke graduate and early careers programmes for specialist technical areas.

The Group continues to successfully operate a flexible working model, with strategic investments in technology and other resources maximising its effectiveness. The model focuses on empowerment by enabling leaders and colleagues to agree working arrangements that meet individual, team and business needs.

The increased scale and presence of the Group, and success in multi-site and remote working, gives greater access to a larger talent pool to attract and retain in the future. In addition, the Group's Graduate Programmes helps to support the talent pipeline.

 

Market risk





Adverse investment market movements or broader economic forces can impact the Group's ability to meet its cash flow targets, along with the potential to negatively impact customer investments or sentiment

The Group and its customers are exposed to the implications of adverse market movements. This can impact the Group's capital, solvency, profitability and liquidity position, fees earned on assets held, the certainty and timing of future cash flows and long-term investment performance for shareholders and customers.

There are a number of drivers for market movements including government and central bank policies, geopolitical events, market sentiment, sector specific sentiment, global pandemics and financial risks of climate change, including risks from the transition to a low carbon economy.

 

The Group undertakes regular monitoring activities in relation to market risk exposure, including limits in each asset class, cash flow forecasting and stress and scenario testing. In particular, the Group's increase in exposure to residential property and private investments, as a result of its BPA investment strategy, is actively monitored.

The Group continues to implement de-risking strategies and control enhancements to mitigate unwanted customer and shareholder outcomes from certain market movements, such as equities, interest rates, inflation and foreign currencies.

The Group maintains cash buffers in its holding companies and has access to a credit facility to reduce reliance on emerging cash flows.

The Group closely monitors and manages its excess capital position and it regularly discusses market outlook with its asset managers.

1

2

3

 

This risk was assessed as 'Heightened' in the Group's 2019 Annual Report and Accounts, and then again in 2020 due to ongoing economic uncertainty, geopolitical tensions, the impacts of COVID-19 and uncertainty around interest rates. These remain the key drivers for the current assessment of exposure to this risk, which is unchanged from the 2020 position.

The global macro-economic environment remains highly uncertain, as it did throughout 2022.

The Ukraine conflict and rapid increase in inflation increased market volatility throughout 2022, with recession expected throughout Europe and possibly the wider world. The longer-term impacts of the conflict have affected the cost and availability of food and vital commodities such as oil and gas, driving inflationary pressures.

Inflation is considered a material short to medium-term risk. Pressures continue and the UK Consumer Price Index hit 11.1% in October 2022, before retreating slightly to 10.1% in January 2023. The Bank of England base rate increased from 0.1% in December 2021 to 4% at the time of writing, with further rate rises expected during 2023. Higher interest rates, coupled with cost of living rises, are likely to suppress property prices over the coming year.

The UK mini-budget added further pressure to yield rises, squeezing liquidity throughout the long-term savings sector. The tax increases and government spending cuts announced in the Chancellor's Autumn statement helped to stabilise markets but have the potential to worsen customer sentiment, which may deepen the expected recession in the UK and affect the ability of households to save.

The Group continues to monitor and manage its market risk exposures, including to interest rates and inflation, and to markets affected by the conflict in Ukraine. The Group's strategy continues to involve hedging the major market risks and in 2022 the Group's Stress and Scenario Testing Programme continued to demonstrate the resilience of its balance sheet to market stresses. Contingency actions remain available to help manage the Group's capital and liquidity position in the event of unanticipated market movements such as those following the mini-budget.

As noted in the 'Customer' risk above, work is underway across the Group to ensure customers are supported as the impacts of the cost of living crisis continue to crystallise.

Insurance risk





The Group may be exposed to adverse demographic experience which is out of line with expectations

The Group has guaranteed liabilities, annuities and other policies that are sensitive to future longevity, persistency and mortality rates. For example, if annuity policyholders live for longer than expected, then the Group will need to pay their benefits for longer.

The amount of additional capital required to meet additional liabilities could have a material adverse impact on the Group's ability to meet its cash flow targets.

The Group undertakes regular reviews of experience and annuitant survival checks to identify any trends or variances in assumptions.

The Group regularly reviews assumptions to reflect the continued trend of reductions in future mortality improvements.

The Group continues to manage its longevity risk exposures, which includes the use of longevity swaps and reinsurance contracts to maintain this risk within appetite.

The Group actively monitors persistency risk metrics and exposures against appetite across the Open and
Heritage businesses.

Where required, the
Group continues to take capital management actions to mitigate adverse demographic experience.

1

2

 

This risk was assessed as 'Heightened' in the Group's 2020 Annual Report and Accounts due to the uncertainty around future demographic experience as a result of COVID-19 impacts. The residual risks from COVID-19, in addition to the implications arising from the cost of living crisis, are key drivers of the assessment of the level of exposure to this risk, which is unchanged from the 2020 position.

Demographic experience and the latest views on future trends continue to be considered in regular assumption reviews although, for most products, experience over the COVID-19 pandemic has still been given little weight given its anomalous nature.

The Group is actively monitoring customer behaviour as a result of the cost of living crisis; this includes the impact that any change in behaviour could have on demographic assumptions. As noted elsewhere in this section, work is underway to ensure support is provided to customers as the impacts from the cost of living crisis continue to materialise.

The Group completed BPA transactions with a combined premium of £4.8 billion in 2022. Consistent with previous transactions, the Group continues to reinsure the vast majority of the longevity risk with existing arrangements that are reviewed regularly.

 

Insurance risk





The Group may be exposed to adverse demographic experience which is out of line with expectations

The Group has guaranteed liabilities, annuities and other policies that are sensitive to future longevity, persistency and mortality rates. For example, if annuity policyholders live for longer than expected, then the Group will need to pay their benefits for longer.

The amount of additional capital required to meet additional liabilities could have a material adverse impact on the Group's ability to meet its cash flow targets.

The Group undertakes regular reviews of experience and annuitant survival checks to identify any trends or variances in assumptions.

The Group regularly reviews assumptions to reflect the continued trend of reductions in future mortality improvements.

The Group continues to manage its longevity risk exposures, which includes the use of longevity swaps and reinsurance contracts to maintain this risk within appetite.

The Group actively monitors persistency risk metrics and exposures against appetite across the Open and Heritage businesses.

Where required, the Group continues to take capital management actions to mitigate adverse demographic experience.

1

2

 

This risk was assessed as 'Heightened' in the Group's 2020 Annual Report and Accounts due to the uncertainty around future demographic experience as a result of COVID-19 impacts. The residual risks from COVID-19, in addition to the implications arising from the cost of living crisis, are key drivers of the assessment of the level of exposure to this risk, which is unchanged from the 2020 position.

Demographic experience and the latest views on future trends continue to be considered in regular assumption reviews although, for most products, experience over the COVID-19 pandemic has still been given little weight given its anomalous nature.

The Group is actively monitoring customer behaviour as a result of the cost of living crisis; this includes the impact that any change in behaviour could have on demographic assumptions. As noted elsewhere in this section, work is underway to ensure support is provided to customers as the impacts from the cost of living crisis continue to materialise.

The Group completed BPA transactions with a combined premium of £4.8 billion in 2022. Consistent with previous transactions, the Group continues to reinsure the vast majority of the longevity risk with existing arrangements that are reviewed regularly.

Credit risk





The Group is exposed to the risk of downgrade or failure of a significant counterparty

The Group is exposed to the risk of downgrades and deterioration in the creditworthiness or default of investment, derivatives or banking counterparties. This could cause immediate financial loss, or a reduction in future profits.

The Group is also exposed to trading counterparties, such as reinsurers or service providers, failing to meet all or part of their obligations. This would negatively impact the Group's operations which may in turn have adverse effects on customer relationships and
may lead to financial loss.

 

The Group regularly monitors its counterparty exposures and has specific limits in place relating to individual counterparties (with sub-limits for each credit risk exposure), sector concentration and geographies.

The Group undertakes regular stress and scenario testing of the credit portfolio. Where possible, exposures are diversified using a range of counterparty providers. All material reinsurance and derivative positions are appropriately collateralised.

The Group regularly discusses market outlook with its asset managers in addition to the Line 2 Risk oversight provided.

For mitigation of risks associated with stock-lending, additional protection is provided through collateral and indemnity insurance.

 

1

2

3

 

In the Group's 2020 Annual Report and Accounts, this risk was assessed as 'Heightened' as a result of the market volatility and wider economic and social impacts arising from COVID-19. The residual risks from COVID-19 are a driver of the current assessment of the level of exposure to this risk, which is unchanged from the 2020 position, in addition to ongoing geopolitical tensions and economic uncertainty.

Over 2022 the Group continued to undertake actions to increase the overall credit quality of its portfolio and mitigate the impact on risk capital of future downgrades. Furthermore, the Group Credit Limit framework was updated to better manage counterparty failure risk. This positive progress, and the easing of the economic and social impacts of COVID-19, is balanced by risks arising from the Ukraine conflict and UK Government policy. Uncertainties over the global economic outlook and high inflation present an increased risk of downgrades and defaults. In addition, a UK sovereign downgrade, which is now more probable, would have a negative impact on UK-related assets including Gilts, Housing Associations and Local Authority Loans.

The Group has no direct shareholder credit exposure to Russia or Ukraine and no exposure to sanctioned entities.

The Group continues to increase investment in illiquid credit assets as a result of BPA transactions. This is within appetite and in line with the Group's strategic asset allocation plans. The growth in illiquid assets will be met by growth in the overall Group credit portfolio.

Emerging risks and opportunities

The Group's senior management and Board take emerging risks and opportunities into account when considering potential outcomes. This determines if appropriate management actions are in place to manage the risk or take advantage of the opportunity. Two examples of key risks and opportunities discussed by senior management and the Board during 2022 are:

Risk Title

Description

Risk universe category

ESG Litigation

The growth of ESG-related litigation is becoming a risk. Given the growing prominence of ESG on government, regulator and corporate agendas, it is increasingly important that all businesses understand and take steps to mitigate the risks of ESG-related litigation. ESG-related litigation covers a broad range of potential actions, including those that result from climate-related issues (such as claims of "Greenwashing"), where claimants see the potential to drive an increase in climate change mitigation activity, and those that are brought by diversity campaigners seeking to drive faster progress by corporations towards their stated commitments. These actions could result in legal penalties and reputational damage to the Group if the underlying risks are not mitigated.

The Group has undertaken a risk assessment exercise to identify and collate all potential ESG-related litigation risks. SMEs are currently assessing these and will report back with recommendations on those risks that are either not mitigated, have a higher chance of occurring or a greater impact if they do occur. The Group views these risks as cross-cutting the risk universe, with strategic, financial, operational, reputational and customer implications.

Environmental

Ethical Data Driven Decisions

As computing power advances, the use of automated decision making (be that machine learning, Artificial Intelligence or complex decision trees) has increased throughout the industry, including the use of algorithms to help customers make decisions about their future. There is a risk that the data used to drive these decisions contains biases which are not identified or the implications not understood and that, as a result, there is artificial discrimination in the recommended outcomes. For Phoenix Group, this could manifest through customers failing to achieve good outcomes and expose the Group to reputational damage and the need to remediate for inappropriate decisions made following the use of such tools. There is also the risk of regulatory sanction, most notably from the Information Commissioner's Office but also from the FCA.

The Group's priority in this area is in establishing the ethical guardrails and controls which are essential to setting both expectations and culture of how data is consumed and processed. The principles of the FCA's new Consumer Duty, and the Group's Code of Conduct, will be placed at the heart of the framework.

Strategic



 

Statement of Directors' responsibilities

 

Statement of Directors' responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and Accounts of Phoenix Group Holdings plc

 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, consolidated financial statements and the Company financial statements in accordance with applicable United Kingdom law and regulations.

The Board has prepared a Strategic Report which provides an overview of the development and performance of the Group's business for the year ended 31 December 2022, covers the future developments in the business of Phoenix Group Holdings plc and its consolidated subsidiaries and provides details of any important events affecting the Company and its subsidiaries after the year-end. For the purposes of compliance with DTR 4.1.5R(2) and DTR 4.1.8R, the required content of the 'Management Report' can be found in the Strategic Report and this Directors' Report, including the sections of the Annual Report and Accounts incorporated by reference.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare the consolidated and the Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have elected to prepare the consolidated and Company financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards ('IASs') in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. Under company law the directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and the Company and of the profit or loss of the Group and the Company for that period.

In preparing these financial statements the Directors are required to:

select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors and then apply them consistently;

make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information;

provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IASs is insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the Group and Company financial position and financial performance;

in respect of the consolidated financial statements, state whether UK-adopted international accounting standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the consolidated financial statements;

in respect of the Company financial statements, state whether UK-adopted international accounting standards, have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and

prepare the consolidated and the Company financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company and/or the Group will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company's and Group's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and the Group, and enable them to ensure that the Company and the consolidated financial statements and the Directors' Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors' Report, Directors' Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Statement that comply with that law and those regulations. The Directors are responsible for making, and continuing to make, the Company's Annual Report and Accounts available on the Company's website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

The Directors as at the date of this Directors' Report, whose names and functions are listed in the Board of Directors section on pages 74 to 76, confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:

the consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole;

the Annual Report, including the Strategic Report, includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the company and undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face; and

they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for users (who have a reasonable knowledge of business and economic activities) to assess the Company's position, performance, business model and strategy.

The Strategic Report and the Directors' Report were approved by the Board of Directors on 10 March 2023.

By order of the Board

 

 

Andy Briggs                          Rakesh Thakrar

Group Chief                          Group Chief
Executive Officer                 Financial Officer

10 March 2023

 

Financials

Consolidated income statement

For the year ended 31 December 2022


Notes

2022
£m

2021
£m

Gross premiums written


7,094

7,455

Less: premiums ceded to reinsurers

F3

(1,727)

(2,079)

Net premiums written


5,367

5,376





Fees and commissions

C1

951

1,001

Total revenue, net of reinsurance payable


6,318

6,377





Net investment income

C2

(38,149)

18,001

Other operating income


82

76

Gain on completion of abrdn plc transaction

A6.1

-

110

Loss on disposal of Ark Life

A6.2

-

(23)

Net income


(31,749)

24,541





Policyholder claims


(9,392)

(9,656)

Less: reinsurance recoveries


1,693

1,597

Change in insurance contract liabilities


27,645

3,076

Change in reinsurers' share of insurance contract liabilities


(2,450)

(177)

Transfer from unallocated surplus

F2

378

106

Net policyholder claims and benefits incurred


17,874

(5,054)





Change in investment contract liabilities


13,366

(16,812)

Amortisation and impairment of acquired in-force business

G2

(505)

(577)

Amortisation of other intangibles

G2

(21)

(20)

Impairment of goodwill

G2

-

(47)

Administrative expenses

C3

(2,412)

(2,056)

Net income under arrangements with reinsurers

F3.3

427

22

Net income attributable to unitholders


410

(185)

Total operating expenses


29,139

(24,729)





Loss before finance costs and tax


(2,610)

(188)





Finance costs

C5

(230)

(242)

Loss for the year before tax


(2,840)

(430)





Tax credit/(charge) attributable to policyholders' returns

C6

579

(258)

Loss before the tax attributable to owners


(2,261)

(688)





Tax credit/(charge)

C6

1,078

(279)

Less: tax attributable to policyholders' returns

C6

(579)

258

Tax credit/(charge) attributable to owners

C6

499

(21)

Loss for the year attributable to owners


(1,762)

(709)





Attributable to:




Owners of the parent


(1,829)

(837)

Non-controlling interests

D5

67

128



(1,762)

(709)





Earnings per ordinary share




Basic (pence per share)

B3

(185.2)p

(86.4)p

Diluted (pence per share)

B3

(185.2)p

(86.4)p

 

Statement of comprehensive income

For the year ended 31 December 2022

 


Notes

2022
 £m

2021
 £m

Loss for the year


(1,762)

(709)





Other comprehensive income/(expense):




Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss:








Cash flow hedges:




Fair value gains arising during the year

D3

181

44

Reclassification adjustments for amounts recognised in profit or loss

D3

(186)

(36)

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations


36

(45)

Reclassification of foreign currency translation reserve on disposal of Ark Life

A6.2

-

14





Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:




Remeasurement of owner-occupied property

G3

(5)

-

Remeasurements of net defined benefit asset/liability

G1

940

281

Tax charge relating to other comprehensive income items

C6

(280)

(138)

Total other comprehensive income for the year


686

120





Total comprehensive expense for the year


(1,076)

(589)





Attributable to:




Owners of the parent


(1,143)

(717)

Non-controlling interests

D5

67

128



(1,076)

(589)

Statement of consolidated financial position

As at 31 December 2022


Notes

2022
£m

2021
£m

ASSETS








Pension scheme asset

G1

14

36

Reimbursement rights

G1

205

212





Intangible assets




Goodwill


10

10

Acquired in-force business


3,835

4,323

Other intangibles


211

232


G2

4,056

4,565





Property, plant and equipment

G3

125

130





Investment property

G4

3,727

5,283





Financial assets




Loans and deposits


279

475

Derivatives

E3

4,068

4,567

Equities


76,737

86,981

Investment in associate


329

431

Debt securities


83,116

104,761

Collective investment schemes


75,389

85,995

Reinsurers' share of investment contract liabilities


9,063

9,982


E1

248,981

293,192

Insurance assets




Reinsurers' share of insurance contract liabilities

F1

6,142

8,587

Reinsurance receivables


89

69

Insurance contract receivables


66

70



6,297

8,726





Deferred tax asset

G8

158

-

Current tax receivable

G8

519

419

Prepayments and accrued income


432

373

Other receivables

G5

4,611

1,805

Cash and cash equivalents

G6

8,839

9,112

Assets classified as held for sale

A6.1

7,205

9,946

Total assets


285,169

333,799

 

Approved by the Board on 10 March 2023.

 

Andy Briggs                                                                                  Rakesh Thakrar

Chief Executive Officer                                                                 Chief Financial Officer

 

Company registration number 11606773.

 






Notes

2022
£m

2021
£m

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES








Equity attributable to owners of the parent




Share capital

D1

100

100

Share premium


10

6

Shares held by employee benefit trust

D2

(13)

(12)

Foreign currency translation reserve


107

71

Merger relief reserve

D1

1,819

1,819

Other reserves

D3

46

56

Retained earnings


2,092

3,775

Total equity attributable to owners of the parent


4,161

5,815





Tier 1 Notes

D4

494

494

Non-controlling interests

D5

532

460

Total equity


5,187

6,769





Liabilities




Pension scheme liability

G1

2,520

3,103





Insurance contract liabilities




Liabilities under insurance contracts

F1

102,016

128,864

Unallocated surplus

F2

1,344

1,801



103,360

130,665

Financial liabilities




Investment contracts


143,845

160,417

Borrowings

E5

3,980

4,225

Deposits received from reinsurers


2,598

3,569

Derivatives

E3

5,875

1,248

Net asset value attributable to unitholders


2,978

3,568

Obligations for repayment of collateral received


1,706

3,442


E1

160,982

176,469





Provisions

G7

234

235

Deferred tax liabilities

G8

660

1,399

Reinsurance payables


245

143

Payables related to direct insurance contracts

G9

1,964

1,864

Current tax payable

G8

34

19

Lease liabilities

G10

92

99

Accruals and deferred income

G11

566

567

Other payables

G12

965

721

Liabilities classified as held for sale

A6.1

8,360

11,746

Total liabilities


279,982

327,030





Total equity and liabilities


285,169

333,799

 


Statement of consolidated changes in equity

As at 31 December 2022


Share capital (note D1)

£m

Share premium (note D1)

£m

Shares held
by the employee benefit trust
(note D2)

£m

Foreign currency translation reserve

£m

Merger relief reserve (note D1)

£m

Other reserves (note D3)

£m

Retained earnings

£m

Total

£m

Tier 1 Notes (note D4)

£m

Non-controlling interests (note D5)

£m

Total equity

£m

At 1 January 2022

100

6

(12)

71

1,819

56

3,775

5,815

494

460

6,769













(Loss)/profit for the year

-

-

-

-

-

-

(1,829)

(1,829)

-

67

(1,762)

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year

-

-

-

36

-

(10)

660

686

-

-

686

Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year

-

-

-

36

-

(10)

(1,169)

(1,143)

-

67

(1,076)













Issue of ordinary share capital,
net of associated commissions
and expenses

-

4

-

-

-

-

-

4

-

-

4

Dividends paid on ordinary shares

-

-

-

-

-

-

(496)

(496)

-

-

(496)

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(10)

(10)

Credit to equity for equity-settled share-based payments

-

-

-

-

-

-

16

16

-

-

16

Shares distributed by the employee benefit trust

-

-

12

-

-

-

(12)

-

-

-

-

Shares acquired by the employee benefit trust

-

-

(13)

-

-

-

-

(13)

-

-

(13)

Increase in non-controlling interests

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

15

15

Coupon paid on Tier 1 Notes,
net of tax relief

-

-

-

-

-

-

(22)

(22)

-

-

(22)

At 31 December 2022

100

10

(13)

107

1,819

46

2,092

4,161

494

532

5,187

 

Statement of consolidated changes in equity

As at 31 December 2021


Share capital (note D1)

£m

Share premium (note D1)

£m

Shares held by employee benefit trust
 (note D2)

£m

Foreign currency translation reserve

£m

Merger
relief
reserve
(note D1)

£m

Other reserves (note D3)

£m

Retained earnings

£m

Total

£m

Tier 1 Notes (note D4)

£m

Non-controlling interests (note D5)

£m

Total equity

£m

At 1 January 2021

100

4

(6)

102

1,819

48

4,970

7,037

494

341

7,872













(Loss)/profit for the year

-

-

-

-

-

-

(837)

(837)

-

128

(709)

Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year

-

-

-

(31)

-

8

143

120

-

-

120

Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the year

-

-

-

(31)

-

8

(694)

(717)

-

128

(589)













Issue of ordinary share capital,
net of associated commissions
and expenses

-

2

-

-

-

-

-

2

-

-

2

Dividends paid on ordinary shares

-

-

-

-

-

-

(482)

(482)

-

-

(482)

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(9)

(9)

Credit to equity for equity-settled share based payments

-

-

-

-

-

-

14

14

-

-

14

Shares distributed by employee benefit trust

-

-

10

-

-

-

(10)

-

-

-

-

Shares acquired by employee benefit trust

-

-

(16)

-

-

-

-

(16)

-

-

(16)

Coupon paid on Tier 1 Notes,
net of tax relief

-

-

-

-

-

-

(23)

(23)

-

-

(23)

At 31 December 2021

100

6

(12)

71

1,819

56

3,775

5,815

494

460

6,769

 

Statement of consolidated cash flows

For the year ended 31 December 2022


 

Notes

2022 
 £m

2021
 £m

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

Cash generated/(utilised) by operations

I2

1,019

(871)

Taxation paid

 

(153)

(149)

Net cash flows from operating activities

 

866

(1,020)

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

Proceeds from completion of abrdn plc transaction

A6.1

115

Disposal of Ark Life, net of cash disposed

A6.2

189

Net cash flows from investing activities

 

304

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuing ordinary shares, net of associated commission and expenses

 

4

2

Ordinary share dividends paid

B4

(496)

(482)

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

D5

(10)

(9)

Repayment of policyholder borrowings

E5.2

(32)

(18)

Repayment of shareholder borrowings

E5.2

(450)

(322)

Repayment of lease liabilities 

G10

(14)

(16)

Proceeds from new policyholder borrowings, net of associated expenses

E5.2

61

17

Coupon paid on Tier 1 Notes

 

(29)

(29)

Interest paid on policyholder borrowings

 

(1)

Interest paid on shareholder borrowings

 

(215)

(237)

Net cash flows from financing activities

 

(1,182)

(1,094)

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

(316)

(1,810)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 

(before reclassification of cash and cash equivalents to held for sale)

 

9,188

10,998

Less : cash and cash equivalents of operations classified as held for sale

A6.1

(33)

(76)

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

 

8,839

9,112

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

A. Significant accounting policies

A1. Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022 set out on pages 168 to 289 comprise the financial statements of Phoenix Group Holdings plc ('the Company') and its subsidiaries (together referred to as 'the Group'), and were authorised by the Board of Directors for issue on 10 March 2023.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention except for investment property, owner-occupied property and those financial assets and financial liabilities (including derivative instruments) that have been measured at fair value.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling (£) rounded to the nearest million except where otherwise stated.

Assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the statement of consolidated financial position only when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the assets and settle the liability simultaneously. Income and expenses are not offset in the consolidated income statement unless required or permitted by an International Financial Reporting Standard ('IFRS') or interpretation, as specifically disclosed in the accounting policies of the Group.

Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards ('IASs').

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiary undertakings, including collective investment schemes, where the Group exercises overall control. In accordance with the principles set out in IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements, the Group controls an investee if and only if the Group has all the following:

•  power over the investee;

•  exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

•  the ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.

The Group considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether it has power over an investee, including relevant activities, substantive and protective rights, voting rights and purpose and design of an investee. The Group reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control. Further details about the consolidation of subsidiaries, including collective investment schemes, are included in note H1.

Going concern

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. In assessing whether the Group is a going concern the Directors have taken into account the guidance issued by the Financial Reporting Council ('FRC'). The considerations and approach are consistent with the provisions of the FRC's Guidance on risk Management, Internal control and Related Financial and Business Reporting issued in September 2014. Further details of the going concern assessment for the period to 31 March 2024 are included in the Directors' Report on page 149.

The Directors have, at the time of approving the consolidated financial statements, a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the period covered by the assessment.

A2. Accounting policies

The principal accounting policies have been consistently applied in these consolidated financial statements. Where an accounting policy can be directly attributed to a specific note to the consolidated financial statements, the policy is presented within that note, with a view to enabling greater understanding of the results and financial position of the Group. All other significant accounting policies are disclosed below.

A2.1. Foreign currency transactions

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group's entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the 'functional currency'). The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, which is the Group's presentation currency.

The results and financial position of all Group companies that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

•  assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the period end;

•  income, expenses and cash flows denominated in foreign currencies are translated at average exchange rates; and

•  all resulting exchange differences are recognised through the statement of consolidated comprehensive income.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency of the transacting Group entity using exchange rates prevailing at the date of the translation. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Translation differences on debt securities and other monetary financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss are included in foreign exchange gains and losses. Translation differences on non-monetary items at fair value through profit or loss are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss.

A2.2. Other operating income

Other operating income includes income from all other operating activities which are incidental to the principal activities of the Group.

A3. Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. Disclosures of judgements made by management in applying the Group's accounting policies include those that have the most significant effect on the amounts that are recognised in the consolidated financial statements. Disclosures of estimates and associated assumptions include those that have a significant risk of resulting in a material change to the carrying value of assets and liabilities within the next year. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of the judgements as to the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Critical accounting estimates are those which involve the most complex or subjective judgements or assessments. The areas of the Group's business that typically require such estimates are the measurement of insurance and investment contract liabilities, determination of the fair value of financial assets and liabilities, valuation of pension scheme assets and liabilities and valuation of intangibles on initial recognition.

The application of critical accounting judgements that could have the most significant effect on the recognised amounts include classification of contracts to be accounted for as insurance or investment contracts, recognition of pension surplus, the determination of adjusted operating profit, the recognition of an investment as an associate and determination of control with regards to underlying entities. Details of all critical accounting estimates and judgements are included below.

A3.1 Insurance and investment contract liabilities

Insurance and investment contract liability accounting is discussed in more detail in the accounting policies in note F1 with further detail of the key assumptions made in determining insurance and investment contract liabilities included in note F4. Economic assumptions are set taking into account market conditions as at the valuation date. Non-economic assumptions, such as future expenses, longevity and mortality are set based on past experience, market practice, regulations and expectations about future trends.

The valuation of insurance contract liabilities is sensitive to the assumptions which have been applied in their calculation. Details of sensitivities arising from significant non-economic assumptions are detailed on page 235 in note F4.

Classification of contracts as insurance is based upon an assessment of the significance of insurance risk transferred to the Group. Insurance contracts are defined by IFRS 4 as those containing significant insurance risk if, and only if, an insured event could cause an insurer to make significant additional payments in any scenario, excluding scenarios that lack commercial substance, at the inception of the contract.

A3.2 Fair value of financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value and accounted for as set out in the accounting policies in note E1. Financial instruments valued where valuation techniques are based on observable market data at the period end are categorised as Level 2 financial instruments. Financial instruments valued where valuation techniques are based on non-observable inputs are categorised as Level 3 financial instruments. Level 2 and Level 3 financial instruments therefore involve the use of estimates.

Further details of the estimates made are included in note E2. In relation to the Level 3 financial instruments, sensitivity analysis is performed in respect of the key assumptions used in the valuation of these financial instruments. The details of this sensitivity analysis are included in note E2.3.

A3.3 Pension scheme obligations

The valuation of pension scheme obligations is determined using actuarial valuations that depend upon a number of assumptions, including discount rate, inflation and longevity. External actuarial advice is taken with regard to setting the financial assumptions to be used in the valuation. As defined benefit pension schemes are long-term in nature, such assumptions can be subject to significant uncertainty.

Further details of these estimates and the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to key assumptions are provided in note G1.

A3.4 Recognition of pension scheme surplus

A pension scheme surplus can only be recognised to the extent that the sponsoring employer can utilise the asset through a refund of surplus or a reduction in contributions. A refund is available to the Group where it has an unconditional right to a refund on a gradual settlement of liabilities over time until all members have left the scheme. A review of the Trust Deeds of the Group's pension schemes that recognise a surplus has highlighted that the Scheme Trustees are not considered to have the unilateral power to trigger a wind-up of the Scheme and the Trustees' consent is not needed for the sponsoring company to trigger a wind-up. Where the last beneficiary died or left the scheme, the sponsoring company could close the Scheme and force the Trustees to trigger a wind-up by withholding its consent to continue the Scheme on a closed basis. This view is supported by external legal opinion and is considered to support the recognition of a surplus. Management has determined that the scheme administrator would be subject to a 35% tax charge on a refund and therefore any surplus is reduced by this amount. Further details of the Group's pension schemes are provided in note G1.

A3.5 Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit is the Group's non-GAAP measure of performance and provides stakeholders with a comparable measure of the underlying performance of the Group. The Group is required to make judgements as to the appropriate longer-term rates of investment return for the determination of adjusted operating profit based on risk-free yields at the start of the financial year, as detailed in note B2, and as to whether items are included within adjusted operating profit or excluded as an adjustment to adjusted operating profit in accordance with the accounting policy detailed in note B1. Items excluded from adjusted operating profit are referred to as 'non-operating items'.

A3.6 Control and consolidation

The Group has invested in a number of collective investment schemes and other types of investment where judgement is applied in determining whether the Group controls the activities of these entities. These entities are typically structured in such a way that owning the majority of the voting rights is not the conclusive factor in the determination of control in line with the requirements of IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements. The control assessment therefore involves a number of further considerations such as whether the Group has a unilateral power of veto in general meetings and whether the existence of other agreements restrict the Group from being able to influence the activities. Further details of these judgements are given in note H1.

A3.7 How Climate risk affects our accounting judgments and estimates

In preparation of these financial statements, the Group has considered the impact of climate change across a number of areas, predominantly in respect of the valuation of financial instruments, insurance and investment contract liabilities and goodwill and other intangible assets.

Many of the effects arising from climate change will be longer term in nature, with an inherent level of uncertainty, and have been assessed as having a limited effect on accounting judgments and estimates for the current period.

The majority of the Group's financial assets are held at fair value and use quoted market prices or observable market inputs in their valuation. The use of quoted market prices and market inputs to determine fair value reflects current information and market sentiment regarding the effect of climate risk. For the valuation of level 3 financial instruments, there are no material unobservable inputs in relation to climate risk. Note E6 provides further risk management disclosures in relation to financial risks including sensitivities in relation to credit and market risk. In addition, further details on managing the related climate change risks are provided in the Task Force for Climate-related Financial Disclosures ('TCFD') on page 48 of the Annual Report and Accounts.

Insurance and investment contract liabilities use economic assumptions taking into account market conditions at the valuation date as well as non-economic assumptions such as future expenses, longevity and mortality which are set based on past experience, market practice, regulations and expectations about future trends. Due to the level of annuities written by the Group, it is particularly exposed to longevity risk. At 31 December 2022 there are no adjustments made to the longevity assumptions to specifically allow for the impact of climate change on annuitant mortality. Further details as to how assumptions are set and of the sensitivity of the Group's results to annuitant longevity and other key insurance risks are set out in note F4.

The assessment of impairment for goodwill and intangible assets is based on value in use calculations. Value in use represents the value of future cash flows and uses the Group's three year annual operating plan and the expectation of long-term economic growth beyond this period. The three year annual operating plan reflects management's current expectations on competitiveness and profitability, and reflects the expected impacts of the process of moving towards a low-carbon economy. Note G2 provides further details on goodwill and other intangible assets and on impairment testing performed.

A4. Adoption of new accounting pronouncements in 2022

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Group has adopted the following amendments effective from 1 January 2022:

•  Onerous Contracts - Cost of Fulfilling a Contract (Amendments to IAS 37): The amendments clarify that when performing an onerous contracts assessment both incremental costs to fulfil a contract and an allocation of other direct costs should be included when determining whether that contract is onerous.

•  Reference to the Conceptual Framework (Amendments to IFRS 3): In addition to updating references to the conceptual framework within IFRS 3, the amendments also add a requirement for obligations within the scope of IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets to determine whether at the acquisition date a present obligation exists as a result of past events.

•  Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use (Amendments to IAS 16): The amendments prohibit deducting from the cost of an item of property, plant and equipment any proceeds from selling items produced before that asset is available for use. Such sales proceeds and related costs are recognised in profit or loss; and

•  Annual Improvements (2018-2020 Cycle):

Subsidiary as a First-time Adopter (Amendments to IFRS 1);

Fees in the '10 per cent' Test for De-recognition of Financial Liabilities (Amendments to IFRS 9);

Lease Incentives (Amendments to IFRS 16); and

Taxation in Fair Value Measurements (Amendments to IAS 41).

None of the above amendments to standards are considered to have a material effect on these consolidated financial statements.

A5. New accounting pronouncements not yet effective

The IASB has issued the following standards or amended standards which apply from the dates shown. The Group has decided not to early adopt any of these standards or amendments where this is permitted.

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts (1 January 2023)

IFRS 17 was issued by the International Standards Board in May 2017 and amended in June 2020. The standard was endorsed by the UK Endorsement Board in May 2022. IFRS 17 is effective from 1 January 2023.

IFRS 17 will replace IFRS 4 the current insurance contracts standard and it is expected to significantly change the way the Group measures and reports its insurance contracts. The overall objective of the new standard is to provide an accounting model for insurance contracts that is more useful and consistent for users.

In June 2022, the IFRS Interpretations Committee ('IFRIC') provided its final agenda decision on the 'Transfer of Insurance Coverage under a Group of Annuity Contracts - IFRS 17', a non-objection from the International Accounting Standards Board was provided in July 2022. The methodology for coverage units determined by the Group and set out in the 'Coverage units' section below is compliant with this IFRIC final agenda decision.

Identifying contracts in scope of IFRS 17

IFRS 17 applies to insurance contracts (including reinsurance contracts) an entity issues, reinsurance contracts an entity holds and investment contracts with discretionary participation features an entity issues provided it also issues insurance contracts. The scope of IFRS 17 for the Group is materially consistent with that of IFRS 4. Investment contracts without discretionary participation features ('DPF') will be measured under IFRS 9. The following requirements apply to reinsurance contracts unless stated otherwise.

IFRS 17 sets out criteria for when an investment component is distinct and may be separated from the host insurance contract. Following the application of these criteria the Group has concluded for the majority of its hybrid investment contracts with DPF within the scope of IFRS 17, the unit-linked component does not meet the definition of a distinct investment component so will no longer be accounted for as a financial instrument and will fall within the scope of IFRS 17. Hybrid investment contracts with DPF are those contracts which allow policyholders to invest in both with-profit and unit-linked fund options within a single contract.

Level of aggregation

IFRS 17 requires that contracts are divided into groups for the purposes of recognition and measurement. Portfolios of contracts are identified by grouping together contracts which have similar risks and are managed together. These groups are then further divided into cohorts based on their expected profitability. Contracts which are onerous at inception cannot be grouped with contracts which are profitable at inception. Contracts which are issued more than one year apart are not permitted to be included within the same cohort, although there is some relief from this requirement for business in-force at the date of transition under the transitional arrangements.

Measurement

The standard introduces three measurement approaches, of which two, the general model and the variable fee approach, are applicable to the Group's business. The main features of these models are the measurement of an insurance contract as the present value of expected future cash flows including acquisition costs, plus an explicit risk adjustment, remeasured at each reporting period using current assumptions, and a contractual service margin ('CSM'). Reinsurance contracts held are measured using the general model, irrespective of the measurement model applied to the underlying contracts reinsured.

The risk adjustment represents the compensation the Group requires for bearing the uncertainty about the amount and timing of cash flows that arise from non-financial risk as the obligations under the insurance contract are fulfilled.

The CSM represents the unearned profit of a group of insurance contracts and is recognised in profit or loss as the insurance and/or investment service is provided to the customer using coverage units. Coverage units are a measurement of the quantum of service provided across the life of the contract and are used to measure the service provided in the reporting period and release a corresponding amount of profit to the consolidated income statement. If a group of contracts becomes loss-making after inception the loss is recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement. This treatment of profits and losses in respect of services is broadly consistent with the principles of IFRS 15 and IAS 37 applicable to other industries. For reinsurance contracts held, the CSM represents the net gain or net loss of the contract and is recognised in profit or loss as the service is provided using coverage units.

Under the general model the CSM is adjusted for non-economic assumption changes relating to future periods. For certain contracts with participating features the variable fee approach is applied, this allows changes in economic assumptions and experience to adjust the CSM as well as non-economic assumptions, reflecting the variable nature of the entity's earnings driven by investment returns.

Significant judgements and estimates

Contract boundaries

Under IFRS 17, the measurement of a group of contracts includes all future cash flows within the boundary of each contract in the group. Cash flows are within the boundary if they arise from substantive rights and obligations that exist during the reporting period in which the Group can compel the policyholder to pay premiums or in which the Group has a substantive obligation to provide services to the policyholder.

The adoption of IFRS 17 results in three main areas where contract boundaries differ from current practice:

•  Some unit-linked and with-profit contracts contain a guaranteed annuity option, which allows the policyholder to convert the maturity benefit to an immediate annuity at a predetermined rate. The Group currently places a value on the guaranteed annuity option at maturity, but does not include within its measurement the cash flows associated with immediate annuity until the option is exercised. Under IFRS 17, the cash flows related to the immediate annuity will fall within the boundary of the contract as the Group does not have the practical ability to reprice the contract on maturity.

•  The Group has issued renewable term assurance policies with varying terms. Where the Group has the practical ability to reassess the risks of the policyholders at individual contract or portfolio level the contract boundary ends at the earliest renewal date and the renewal will be treated as a new contract. Where the Group does not have the practical ability to reassess the risk, future renewals of these contracts on their guaranteed terms will be within the contract boundary.

•  Some of the Group's reinsurance contracts cover underlying contracts issued on a risk-attaching basis and provide unilateral rights to both the Group and the reinsurer to terminate the attachment of new contracts at any time by giving notice within a specified time period, for example three months. Currently the cash flows included in the measurement of reinsurance contracts considers only the underlying contracts ceded at the valuation date. However, under IFRS 17, the contract boundary includes underlying contracts expected to be issued and ceded during the period from the valuation date to the end of the reinsurance notice period.

Discount rates

The Group will determine risk-free discount rates using the current market prices of interest rate swaps in each currency where the market is deep, liquid and transparent. The Group primarily writes contracts denominated in Pounds Sterling and Euros. The yield curve will be interpolated between the last available market data point and an ultimate forward rate, which reflects long-term real interest rate and inflation expectations.

The discount rates for annuity business will be determined by a 'top-down' approach using a reference portfolio of assets to determine an uplift to be applied to the risk-free discount rate curve.

The discount rates for unit-linked business and with-profit business will be determined by a 'bottom-up' approach, using a risk-free discount rate curve adjusted to reflect the characteristics of the liabilities such as illiquidity.

With-profit inherited estate

The Group has a number of with-profit funds where surpluses are shared between the policyholders and the shareholders. All such funds are closed to new business. These funds typically have an inherited estate, being a surplus of assets over those needed to meet the liabilities of current policyholders. As these funds are closed to new business the surplus will be allocated to existing policyholders and the Group has determined it appropriate to allocate the expected future payments from the inherited estate to specific groups of contracts within the measurement of the best estimate cash flows. This results in the shareholders share of the inherited estate being recognised through the CSM. At transition, to the extent that services have been provided in previous periods, an element of the inherited estate will be recognised in Retained Earnings, with the remainder recognised within the CSM and released to the consolidated income statement in future periods in line with coverage units. The adoption of IFRS 17 will not change the point at which the shareholder will become entitled to receive its share of the inherited estate, which will continue to be at the point where bonuses are declared to policyholders.

Risk adjustment

The risk adjustment for non-financial risk will reflect the compensation that the Group requires for bearing non-financial risk. The Group will apply a confidence level technique. The risk adjustment will be allocated to groups of contracts based on an analysis of the risk profiles of the groups, reflecting the effects of the diversification benefits between Group entities. The Group will determine the risk adjustment using a one year time horizon, consistent with the time horizon used for Solvency II, the key metric underlying how the Group is managed.

To determine the risk adjustment for reinsurance contracts, the Group will apply its approach both gross and net of reinsurance and determine the amount of risk being transferred to the reinsurer as the difference between the two results.

Coverage units

The CSM of a group of contracts is recognised in profit or loss to reflect services provided in the period. The number of coverage units is updated at each valuation date and reflects the quantity of services provided by the contracts within a group considering both quantity of benefits provided and the length of the expected coverage period.

The Group will determine the quantity of benefits, and therefore the coverage units as follows:

Type of business

Coverage unit (quantity of benefits)

Term life

Sum assured in-force

Endowment

Sum assured in-force

Whole of life

Sum assured in-force

Other protection products

Sum assured in-force

Immediate annuity

Annuity payments in each period

Unit linked

Annual Management Charge plus insurance charges

Conventional with-profit ('CWP') & Unitised with-profit ('UWP')

Maximum of the guaranteed benefit and asset share

Reinsurance contracts held will use coverage units consistent with the underlying policies reinsured.

Transition

IFRS 17 requires the standard to be applied retrospectively. Where this is assessed as impracticable the standard allows the application of a modified retrospective approach or a fair value approach to determine the contractual service margin.

The primary books of business that will be measured using the fully retrospective approach are:

•  External Bulk Purchase Annuities written since 2018, and their associated reinsurance contracts. Bulk Purchase Annuities, and their associated reinsurance contracts, related to the Group's pension schemes will continue to be eliminated on consolidation and the liabilities of the scheme reported under IAS 19.

•  Annuity and conventional non-profit business acquired as part of the purchase of the ReAssure business in 2020, with the date of inception of these contracts being the acquisition date.

•  New business within the scope of IFRS 17 written by the Group's SunLife business from 2018, and the Group's remaining new business from 1 January 2021.

The remainder of the Group's business will be transitioned using the fair value approach.

Key factors considered in determining whether the fully retrospective approach is impracticable include:

•  The ability to obtain assumptions and data at the required level of granularity, without the introduction of material use of hindsight, particularly in relation to contracts within acquired businesses and where the Group's financial reporting metrics did not require such information.

•  The availability and usability of historic data given the significant integration work performed by the Group on both its policy administration and actuarial modelling systems where re-platforming from legacy systems onto a unified platform has been carried out.

•  The significant level of regulatory change experienced by the insurance industry, such as Solvency II, which impacts on the level of change undergone by both legacy and current policy administration and actuarial modelling systems.

Fair value approach

The fair value approach determines the CSM (or loss component) at 1 January 2022 as the difference between the fair value of a group of contracts and the present value of expected future cash flows including acquisition costs, plus an explicit risk adjustment.

The fair value determined by the Group will use cash flows with contract boundaries consistent with IFRS 17 requirements and be broadly consistent with those used to determine the IFRS 17 liabilities. The measurement of the fair value of contracts will include items taken into consideration by a market participant but which are not included in the IFRS 17 measurement of contracts, such as a risk premium to reflect a market participant's view of uncertainty inherent in the contract cash flows being valued and a profit margin.

For groups of contracts measured using the fair value approach, the cohorts will contain contracts issued more than one year apart.

Presentation and disclosure

The introduction of IFRS 17 will simplify the presentation of the statement of financial position. It requires the presentation of groups of insurance (or reinsurance) contracts that are in an asset position separately from those in a liability position. All rights and obligations arising from a portfolio of contracts will be presented within the insurance or reinsurance contract balance, as such, balances such as payables related to direct insurance contracts and reinsurance receivables will no longer be presented separately.

The presentation of the consolidated income statement will change more significantly with IFRS 17 setting out how components of the profitability of contracts are disaggregated into an insurance service result and insurance finance income/expense. The insurance service result reflects the consideration earned in exchange for the provision of services in relation to the group of IFRS 17 contracts issued. The insurance financial income/expense reflects changes in the carrying amount of the group of insurance contracts that relate to financial risks. It comprises the effect of the time value of money as well as the effect of financial risks and changes in financial risks.

IFRS 17 also requires extensive disclosures, both quantitative and qualitative, in relation to:

•  Amounts recognised in the financial statements, including reconciliations showing how the net carrying amounts of contracts changed during the period;

•  Significant judgements and changes in these judgements; and

•  The nature and extent of risks that arise from contracts within the scope of IFRS 17.

Impact assessment

The total profit recognised over the lifetime of contracts within the scope of IFRS 17 will not change from the total profit recognised under IFRS 4 and will continue to be recognised in profit and loss. The pattern of profit emergence under IFRS 17 will primarily be driven by the timing of the recognition of the risk adjustment and CSM. The risk adjustment is released to profit and loss as the related risk expires and the CSM is released as services are provided.

The estimated impact of adopting IFRS 17 as at 1 January 2022 is total equity attributable to owners of the parent remains broadly neutral when compared with the reported value at 1 January 2022 of £5.8 billion, and a CSM (net of reinsurance) of at least £2.0 billion is established.

The broadly neutral impact to total equity attributable to owners of the parent is a result of a number of offsetting factors. This includes the following factors which have a positive impact on equity:

•  By moving to an IFRS 17 best estimate of future cash flows, prudent margins currently recognised on insurance contract liabilities under IFRS 4 are released.

•  Under IFRS 4, an unallocated surplus liability is held in respect of future transfers to shareholders from the Group's with-profit funds. On application of IFRS 17, shareholder earnings on with-profit and unit-linked business are recognised by reflecting only cash flows due to policyholders within the best estimate of liabilities.

The reduction in best estimate liabilities arising from the above factors is offset by the following items, which reduce equity:

•  The recognition of a risk adjustment and CSM.

•  The derecognition of the separate acquired value of in-force business (AVIF) asset associated with insurance contracts previously recognised under IFRS 4.

The impact provided above is preliminary as not all transition work has been finalised at the date of issuing these consolidated financial statements. The actual impact of adopting IFRS 17 on 1 January 2023 with a transition date of 1 January 2022 may change as the Group continues to embed and refine the new systems, processes and controls required. This impact assessment has been estimated under an interim control environment with models that continue to undergo validation. The implementation of the end state control environment will continue as the Group introduces business as usual controls throughout 2023. The new accounting policies, assumptions, judgements and estimations employed in producing IFRS 17 results are subject to change until the Group finalises its first IFRS 17 financial statements for 2023 reporting.

At the date of issuing these consolidated financial statements, the Group continues its preparation of the year end 31 December 2022 comparative financial information applying IFRS 17. As a result it was not practicable to reliably quantify the impact of IFRS 17 on the results for the year ended 31 December 2022.

Implementation project status

The Group's implementation project continued throughout 2022 with a focus on continuing to develop and embed the operational capabilities required to implement IFRS 17 including data, systems and business processes, and determining the transition balance sheet as at 1 January 2022. The focus for 2023 is on finalising the transition balance sheet and the 2022 comparatives required for 2023 reporting, and implementation of the end state control environment.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (1 January 2023)

Under IFRS 9, all financial assets will be measured either at amortised cost or fair value and the basis of classification will depend on the business model and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial assets. In relation to the impairment of financial assets, IFRS 9 requires the use of an expected credit loss model, as opposed to the incurred credit loss model required under IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. The expected credit loss model will require the Group to account for expected credit losses and changes in those expected credit losses at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition. In addition, the general hedge accounting requirements have been updated under IFRS 9 to better reflect risk management activities of the Group.

The Group has to date taken advantage of the temporary exemption granted to insurers in IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts from applying IFRS 9 until 1 January 2023 as a result of meeting the exemption criteria as at 31 December 2015. As at this date the Group's activities were considered to be predominantly connected with insurance as the percentage of the total carrying amount of its liabilities connected with insurance relative to the total carrying amount of all its liabilities was greater than 90%. Following the acquisition of the ReAssure businesses on 22 July 2020, this assessment was re-performed and the Group's activities were still considered to be predominantly connected with insurance.

IFRS 9 will be implemented at the same time as the new insurance contracts standard (IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts) effective from 1 January 2023. During the year, the Group completed its assessment of the impacts of adopting IFRS 9. The classification of the Group's financial assets has been reviewed and it has been determined that financial assets backing insurance liabilities will continue to be measured at fair value through profit or loss ('FVTPL'). The business model assessment concluded that these assets are actively managed and evaluated on a fair value basis and as such would be mandatorily classified at FVTPL. It is not expected that use of the fair value option, as permitted by IFRS 9, to designate assets as FVTPL to avoid an accounting mismatch will be required.

The new standard replaces the incurred loss model with an expected credit loss model for financial assets measured at amortised cost or at FVOCI. The proportion of financial assets classified at amortised cost is relatively small as a proportion of the total and due to the credit risk profile of these assets being investment grade, the expected credit loss on these assets is not expected to be material and therefore there will be limited financial impact on the Group.

The Group will be adopting the revised general hedge accounting requirements of IFRS 9. The existing hedging relationships for which hedge accounting is currently adopted (Tier 1/Tier 2 notes and cross currency swaps) will continue to be accounted for as cash flow hedges. The effectiveness testing processes will be revised to include qualitative testing on a prospective basis.

A number of additional disclosures will be required by IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures as a result of implementing IFRS 9. Additional disclosures have been made in note E1.2 to the consolidated financial statements to provide information to allow comparison with entities who have already adopted IFRS 9.

Disclosure of Accounting Policies (Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and IFRS Practice Statement 2 Making Materiality Judgements) (1 January 2023)

The amendments are intended to assist entities in deciding which accounting policies to disclose in their financial statements and requires an entity to disclose 'material accounting policy information' instead of its 'significant accounting policies'. Accounting policy information is material if, when considered together with other information included in an entity's financial statements, it can reasonably be expected to influence decisions that the primary users of general purpose financial statements make on the basis of those financial statements. The IASB has also developed guidance and examples to explain and demonstrate the application of the 'four-step materiality process' described in IFRS Practice Statement 2. The amendments to IFRS Practice Statement 2 do not contain an effective date or transition requirements. These amendments are not expected to have any impact on the Group.

Definition of Accounting Estimates (Amendments to IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors) (1 January 2023)

The amendments replace the definition of a 'change in accounting estimates' with a definition of 'accounting estimates'. Under the new definition, accounting estimates are 'monetary amounts in financial statements that are subject to measurement uncertainty'. The Board has retained the concept of changes in accounting estimates in the Standard by including a number of clarifications. These amendments are not expected to have any impact on the Group.

Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (Amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes) (1 January 2023)

The amendments narrow the scope of the recognition exemption in paragraphs 15 and 24 of IAS 12 so that it no longer applies to transactions that, on initial recognition, give rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences. The IASB expects that the amendments will reduce diversity in reporting and align the accounting for deferred tax on such transactions with the general principle in IAS 12 of recognising deferred tax for temporary differences. There will potentially be some additional disclosures required in relation to the Group's leasing arrangements as a result of implementing these amendments.

Classification of Liabilities as Current and Non-current (Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements) (1 January 2024)

The amendments clarify rather than change existing requirements and aim to assist entities in determining whether debt and other liabilities with an uncertain settlement date should be classed as current or non-current. It is currently not expected that there will be any reclassifications as a result of this clarification.

Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback (Amendments to IFRS 16 Leases) (1 January 2024)

The amendments relate to how a seller-lessee accounts for variable lease payments that arise in a sale and leaseback transaction. On initial recognition, the seller-lessee is required to include variable lease payments when measuring a lease liability arising from a sale-and-leaseback transaction. After initial recognition, they are required to apply the general requirements for subsequent accounting of the lease liability such that no gain or loss relating to the retained right of use is recognised. Seller-lessees are required to reassess and potentially restate sale-and-leaseback transactions entered into since the implementation. These amendments are not expected to have any impact on the Group.

Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture (Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28) (Effective date deferred)

The amendments address the conflict between IFRS 10 and IAS 28 in dealing with the loss of control of a subsidiary that is sold or contributed to an associate or joint venture. These amendments are not expected to have any impact on the Group.

 

On 31 January 2020, the UK left the EU and effective from 1 January 2021, the European Commission no longer endorses IFRSs for use in the UK. UK legislation provides that all IFRSs that had been endorsed by the EU on or before the 31 December 2020 became UK-adopted international accounting standards. New or amended IFRSs are now endorsed by the UK Endorsement Board following delegation of powers to endorse and adopt IFRSs for the UK by the Secretary of State in May 2021.

The following amendments to standards listed above have been endorsed for use in the UK by the UK Endorsement Board:

•  IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts;

•  Amendments to IFRS 17;

•  Initial Application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 - Comparative Information;

•  Disclosure of Accounting Policies (Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2);

•  Definition of Accounting Estimates (Amendments to IAS 8); and

•  Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (Amendments to IAS 12).

The amendments to IFRS 9 Financial Instruments formed part of the EU-adopted IFRSs which were adopted by the UK on 1 January 2021 and have previously been endorsed by the EU.

A6. Significant transactions

The Group classifies disposal groups as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. Disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Costs to sell are the incremental costs directly attributable to the disposal of the disposal group, excluding finance costs and income tax expense. Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale are presented separately in the statement of consolidated financial position.

A6.1 Agreement with abrdn plc

On 23 February 2021, the Group entered into a new agreement with abrdn plc to simplify the arrangements of their Strategic Partnership, enabling the Group to control its own distribution, marketing and brands, and focusing the Strategic Partnership on using abrdn plc's asset management services in support of Phoenix's growth strategy.

Under the terms of the transaction, the Group will sell its UK investment and platform-related products, comprising Wrap Self Invested Personal Pension ('Wrap SIPP'), Onshore Bond and UK Trustee Investment Plan ('TIP') to abrdn plc and, effective from 1 January 2021, transferred the economic benefit of this business to abrdn plc. The Group also acquired ownership of the Standard Life brand and as part of this acquisition, the relevant marketing, distribution and data team members transferred to the Group. As a result, the Client Service and Proposition Agreement ('CSPA'), entered into between the two groups following the acquisition of the Standard Life businesses in 2018, was dissolved and the CSPA intangible asset was fully impaired. In addition, Phoenix and abrdn plc resolved all legacy issues in relation to the Transitional Service Agreement ('TSA') entered into at the time of the acquisition of the Standard Life businesses and the CSPA.

The Group received cash consideration for the overall transaction of £115 million, £62 million of which was deferred as detailed below. On completion of the agreement the Group recognised a net gain on the transaction of £89 million, net of tax of £21 million, which was recognised in the consolidated income statement.

The sale of the Wrap SIPP, Onshore Bond and TIP business currently within Standard Life Assurance Limited, will be effected through a Part VII transfer targeted for completion in 2024. The economic risk and rewards for this business transferred to abrdn plc effective from 1 January 2021 via a profit transfer arrangement. Consideration received of £62 million in respect of this business was deferred until completion of the Part VII and the payments to abrdn plc in respect of the profit transfer arrangement are being offset against the deferred consideration balance.

The balances in the statement of consolidated financial position relating to the Wrap SIPP, Onshore Bond and TIP business have been classified as a disposal group held for sale. The total proceeds of disposal are not expected to exceed the carrying value of the related net assets and accordingly the disposal group has been measured at fair value less costs to sell. At the date of the transaction an impairment loss of £59 million was recognised upon classification of the business as held for sale in respect of the acquired in-force business ('AVIF'). A further impairment charge of £17 million has been recognised in the year (2021: £8 million). The major classes of assets and liabilities classified as held for sale are as follows:


31 December
2022
£m

31 December
2021
£m

Acquired in-force business

37

54

Investment property

2,506

3,309

Financial assets

4,629

6,507

Cash and cash equivalents

33

76

Assets classified as held for sale

7,205

9,946

Assets in consolidated funds1

1,147

1,788

Total assets of the disposal group

8,352

11,734




Investment contract liabilities

(8,312)

(11,676)

Other financial liabilities

(4)

(4)

Provisions

-

(2)

Deferred tax liabilities

(7)

(10)

Accruals and deferred income

(37)

(54)

Liabilities classified as held for sale

(8,360)

(11,746)

1  Included in assets of the disposal group are assets in consolidated funds, which are held to back investment contract liabilities of the Wrap SIPP, Onshore bond and TIP business and are disclosed within financial assets in the consolidated statement of financial position. The Group controls these funds at 31 December 2022 and therefore consolidates 100% of the assets with any non-controlling interest recognised as net asset value attributable to unitholders.

A6.2 Disposal of Ark Life

On 1 November 2021, the Group completed the sale of its entire interest in Ark Life Assurance Company DAC ('Ark Life') to Irish Life Group Limited for gross cash consideration of €230 million (£198 million). The carrying value of the net assets disposed of was £201 million which is after an impairment loss of £18 million in respect of AVIF that was recognised upon classification of the business as held for sale.


31 December
2021
£m

Cash consideration received

198

Less: transaction costs

(6)

Net Consideration received

192

Net assets disposed of1

(201)

Foreign currency translation reserve recycled to the consolidated income statement

(14)

Loss on disposal

(23)

1  Includes cash and cash equivalents of £9 million.

B. Earnings performance

B1. Segmental analysis

The Group defines and presents operating segments in accordance with IFRS 8 'Operating Segments' which requires such segments to be based on the information which is provided to the Board, and therefore segmental information in this note is presented on a different basis from profit or loss in the consolidated financial statements.

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, including revenues and expenses relating to transactions with other components of the Group.

For management purposes, the Group is organised into business units based on their products and services. The Group has four reportable segments comprising UK Heritage, UK Open, Europe and Management Services. For reporting purposes, business units are aggregated where they share similar economic characteristics including the nature of products and services, types of customers and the nature of the regulatory environment. No such aggregation has been required in the current year.

The UK Heritage segment contains UK businesses which no longer actively sell products to policyholders and which therefore run-off gradually over time. These businesses will accept incremental premiums on in-force policies.

The UK Open segment includes new and in-force life insurance and investment policies in respect of products that the Group continues to actively market to new and existing policyholders. This includes products such as workplace pensions and Self-Invested Personal Pensions ('SIPPs') distributed through the Group's Strategic Partnership with abrdn plc, products sold under the SunLife brand, and annuities, including Bulk Purchase Annuity contracts.

The Europe segment includes business written in Ireland and Germany. This includes products that are actively being marketed to new policyholders, and legacy in-force products that are no longer being sold to new customers.

The Management Services segment comprises income from the life and holding companies in accordance with the respective management service agreements less fees related to the outsourcing of services and other operating costs.

Unallocated Group includes consolidation adjustments and Group financing (including finance costs) which are managed on a Group basis and are not allocated to individual operating segments.

Inter-segment transactions are set on an arm's length basis in a manner similar to transactions with third parties. Segmental results include those transfers between business segments which are then eliminated on consolidation.

The business of Ark Life, which was disposed of in November 2021 (see note A6.2), was allocated to the UK Heritage operating segment. The Wrap SIPP, Onshore Bond and TIP business that has been classified as a disposal group held for sale (see note A6.1) is allocated to the UK Open operating segment.

Segmental measure of performance: Adjusted operating profit

The Group uses a non-GAAP measure of performance, being adjusted operating profit, to evaluate segment performance. Adjusted operating profit is considered to provide a comparable measure of the underlying performance of the business as it excludes the impact of short-term economic volatility and other one-off items. This measure incorporates an expected return, including a longer-term return on financial investments backing shareholder and policyholder funds over the period, with consistent allowance for the corresponding expected movement in liabilities. Annuity new business profits are included in adjusted operating profit using valuation assumptions consistent with the pricing of the business (including the Group's expected longer-term asset allocation backing the business).

Adjusted operating profit includes the effect of variances in experience for non-economic items, such as mortality and expenses, and the effect of changes in non-economic assumptions. It also incorporates the impacts of significant management actions where such actions are consistent with the Group's core operating activities (for example, actuarial modelling enhancements and data reviews). Adjusted operating profit is reported net of policyholder finance charges and policyholder tax.

Adjusted operating profit excludes the impact of the following items:

•  the difference between the actual and expected experience for economic items and the impacts of changes in economic assumptions on the valuation of liabilities (see notes B2.1 and B2.2);

•  amortisation and impairments of intangible assets (net of policyholder tax);

•  finance costs attributable to owners;

•  gains or losses on the acquisition or disposal of subsidiaries (net of related costs);

•  the financial impacts of mandatory regulatory change;

•  the profit or loss attributable to non-controlling interests;

•  integration, restructuring or other significant one-off projects; and

•  any other items which, in the Directors' view, should be excluded from adjusted operating profit by virtue of their nature or incidence to enable a full understanding of the Group's financial performance. This is typically the case where the nature of the item is not reflective of the underlying performance of the operating companies.

Items excluded from adjusted operating profit are referred to as 'non-operating items'. Whilst the excluded items are important to an assessment of the consolidated financial performance of the Group, management considers that the presentation of the adjusted operating profit metric provides useful information for assessing the performance of the Group's operating segments on an ongoing basis. The IFRS results are significantly impacted by the amortisation of intangible balances arising on acquisition, the one-off costs of integration activities and the costs of servicing debt used to finance acquisition activity, which are not indicative of the underlying operational performance of the Group's segments.

Furthermore, the hedging strategy of the Group is calibrated to protect the Solvency II capital position and cash generation capability of the operating companies, as opposed to the IFRS financial position. This can create additional volatility in the IFRS result which is excluded from the adjusted operating profit metric.

Certain of the Group's pension schemes have executed buy-in transactions with a Group life company (see note G1 for further details) and these arrangements can create volatility in the IFRS result which is excluded from adjusted operating profit. Investment return variances and economic assumption changes includes impacts arising as a result of economic movements in the value of financial assets backing Group employee pension schemes. The related movement in the defined benefit pension obligation is recognised in 'Other Comprehensive Income'.

The Group therefore considers that adjusted operating profit provides a good indicator of the ability of the Group's operating companies to generate cash available for the servicing of the Group's debts and for distribution to shareholders. Accordingly, the measure is more closely aligned with the business model of the Group and how performance is managed by those charged with governance.

B1.1 Segmental result


Notes

2022
£m

2021
£m

Adjusted operating profit




UK Heritage


601

537

UK Open


731

701

Europe


30

87

Management Services


(48)

(24)

Unallocated Group


(69)

(71)

Total segmental adjusted operating profit


1,245

1,230





Investment return variances and economic assumption changes
on long-term business and owners' funds

B2.2

(2,673)

(1,125)

Amortisation and impairment of acquired in-force business


(501)

(572)

Amortisation and impairment of other intangibles and goodwill

G2

(21)

(67)

Other non-operating items


(179)

(65)

Finance costs on borrowing attributable to owners


(199)

(217)

Loss before the tax attributable to owners of the parent


(2,328)

(816)





Profit before tax attributable to non-controlling interests


67

128





Loss before the tax attributable to owners


(2,261)

(688)

Other non-operating items in respect of 2022 include:

               

•  a £329 million benefit attributable to harmonising the calibration of prudential margins included within liabilities under insurance contracts in the ReAssure life companies with the rest of the Group;

•  £187 million related to the increase in expected costs associated with the delivery of the Group Target Operating Model for IT and Operations, following a strategic decision to re-phase the programme, together with the costs of migrating policyholder administration onto the TCS platform for certain legacy portfolios of business;

•  £76 million of costs associated with the implementation of IFRS 17, which will be effective from 1 January 2023;

•  £37 million costs associated with a strategic initiative to enhance capabilities which will support the move towards the Group's strategic asset allocation alongside growth delivered through bulk purchase annuity transactions;

•  costs of £31 million associated with the ongoing ReAssure integration programme;

•  £15 million of past service costs in relation to a Group pension scheme. Further details are included in note G1.1;

•  £15 million of costs associated with finance transformation activities, including the migration to cloud-based systems;

•  £14 million related to a support package to help colleagues navigate cost of living challenges, which included giving all colleagues, except the most senior staff, a one-off net of tax payment of £1,000 in August 2022;

•  £12 million costs associated with the forthcoming acquisition of SLF of Canada UK Limited;

•  £73 million of other corporate project costs; and

•  net other one-off items totalling a cost of £48 million.

Other non-operating items in respect of 2021 include:

•  net £110 million gain arising on the transaction with abrdn plc, which included the sale of the Group's UK investment and platform related products and the acquisition by the Group of the Standard Life brand (see note A6.1 for further details);

•  a loss on disposal of £23 million arising on the sale of Ark Life Assurance Company DAC ('Ark Life') (see note A6.2 for further details);

•  £35 million related to the increase in provision for costs associated with the delivery of the Group Target Operating Model for IT and Operations;

•  £45 million of costs associated with the ongoing ReAssure integration programme, costs of £27 million associated with the integration of the Old Mutual Wealth business acquired by ReAssure Group plc in December 2019 and costs of £12 million associated with the integration of the acquired L&G mature savings business;

•  an £83 million policyholder tax benefit recognised following the favourable conclusion of discussions with HMRC in respect of certain excess management expenses associated with the L&G mature savings business transferred to the Group in 2020;

•  £58 million of costs associated with the implementation of IFRS 17, which will be effective from 1 January 2023;

•  £44 million of other corporate project costs; and

•  net other one-off items totalling a cost of £14 million.

Further details of the investment return variances and economic assumption changes on long-term business, and the variance on owners' funds are included in note B2.

B1.2 Segmental revenue

2022


UK Heritage
£m

UK Open
£m

Europe
£m

Management Services
£m

Unallocated Group
£m

Total
£m

Revenue from external customers:








Gross premiums written


802

5,038

1,254

-

-

7,094

Less: premiums ceded to reinsurers


(267)

(1,440)

(20)

-

-

(1,727)

Net premiums written


535

3,598

1,234

-

-

5,367









Fees and commissions


590

298

63

-

-

951

Income from other segments


-

-

-

1,432

(1,432)

-

Total segmental revenue

 

1,125

3,896

1,297

1,432

(1,432)

6,318

 

2021


UK Heritage

£m

UK Open

£m

Europe

£m

Management Services

£m

Unallocated Group

£m

Total

£m

Revenue from external customers:








Gross premiums written


880

5,034

1,541

-

-

7,455

Less: premiums ceded to reinsurers


(284)

(1,739)

(56)

-

-

(2,079)

Net premiums written


596

3,295

1,485

-

-

5,376









Fees and commissions


634

297

70

-

-

1,001

Income from other segments


-

-

-

1,146

(1,146)

-

Total segmental revenue

 

1,230

3,592

1,555

1,146

(1,146)

6,377

Of the revenue from external customers presented in the table above, £5,417 million (2021: £5,448 million) is attributable to customers in the United Kingdom ('UK') and £901 million (2021: £929 million) to the rest of the world. The Europe operating segment comprises business written in Ireland and Germany to customers in both Europe and the UK.

During the year ended 31 December 2022, the Group generated revenue of £1,070 million with a single customer under a bulk purchase annuity transaction. This was a single premium transaction that is not expected to recur. The revenue with this external customer is included in the UK Open segment.

During the year ended 31 December 2021, the Group generated revenue of £1,706 million and £1,791 million respectively with single customers under bulk purchase annuity transactions. These were single premium transactions that are not expected to recur. The revenue with these external customers has been included in the UK Open segment.

The Group has total non-current assets (other than financial assets, deferred tax assets, pension schemes and rights arising under insurance contracts) of £3,721 million (2021: £5,245 million) located in the UK and £352 million (2021: £410 million) located in the rest of the world.

B2. Investment return variances and economic assumption changes

The long-term nature of much of the Group's operations means that, for internal performance management, the effects of short-term economic volatility are treated as non-operating items. The Group focuses instead on an adjusted operating profit measure that incorporates an expected return on investments supporting its long-term business. The accounting policy adopted in the calculation of adjusted operating profit is detailed in note B1. The methodology for the determination of the expected investment return is explained below together with an analysis of investment return variances and economic assumption changes recognised outside of adjusted operating profit.

B2.1 Calculation of the long-term investment return

The expected return on investments for both owner and policyholder funds is based on opening economic assumptions applied to the funds under management at the beginning of the reporting period. Expected investment return assumptions are derived actively, based on market yields on risk-free fixed interest assets at the start of each financial year.

The long-term risk-free rate used as a basis for deriving the long-term investment return is set by reference to the swap curve at the 15-year duration plus 36bps at the start of the year (2021: 10bps). A risk premium of 334bps is added to the risk-free yield for equities (2021: 349bps), 244bps for properties (2021: 249bps) and 59bps for corporate bonds (2021: 55bps). The overall increase in expected returns for these assets primarily reflects the increase in the risk-free rate experienced in 2021.

The principal assumptions underlying the calculation of the long-term investment return are:


2022

%

2021

%

Equities

4.6

4.1

Properties

3.7

3.1

Corporate bonds

1.9

1.2

B2.2 Life assurance business

Adjusted operating profit for life assurance business is based on expected investment returns on financial investments backing owners' and policyholder funds over the reporting period, with consistent allowance for the corresponding expected movements in liabilities. Adjusted operating profit includes the effect of variance in experience for non-economic items, for example mortality, persistency and expenses, and the effect of changes in non-economic assumptions. Changes due to economic items, for example market value movements and interest rate changes, which give rise to variances between actual and expected investment returns, and the impact of changes in economic assumptions on liabilities, are disclosed separately outside adjusted operating profit.

The movement in liabilities included in adjusted operating profit reflects both the change in liabilities due to the expected return on investments and the impact of experience variances and assumption changes for non-economic items.

The effect of differences between actual and expected economic experience on liabilities, and changes to economic assumptions used to value liabilities, are taken outside adjusted operating profit. For many types of long-term business, including unit-linked and with-profit funds, movements in asset values are offset by corresponding changes in liabilities, limiting the net impact on profit. For other long-term business, the profit impact of economic volatility depends on the degree of matching of assets and liabilities, and exposure to financial options and guarantees. For non-long-term business including owners' funds, the total investment income, including fair value gains, is analysed between a calculated longer-term return and short-term fluctuations.

The investment return variances and economic assumption changes excluded from adjusted operating profit are as follows:


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Investment return variances and economic assumption changes
on long-term business and owners' funds

(2,673)

(1,125)

The net adverse investment return variances and economic assumption changes on long-term business and owners' funds of £2,673 million in 2022 (2021: adverse £1,125 million) reflect IFRS losses arising as a result of rising yields and inflation, and a widening of credit spreads. 

The impact of equity, interest rate and inflation movements on future profits in relation to with-profit bonuses and unit linked charges is hedged in order to benefit the regulatory capital position rather than the IFRS net assets. The impact of market movements on the value of the related hedging instruments is reflected in the IFRS results, but the corresponding change in the value of future profits or Solvency Capital Requirements is not. Such items are actively valued under Solvency II requirements but are either not recognised on an IFRS basis or are not revalued unless there is evidence of impairment (e.g. AVIF). This leads to volatility in the Group's IFRS results.

Losses have been experienced on hedging positions held by the life companies principally as a result of rising yields and increasing inflation in the year. Continued strategic asset allocation initiatives undertaken by the Group, including investment in higher yielding assets, together with gains arising on equity hedges as markets fell over the period, provided a partial offset to the adverse variances experienced.

Investment return variances and economic assumption changes also includes net losses in the value of assets backing Group employee pension schemes. This arises where those liabilities have been subject to insurance policies with Group entities (see note G1). The related decrease in the defined benefit pension obligation is recognised in other comprehensive income.

B3. Earnings per share

The Group calculates its basic earnings per share based on the present shares in issue using the earnings attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent, divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

Diluted earnings per share are calculated based on the potential future shares in issue assuming the conversion of all potentially dilutive ordinary shares. The weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of dilutive share awards granted to employees.

The basic and diluted earnings per share calculations are also presented based on the Group's adjusted operating earnings net of financing costs. Adjusted operating profit is a non-GAAP performance measure that is considered to provide a comparable measure of the underlying performance of the business as it excludes the impact of short-term economic volatility and other one-off items.

The result attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent for the purposes of determining earnings per share has been calculated as set out below.

2022

Adjusted Operating
profit
£m

Financing
costs
£m

Adjusted operating earnings net
of financing costs
£m

Other
non-operating items
£m

Total
£m

Profit/(loss) before the tax attributable to owners

1,245

(199)

1,046

(3,307)

(2,261)

Tax (charge)/credit attributable to owners

(253)

42

(211)

710

499

Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to owners

992

(157)

835

(2,597)

(1,762)

Coupon paid on Tier 1 notes, net of tax relief

-

(22)

(22)

-

(22)

Deduct: Share of result attributable to non-controlling interests

-

-

-

(67)

(67)

Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

992

(179)

813

(2,664)

(1,851)

 

2021

Adjusted Operating
profit
£m

Financing
costs
£m

Adjusted operating earnings net
of financing costs
£m

Other
non-operating items
£m

Total
£m

Profit/(loss) before the tax attributable to owners

1,230

(217)

1,013

(1,701)

(688)

Tax (charge)/credit attributable to owners

(243)

44

(199)

178

(21)

Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to owners

987

(173)

814

(1,523)

(709)

Coupon paid on Tier 1 notes, net of tax relief

-

(23)

(23)

-

(23)

Deduct: Share of result attributable to non-controlling interests

-

-

-

(128)

(128)

Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

987

(196)

791

(1,651)

(860)

The weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period is calculated as follows:


2022
Number
million

2021
Number
million

Issued ordinary shares at beginning of the year

1,000

999

Effect of non-contingently issuable shares in respect of Group's long-term incentive plan

1

-

Own shares held by the employee benefit trust

(2)

(1)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

999

998

The diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period is 1,001 million (2021: 1,001 million). The Group's long-term incentive plan, deferred bonus share scheme and sharesave schemes increased the weighted average number of shares on a diluted basis by 1,841,988 shares for the year ended 31 December 2022 (2021: 2,702,934 shares). As losses have an anti-dilutive effect, none of the share-based awards had a dilutive effect in the calculation of basic earnings per share for either of the years ended 31 December 2021 or 31 December 2022.

Earnings per share disclosures are as follows:


2022

pence

2021

pence

Basic earnings per share

(185.2)

(86.4)

Diluted earnings per share

(185.2)

(86.4)

Basic adjusted operating earnings net of financing costs per share

81.5

79.2

Diluted adjusted operating earnings net of financing costs per share

81.3

79.0

B4. Dividends

Final dividends on ordinary shares are recognised as a liability and deducted from equity when they are approved by the Group's owners. Interim dividends are deducted from equity when they are paid.

Dividends for the year that are approved after the reporting period are dealt with as an event after the reporting period. Declared dividends are those that are appropriately authorised and are no longer at the discretion of the entity.

 


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Dividends declared and paid in the year

496

482

On 11 March 2022, the Board recommended a final dividend of 24.8p per share in respect of the year ended 31 December 2021. The dividend was approved at the Group's Annual General Meeting, which was held on 5 May 2022. The dividend amounted to £248 million and was paid on 9 May 2022.

On 12 August 2022, the Board declared an interim dividend of 24.8p per share for the half year ended 30 June 2022. The dividend amounted to £248 million and was paid on 12 September 2022.

C. Other income statement notes

C1. Fees and commissions

Fees related to the provision of investment management services and administration services are recognised as services are provided. Front end fees, which are charged at the inception of service contracts, are deferred as a liability and recognised over the life of the contract. No significant judgements are required in determining the timing or amount of fee income or the costs incurred to obtain or fulfil a contract.

The table below disaggregates fees and commissions by segment.

 

2022


UK Heritage

£m

UK Open

£m

Europe

£m

Total

£m

Fee income from investment contracts without DPF


561

293

72

926

Initial fees deferred during the year


-

-

(9)

(9)

Revenue from investment contracts without DPF


561

293

63

917

Other revenue from contracts with customers


29

5

-

34

Fees and commissions

 

590

 298

 63

951

 

2021


UK Heritage

£m

UK Open

£m

Europe

£m

Total

£m

Fee income from investment contracts without DPF


606

291

81

978

Initial fees deferred during the year


-

-

(11)

(11)

Revenue from investment contracts without DPF


606

291

70

967

Other revenue from contracts with customers


28

6

-

34

Fees and commissions

 

 634

 297

 70

 1,001

Remaining performance obligations

The practical expedient under IFRS 15 has been applied and remaining performance obligations are not disclosed as the Group has the right to consideration from customers in amounts that correspond with the performance completed to date. Specifically management charges become due over time in proportion to the Group's provision of investment management services.

In the period no amortisation or impairment losses from contracts with customers were recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.

C2. Net investment income

Net investment income comprises interest, dividends, rents receivable, net interest income/(expense) on the Group defined benefit pension scheme asset/(liability), fair value gains and losses on financial assets (except for reinsurers' share of investment contract liabilities without DPF, see note E1), financial liabilities and investment property at fair value and impairment losses on loans and receivables.

Interest income is recognised in the consolidated income statement as it accrues using the effective interest method.

Dividend income is recognised in the consolidated income statement on the date the right to receive payment is established, which in the case of listed securities is the ex-dividend date.

Rental income from investment property is recognised in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives granted are recognised as an integral part of the total rental income.

Fair value gains and losses on financial assets and financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss are recognised in the consolidated income statement. Fair value gains and losses includes both realised and unrealised gains and losses.

 


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Investment income



Interest income on financial assets at amortised cost

21

1

Interest income on financial assets designated at FVTPL on initial recognition

2,888

2,647

Dividend income

5,409

4,384

Rental income

343

365

Net interest expense on Group defined benefit pension scheme (liability)/asset

(64)

(37)


8,597

7,360




Fair value gains/(losses)



Financial assets and financial liabilities at FVTPL:



Designated upon initial recognition

(38,676)

12,354

Held for trading - derivatives

(6,707)

(2,908)

Investment property

(1,363)

1,195


(46,746)

10,641

Net investment income

(38,149)

18,001

C3. Administrative expenses

Administrative expenses

Administrative expenses are recognised in the consolidated income statement as incurred.

Deferred acquisition costs

For insurance and investment contracts with DPF, acquisition costs which include both incremental acquisition costs and other direct costs of acquiring and processing new business, are deferred.

For investment contracts without DPF, incremental costs directly attributable to securing rights to receive fees for asset management services sold with unit linked investment contracts are deferred.

Trail or renewal commission on investment contracts without DPF where the Group does not have an unconditional legal right to avoid payment is deferred at inception of the contract and an offsetting liability for contingent commission is established.

Deferred acquisition costs are amortised over the life of the contracts as the related revenue is recognised. After initial recognition, deferred acquisition costs are reviewed by category of business and are written off to the extent that they are no longer considered to be recoverable.

 


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Employee costs

611

531

Outsourcer expenses

247

209

Professional fees

441

321

Commission expenses

145

178

Office and IT costs

172

150

Investment management expenses and transaction costs

569

528

Direct costs of collective investment schemes

25

28

Depreciation

19

18

Pension past service costs

15

-

Pension administrative expenses

7

6

Advertising and sponsorship

63

58

Movement in reinsurance payables1

93

-

Other

26

59


2,433

2,086

Acquisition costs deferred during the year

(32)

(38)

Amortisation of deferred acquisition costs

11

8

Total administrative expenses

2,412

2,056

Employee costs comprise:


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Wages and salaries

554

483

Social security contributions

57

48


611

531

 


2022
Number

2021
Number

Average number of persons employed

8,165

7,885

1 Reflects an increase of £93 million (2021: £nil) in the amounts payable to reinsurers in respect of certain product features of the Group's German business. There is a corresponding reduction in the gross liabilities under insurance contracts.

C4. Auditor's remuneration

During the year the Group obtained the following services from its auditor at costs as detailed in the table below.


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Audit of the consolidated financial statements

4.8

1.8

Audit of the Company's subsidiaries

10.7

9.8


15.5

11.6

Audit-related assurance services

2.4

2.3

Total fee for assurance services

17.9

13.9

Total auditor's remuneration

17.9

13.9

No services were provided by the Company's auditors to the Group's pension schemes in either 2022 or 2021.

The increase in the audit fee during 2022 principally reflects the additional work undertaken in connection with the transition to IFRS 17.

Audit related assurance services includes fees payable for services where the reporting is required by law or regulation to be provided by the auditor, such as reporting on regulatory returns. It also includes fees payable in respect of reviews of interim financial information and services where the work is integrated with the audit itself.

There were no other non-audit services provided during the year (2021: £nil).

Further information on auditor's remuneration and the assessment of the independence of the external auditor is set out in the Audit Committee report on pages 96 to 101.

C5. Finance costs

Interest payable is recognised in the consolidated income statement as it accrues and is calculated using the effective interest method.

 


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Interest expense



On financial liabilities at amortised cost

227

239

On leases

3

3


230

242




Attributable to:



•  policyholders

3

2

•  owners

227

240


230

242

C6. Tax charge

Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the consolidated income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in the statement of consolidated comprehensive income or the statement of consolidated changes in equity, in which case it is recognised in these statements.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the date of the statement of consolidated financial position together with adjustments to tax payable in respect of previous years.

The tax charge is analysed between tax that is payable in respect of policyholders' returns and tax that is payable on owners' returns. This allocation is calculated based on an assessment of the effective rate of tax that is applicable to owners for the year.

C6.1 Current year tax charge


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Current tax:



UK corporation tax

36

(9)

Overseas tax

85

114


121

105

Adjustment in respect of prior years

(23)

(66)

Total current tax charge

98

39

Deferred tax:



Origination and reversal of temporary differences

(1,067)

120

Change in the rate of UK corporation tax

(123)

147

Adjustments in respect of prior years

14

(27)

Total deferred tax (credit)/charge

(1,176)

240

Total tax (credit)/charge

(1,078)

279

Attributable to:



•  policyholders

(579)

258

•  owners

(499)

21

Total tax (credit)/charge

(1,078)

279

The Group, as a proxy for policyholders in the UK, is required to pay taxes on investment income and gains each year. Accordingly, the tax credit or expense attributable to UK life assurance policyholder earnings is included in income tax expense. The tax credit attributable to policyholder earnings was £579 million (2021: £258 million charge).

The 2022 current tax prior year adjustment relates principally to a tax dispute with HMRC in relation to the tax treatment of an asset formerly held by Guardian Assurance Limited (before the business was transferred to ReAssure Limited). This was resolved in the period in favour of the Group. The 2021 current tax liability included an accrual for the total tax under dispute. The matter was heard before the First Tier Tribunal in May 2022 and the Court found in favour of ReAssure Limited. HMRC are not appealing against this decision and so the accrual for the potential tax liability has been released.

C6.2 Tax charged to other comprehensive income


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Current tax charge

-

1

Deferred tax charge on defined benefit schemes

280

137


280

138

C6.3 Tax (credited)/charged to equity


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Current tax credit on Tier 1 Notes

(7)

(6)

Deferred tax charge/(credit) on share schemes

2

(1)

Total tax credit

(5)

(7)

 

C6.4 Reconciliation of tax charge




2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Loss for the year before tax

(2,840)

(430)

Policyholder tax credit/(charge)

579

(258)

Loss before the tax attributable to owners

(2,261)

(688)




Tax credit at standard UK rate of 19% (2021: 19%)1

(429)

(131)

Non-taxable income

(4)

(10)

Disallowable expenses

2

19

Prior year tax credit for shareholders2

(17)

(7)

Movement on acquired in-force amortisation at less than 19% (2021: 19%)

26

34

Profits taxed at rates other than 19% (2021: 19%)3

18

(22)

Derecognition/(recognition) of previously recognised/(unrecognised) deferred tax assets4

14

(13)

Deferred tax rate change5

(119)

147

Current year losses not valued6

16

1

Other7

(6)

3

Owners' tax (credit)/charge

(499)

21

Policyholder tax (credit)/charge

(579)

258

Total tax (credit)/charge for the year

(1,078)

279

1  The Phoenix operating segments are predominantly in the UK. The reconciliation of tax charge has therefore, been completed by reference to the standard rate of UK tax

2  The prior year tax credit relates to true-ups from the 2021 tax reporting provisions in various entities within the Group and the resolution of the ReAssure Limited tax dispute with HMRC, described above

3  Profits taxed at rates other than 19% relates to overseas profits, consolidated fund investments and UK life company profits subject to marginal shareholder tax rates

4  Relates primarily to reduction in the future value of capital losses in ReAssure Limited, arising from further policyholder losses accrued in the period

5  Deferred tax rate change relates primarily to movements in deferred tax liabilities on non-refundable pension scheme surplus which are expected to unwind, and deferred tax assets on losses expected to be relieved, at rates in excess of the current year rate of 19%

6  Relates primarily to tax losses in Standard Life International DAC, in relation to which a deferred tax asset cannot be recognised

7 Principally relates to UK tax relief available in relation to foreign withholding tax incurred

D. Equity

D1. Share capital

The Group has issued ordinary shares which are classified as equity. Incremental external costs that are directly attributable to the issue of these shares are recognised in equity, net of tax.

 


2022

£m

2021

£m

Issued and fully paid:



1,000.4 million ordinary shares of £0.10 each (2021: 999.5 million)

100

100

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share on matters to be voted on by owners and to receive such dividends, if any, as may be declared by the Board of Directors in its discretion out of legally available profits.

Movements in issued share capital during the year:


2022

 Number

2022

 £

2021

 Number

2021

 £

Shares in issue at 1 January

999,536,058

99,953,605

999,232,144

99,923,214

Ordinary shares issued in the year

816,419

81,642

303,914

30,391

Shares in issue at 31 December

1,000,352,477

100,035,247

999,536,058

99,953,605

During the year, 816,419 shares (2021: 303,914) were issued at a premium £4 million (2021: £2 million) in order to satisfy obligations to employees under the Group's sharesave schemes (see note I1).

The balance in the merger reserve arose upon the issuance of equity shares in 2020 as part consideration for the acquisition of the entire share capital of ReAssure Group plc. The Group has applied the relief in section 612 of the Companies Act 2006 to present the difference between the consideration received and the nominal value of the shares issued of £1,819 million in a merger reserve as opposed to in share premium.

D2. Shares held by the employee benefit trust

Where the Phoenix Group Employee Benefit Trust ('EBT') acquires shares in the Company or obtains rights to purchase its shares, the consideration paid (including any attributable transaction costs, net of tax) is shown as a deduction from owners' equity. Gains and losses on sales of shares held by the EBT are charged or credited to the own shares account in equity.

The EBT holds shares to satisfy awards granted to employees under the Group's share-based payment schemes.


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

At 1 January

12

6

Shares acquired by the EBT

13

16

Shares awarded to employees by the EBT

(12)

(10)

At 31 December

13

12

During the year 1,764,660 (2021: 1,490,492) shares were awarded to employees by the EBT and 1,970,764 (2021: 2,423,407) shares were purchased. The number of shares held by the EBT at 31 December 2022 was 2,092,022 (2021: 1,885,918).

The Company provided the EBT with an interest-free facility arrangement to enable it to purchase the shares.

D3 Other reserves

The other reserves comprise the owner-occupied property revaluation reserve and the cash flow hedging reserve.

Owner-occupied property revaluation reserve

This reserve comprises the revaluation surplus arising on revaluation of owner-occupied property. When a revaluation loss arises on a previously revalued asset it should be deducted first against the previous revaluation gain. Any excess impairment will then be recorded as an impairment expense in the consolidated income statement.

Cash flow hedging reserve

Where a cash flow hedging relationship exists, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated under the heading of cash flow hedging reserve. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement, and is reported in net investment income.

Amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss, in the same line as the recognised hedged item.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Group revokes the hedging relationship, when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or when it no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity at that time is recycled to profit or loss over the period the hedged item impacts profit or loss.

Further details of the Group's hedge accounting policy are included in note E1.

 

2022

Owner-occupied property revaluation
reserve
£m

Cash flow hedging
reserve
£m

Total other reserves
£m

At 1 January 2022

5

51

56

Other comprehensive expense for the year

(5)

(5)

(10)

At 31 December 2022

-

46

46





2021

Owner-occupied property revaluation
reserve
£m

Cash flow hedging
reserve
£m

Total other reserves
£m

At 1 January 2021

5

43

48

Other comprehensive income for the year

-

8

8

At 31 December 2021

5

51

56

In June 2021, the Group entered into four cross currency swaps which were designated as hedging instruments in order to effect cash flow hedges of the Group's Euro and US Dollar denominated borrowings. Hedge accounting has been adopted effective from the date of designation of the hedging relationship.

D4. Tier 1 notes

The Fixed Rate Reset Perpetual Restricted Tier 1 Contingent Convertible Notes ('Tier 1 Notes') meet the definition of equity and accordingly are shown as a separate category within equity at the proceeds of issue. The coupons on the instruments are recognised as distributions on the date of payment and are charged directly to the statement of consolidated changes in equity.

 


2022
£m

2021
£m

Tier 1 Notes

494

494

On 26 April 2018, Old PGH (the Group's ultimate parent company up to December 2018) issued £500 million of Tier 1 Notes, the proceeds of which were used to fund a portion of the cash consideration for the acquisition of the Standard Life Assurance businesses. The Tier 1 Notes bear interest on their principal amount at a fixed rate of 5.75% per annum up to the 'First Call Date' of 26 April 2028. Thereafter the fixed rate of interest will be reset on the First Call Date and on each fifth anniversary of this date by reference to a 5-year gilt yield plus a margin of 4.169%. Interest is payable on the Tier 1 Notes semi-annually in arrears on 26 October and 26 April. The coupon paid in the year was £29 million (2021: £29 million).

At the issue date, the Tier 1 Notes were unsecured and subordinated obligations of Old PGH. On 12 December 2018, the Company was substituted in place of Old PGH as issuer.

The Tier 1 Notes have no fixed maturity date and interest is payable only at the sole and absolute discretion of the Company; accordingly the Tier 1 Notes meet the definition of equity for financial reporting purposes and are disclosed as such in the consolidated financial statements. If an interest payment is not made, it is cancelled and it shall not accumulate or be payable at any time thereafter.

The Tier 1 Notes may be redeemed at par on the First Call Date or on any interest payment date thereafter at the option of the Company and also in other limited circumstances. If such redemption occurs prior to the fifth anniversary of the Issue Date, such redemption must be funded out of the proceeds of a new issuance of, or exchanged into, Tier 1 Own Funds of the same or a higher quality than the Tier 1 Notes. In respect of any redemption or purchase of the Tier 1 Notes, such redemption or purchase is subject to the receipt of permission to do so from the PRA.

On 27 October 2020, the terms of the Tier 1 Notes were amended and the consequence of a trigger event, linked to the Solvency II capital position, was changed. Previously, the Tier 1 Notes were subject to a permanent write-down in value to zero. The amended terms require that the Tier 1 Notes would automatically be subject to conversion to ordinary shares of the Company at the conversion price of £1,000 per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms and conditions of the notes and all accrued and unpaid interest would be cancelled. Following any such conversion there would be no reinstatement of any part of the principal amount of, or interest on, the Tier 1 Notes at any time.

D5. Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests are stated at the share of net assets attributed to the non-controlling interest holder at the time of acquisition, adjusted for the relevant share of subsequent changes in equity.

 


APEOT

2022
£m

APEOT

2021
£m

At 1 January

460

341

Profit for the year

67

128

Dividends paid

(10)

(9)

Increase in non-controlling interests

15

-

At 31 December

532

460

The non-controlling interests of £532 million (2021: £460 million) reflects third party ownership of abrdn Private Equity Opportunities Trust plc ('APEOT') determined at the proportionate value of the third party interest in the underlying assets and liabilities. APEOT is a UK Investment Trust listed and traded on the London Stock Exchange. As at 31 December 2022, the Group held 53.6% (2021: 55.2%) of the issued share capital of APEOT.

The Group's interest in APEOT is held in the with-profit and unit-linked funds of the Group's life companies. Therefore, the shareholder exposure to the results of APEOT is limited to the impact of those results on the shareholder share of distributed profits of the relevant fund.

Summary financial information showing the interest that non-controlling interests have in the Group's activities and cash flows is shown below:

APEOT


2022

£m

2021

£m

Statement of financial position:




Financial assets


554

452

Other assets


12

19

Total assets

 

566

471

Total liabilities

 

34

11

Income statement:




Net income


74

134

Profit after tax


67

128

Comprehensive income


67

128

Cash flows:




Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents


(7)

10

E. Financial assets & liabilities

E1. Fair values

Financial assets

Purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on the trade date, which is the date that the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset.

Loans and deposits are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market and only include assets where a security has not been issued. These loans and deposits are initially recognised at cost, being the fair value of the consideration paid for the acquisition of the investment. All transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition are also included in the cost of the investment. Subsequent to initial recognition, these investments are carried at amortised cost, using the effective interest method.

Derivative financial instruments are largely classified as held for trading. They are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently are remeasured to fair value. The gain or loss on remeasurement to fair value is recognised in the consolidated income statement. Derivative financial instruments are not classified as held for trading where they are designated and effective as a hedging instrument. For such instruments, the timing of the recognition of any gain or loss that arises on remeasurement to fair value in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship.

Equities, debt securities and collective investment schemes are designated at FVTPL and accordingly are stated in the statement of consolidated financial position at fair value. They are designated at FVTPL because this is reflective of the manner in which the financial assets are managed and reduces a measurement inconsistency that would otherwise arise with regard to the insurance liabilities that the assets are backing.

The Group has treaties in place with third party insurance companies to provide reinsurance in respect of liabilities that are linked to the performance of funds maintained by those companies. The contracts in question do not transfer significant insurance risk and therefore are classified as financial instruments and are valued at fair value through profit and loss. These contracts are disclosed under Reinsurers' share of investment contract liabilities in the statement of consolidated financial position.

Impairment of financial assets

The Group assesses at each period end whether a financial asset or group of financial assets held at amortised cost are impaired. The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists. If it is determined that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, the asset is included in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and that group of financial assets is collectively assessed for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is, or continues to be recognised, are not included in the collective assessment of impairment.

Fair value estimation

The fair values of financial instruments traded in active markets such as publicly traded securities and derivatives are based on quoted market prices at the period end. The quoted market price used for financial assets is the applicable bid price on the period end date. The fair value of investments that are not traded in an active market is determined using valuation techniques such as broker quotes, pricing models or discounted cash flow techniques. Where pricing models are used, inputs are based on market related data at the period end. Where discounted cash flow techniques are used, estimated future cash flows are based on contractual cash flows using current market conditions and market calibrated discount rates and interest rate assumptions for similar instruments.

For units in unit trusts and shares in open-ended investment companies, fair value is determined by reference to published bid-values. The fair value of receivables and floating rate and overnight deposits with credit institutions is their carrying value. The fair value of fixed interest-bearing deposits is estimated using discounted cash flow techniques.

Associates

Investments in associates that are held for investment purposes are accounted for under IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement as permitted by IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures. These are measured at fair value through profit or loss. There are no investments in associates which are of a strategic nature.

Derecognition of financial assets

A financial asset (or part of a group of similar financial assets) is derecognised where:

•  the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired;

•  the Company retains the right to receive cash flows from the assets, but has assumed an obligation to pay them in full without material delay to a third party under a 'pass-through' arrangement; or

•  the Company has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset and has either transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset.

Financial liabilities

On initial recognition, financial liabilities are recognised when due and measured at the fair value of the consideration received less directly attributable transaction costs (with the exception of liabilities at FVTPL for which all transaction costs are expensed).

Subsequent to initial recognition, financial liabilities (except for liabilities under investment contracts without DPF and other liabilities designated at FVTPL) are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Financial liabilities are designated upon initial recognition at FVTPL and where doing so results in more meaningful information because either:

•  it eliminates or significantly reduces accounting mismatches that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities or recognising the gains and losses on them on different bases; or

•  a group of financial assets, financial liabilities or both is managed and its performance is evaluated and managed on a fair value basis, in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy, and information about the investments is provided internally on that basis to the Group's key management personnel.

Investment contracts without DPF

Contracts under which the transfer of insurance risk to the Group from the policyholder is not significant are classified as investment contracts and accounted for as financial liabilities.

Receipts and payments on investment contracts without DPF are accounted for using deposit accounting, under which the amounts collected and paid out are recognised in the statement of consolidated financial position as an adjustment to the liability to the policyholder.

The valuation of liabilities on unit-linked contracts are held at the fair value of the related assets and liabilities. The liability is the sum of the unit-linked liabilities plus an additional amount to cover the present value of the excess of future policy costs over future charges.

Movements in the fair value of investment contracts without DPF and reinsurers' share of investment contract liabilities are included in the 'change in investment contract liabilities' in the consolidated income statement.

Investment contract policyholders are charged for policy administration services, investment management services, surrenders and other contract fees. These fees are recognised as revenue over the period in which the related services are performed. If the fees are for services provided in future periods, then they are deferred and recognised over those periods. 'Front end' fees are charged on some non-participating investment contracts. Where the non-participating investment contract is measured at fair value, such fees which relate to the provision of investment management services are deferred and recognised as the services are provided.

Deposits received from reinsurers

It is the Group's practice to obtain collateral to cover certain reinsurance transactions, usually in the form of cash or marketable securities. Where cash collateral is available to the Group for investment purposes, it is recognised as a 'financial asset' and the collateral repayable is recognised as 'deposits received from reinsurers' in the statement of consolidated financial position. The 'deposits received from reinsurers' are measured at amortised cost.

Net asset value attributable to unitholders

The net asset value attributable to unitholders represents the non-controlling interest in collective investment schemes which are consolidated by the Group. This interest is classified at FVTPL and measured at fair value, which is equal to the bid value of the number of units of the collective investment scheme not owned by the Group.

Obligations for repayment of collateral received

It is the Group's practice to obtain collateral in stock lending and derivative transactions, usually in the form of cash or marketable securities. Where cash collateral received is available to the Group for investment purposes, it is recognised as a 'financial asset' and the collateral repayable is recognised as 'obligations for repayment of collateral received' in the statement of consolidated financial position. The 'obligations for repayment of collateral received' are measured at amortised cost, which in the case of cash is equivalent to the fair value of the consideration received. Further details of the Group's collateral arrangements are included in note E4.

Derecognition of financial liabilities

A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged, instead of or cancelled or expires.

Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position only when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. When financial assets and liabilities are offset any related interest income and expense is offset in the income statement.

Hedge accounting

The Group designates certain derivatives as hedging instruments in order to effect cash flow hedges. At the inception of the hedge relationship, the Group documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instrument is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk.

Where a cash flow hedging relationship exists, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated under the heading of cash flow hedging reserve. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss, and is included in net investment income.

Amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss, in the same line as the recognised hedged item.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Group revokes the hedging relationship, when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or when it no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity at that time is recycled to profit or loss over the period the hedged item impacts profit or loss.

E1.1 Fair values analysis

The table below sets out a comparison of the carrying amounts and fair values of financial instruments as at 31 December 2022:


Carrying value


2022

Total

£m

Amounts due for settlement after 12 months
£m

Fair value

£m

Financial assets




Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:




Held for trading - derivatives

4,071

3,353

4,071

Designated upon initial recognition:




Equities1

76,780

-

76,780

Investment in associate (see note H2)1

329

-

329

Debt securities

84,710

70,115

84,710

Collective investment schemes1

78,353

-

78,353

Reinsurers' share of investment contract liabilities1

9,088

-

9,088

Financial assets measured at amortised cost:




Loans and deposits

279

99

279

Total financial assets

253,610


253,610

Less amounts classified as financial assets held for sale (see note A6.1)2

(4,629)


(4,629)

Total financial assets less financial assets classified as held for sale

248,981


248,981

 


Carrying value


2022

Total

£m

Amounts due for settlement after 12 months
£m

Fair value

£m

Financial liabilities




Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:




Held for trading - derivatives

5,879

5,118

5,879

Designated upon initial recognition:




Borrowings

64

64

64

Net asset value attributable to unitholders1

2,978

-

2,978

Investment contract liabilities1

152,157

-

152,157

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost:




Borrowings

3,916

3,648

3,644

Deposits received from reinsurers

2,598

2,221

2,598

Obligations for repayment of collateral received

1,706

-

1,706

Total financial liabilities

169,298


169,026

Less amounts classified as financial liabilities held for sale (see note A6.1)3

(8,316)


(8,316)

Total financial liabilities less financial liabilities held for sale

160,982


160,710

1  These assets and liabilities have no specified settlement date.

2  Amounts classified as financial assets held for sale include derivatives of £3 million, equities of £43 million, debt securities of £1,594 million, collective investment schemes of £2,964 million and reinsurers' share of investment contract liabilities of £25 million.

3  Amounts classified as financial liabilities held for sale include derivative liabilities of £4 million and investment contract liabilities of £8,312 million.

 

Carrying value


2021

Total

£m

Amounts due for settlement after 12 months
£m

Fair value

£m

Financial assets




Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:




Held for trading - derivatives

4,571

3,208

4,571

Designated upon initial recognition:




Equities1

87,059

-

87,059

Investment in associate (see note H2)1

431

-

431

Debt securities

106,990

88,965

106,990

Collective investment schemes1

90,164

-

90,164

Reinsurers' share of investment contract liabilities1

10,009

-

10,009

Financial assets measured at amortised cost:




Loans and deposits

475

48

475

Total financial assets

299,699


299,699

Less amounts classified as financial assets held for sale (see note A6.1)2

(6,507)


(6,507)

Total financial assets less financial assets classified as held for sale

293,192


293,192

 


Carrying value



Total

£m

Amounts due for settlement after 12 months
£m

Total

£m

Financial liabilities




Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:




Held for trading - derivatives

1,252

989

1,252

Designated upon initial recognition:




Borrowings

70

70

70

Net asset value attributable to unitholders1

3,568

-

3,568

Investment contract liabilities1

172,093

-

172,093

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost:




Borrowings

4,155

3,688

4,564

Deposits received from reinsurers

3,569

3,150

3,569

Obligations for repayment of collateral received

3,442

-

3,442

Total financial liabilities

188,149


188,558

Less amounts classified as financial liabilities held for sale3

(11,680)


(11,680)

Total financial liabilities less financial liabilities held for sale

176,469


176,878

1  These assets and liabilities have no specified settlement date.

2  Amounts classified as financial assets held for sale include derivatives of £4 million, equities of £78 million, debt securities of £2,229 million, collective investment schemes of £4,169 million and reinsurers' share of investment contract liabilities of £27 million.

3  Amounts classified as financial liabilities held for sale include derivative liabilities of £4 million and investment contract liabilities of £11,676 million.

E1.2 IFRS 9 temporary exemption disclosures

Following application of the temporary exemption granted to insurers in IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts from applying IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (see note A5) the table below separately identifies financial assets with contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest ('SPPI') (excluding those held for trading or managed on a fair value basis) and all other financial assets, measured at fair value through profit or loss.


2022

£m

2021

£m

Financial assets with contractual cash flows that are SPPI excluding those held for trading or managed on a fair value basis:



Loans and deposits

279

475

Cash and cash equivalents1

8,839

9,112

Accrued income

330

282

Other receivables2

4,478

1,697

All other financial assets that are measured at fair value through profit or loss3

248,702

292,717

1  Cash and cash equivalents excludes assets classified as held for sale of £33 million (2021: £76 million).

2  Other receivables excludes deferred acquisition costs.

3  The change in fair value during 2022 of all other financial assets that are measured at fair value through profit or loss is a £ 43,834 million loss (2021: £5,881 million loss). The balance excludes £4,629 million (2021: £6,507 million) of financial assets that are measured at fair value through profit or loss classified as held for sale.

An analysis of credit ratings of financial assets with contractual cash flows that are SPPI, excluding those held for trading or managed on a fair value basis, is provided below:

2022

AAA

AA

A

BBB

BB and below

Non-rated1

Unit-linked

Total

Less amounts classified as held for sale

Total

Carrying value

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Loans and deposits

-

4

-

-

-

204

71

279

-

279

Cash and cash equivalents

339

1,160

5,749

63

-

5

1,556

8,872

(33)

8,839

Accrued income

-

-

-

-

-

330

-

330

-

330

Other receivables

-

-

-

-

-

4,478

-

4,478

-

4,478


339

1,164

5,749

63

-

5,017

1,627

13,959

(33)

13,926












2021

AAA

AA

A

BBB

BB and below

Non-rated1

Unit-linked

Total

Less
amounts classified as held for sale

Total

Carrying value

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Loans and deposits

-

6

-

-

-

414

55

475

-

475

Cash and cash equivalents

382

1,686

5,161

181

-

3

1,775

9,188

(76)

9,112

Accrued income

-

-

-

-

-

282

-

282

-

282

Other receivables

-

-

-

-

-

1,697

-

1,697

-

1,697


382

1,692

5,161

181

-

2,396

1,830

11,642

(76)

11,566

1  The Group has assessed its non-rated assets as having a low credit risk.

E2. Fair value hierarchy

E2.1 Determination of fair value and fair value hierarchy of financial instruments

Level 1 financial instruments

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as exchange traded securities and derivatives) is based on quoted market prices at the period end provided by recognised pricing services. Market depth and bid-ask spreads are used to corroborate whether an active market exists for an instrument. Greater depth and narrower bid-ask spread indicate higher liquidity in the instrument and are classed as Level 1 inputs. For collective investment schemes and reinsurers' share of investment contract liabilities, fair value is by reference to published bid prices.

Level 2 financial instruments

Financial instruments traded in active markets with less depth or wider bid-ask spreads which do not meet the classification as Level 1 inputs, are classified as Level 2. The fair values of financial instruments not traded in active markets are determined using broker quotes or valuation techniques with observable market inputs. Financial instruments valued using broker quotes are classified as Level 2, only where there is a sufficient range of available quotes. The fair value of over the counter derivatives is estimated using pricing models or discounted cash flow techniques. Collective investment schemes where the underlying assets are not priced using active market prices are determined to be Level 2 instruments. Where pricing models are used, inputs are based on market related data at the period end. Where discounted cash flows are used, estimated future cash flows are based on management's best estimates and the discount rate used is a market related rate for a similar instrument. The fair value of investment contract liabilities reflects the fair value of the underlying assets and liabilities in the funds plus an additional amount to cover the present value of the excess of future policy costs over future charges. The liabilities are consequently determined to be Level 2 instruments.

Level 3 financial instruments

The Group's financial instruments determined by valuation techniques using non-observable market inputs are based on a combination of independent third party evidence and internally developed models. In relation to investments in hedge funds and private equity investments, non-observable third party evidence in the form of net asset valuation statements is used as the basis for the valuation. Adjustments may be made to the net asset valuation where other evidence, for example recent sales of the underlying investments in the fund, indicates this is required. Securities that are valued using broker quotes which could not be corroborated across a sufficient range of quotes are considered as Level 3. For a small number of investment vehicles and debt securities, standard valuation models are used, as due to their nature and complexity they have no external market. Inputs into such models are based on observable market data where applicable. The fair value of loans, derivatives and some borrowings with no external market is determined by internally developed discounted cash flow models using appropriate assumptions corroborated with external market data where possible.

For financial instruments that are recognised at fair value on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by re-assessing categorisation (based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) during each reporting period.

Fair value hierarchy information for non-financial assets measured at fair value is included in note G3 for owner-occupied property and in note G4 for investment property.

E2.2 Fair value hierarchy of financial instruments

The tables below separately identify financial instruments carried at fair value from those measured on another basis but for which fair value is disclosed.

2022

Level 1
£m

Level 2
£m

Level 3
£m

Total fair value
£m

Financial assets measured at fair value





Derivatives

165

3,754

152

4,071

Financial assets designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition:





Equities

74,464

124

2,192

76,780

Investment in associate

329

-

-

329

Debt securities

48,151

25,094

11,465

84,710

Collective investment schemes

75,962

2,079

312

78,353

Reinsurers' share of investment contract liabilities

9,088

-

-

9,088


207,994

27,297

13,969

249,260

Total financial assets measured at fair value

208,159

31,051

14,121

253,331

Less amounts classified as held for sale

(3,661)

(179)

(789)

(4,629)

Total financial assets measured at fair value, excluding amounts classified as held for sale

204,498

30,872

13,332

248,702

Financial assets for which fair values are disclosed





Loans and deposits at amortised cost

-

272

7

279


204,498

31,144

13,339

248,981

 

2022

Level 1
£m

Level 2
£m

Level 3
£m

Total fair value
£m

Financial liabilities measured at fair value





Derivatives

98

5,538

243

5,879

Financial liabilities designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition:





Borrowings

-

-

64

64

Net asset value attributable to unit-holders

2,978

-

-

2,978

Investment contract liabilities

-

152,157

-

152,157


2,978

152,157

64

155,199

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value

3,076

157,695

307

161,078

Less amounts classified as held for sale

-

(8,316)

-

(8,316)

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value, excluding amounts classified as held for sale

3,076

149,379

307

152,762

Financial liabilities for which fair values are disclosed





Borrowings at amortised cost

-

3,644

-

3,644

Deposits received from reinsurers

-

2,542

56

2,598

Obligations for repayment of collateral received

-

1,706

-

1,706

Total financial liabilities for which fair values are disclosed

-

7,892

56

7,948


3,076

157,271

363

160,710

 

2021

Level 1
£m

Level 2
£m

Level 3
£m

Total fair value
£m

Financial assets measured at fair value





Derivatives

161

4,173

237

4,571

Financial assets designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition:





Equities

85,108

52

1,899

87,059

Investment in associate

431

-

-

431

Debt securities

57,992

36,546

12,452

106,990

Collective investment schemes

86,244

3,634

286

90,164

Reinsurers' share of investment contract liabilities

10,009

-

-

10,009


239,784

40,232

14,637

294,653

Total financial assets measured at fair value

239,945

44,405

14,874

299,224

Less amounts classified as held for sale (see note A6.1)

(5,194)

(421)

(892)

(6,507)

Total financial assets measured at fair value, excluding amounts classified as held for sale

234,751

43,984

13,982

292,717

Financial assets for which fair values are disclosed





Loans and deposits at amortised cost

-

464

11

475


234,751

44,448

13,993

293,192

 

2021

Level 1
£m

Level 2
£m

Level 3
£m

Total fair value
£m

Financial liabilities measured at fair value





Derivatives

155

972

125

1,252

Financial liabilities designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition:





Borrowings

-

-

70

70

Net asset value attributable to unitholders

3,568

-

-

3,568

Investment contract liabilities

-

172,093

-

172,093


3,568

172,093

70

175,731

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value

3,723

173,065

195

176,983

Less amounts classified as held for sale (see note A6.1)

-

(11,680)

-

(11,680)

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value, excluding amounts classified as held for sale

3,723

161,385

195

165,303

Financial liabilities for which fair values are disclosed





Borrowings at amortised cost

-

4,564

-

4,564

Deposits received from reinsurers

-

3,484

85

3,569

Obligations for repayment of collateral received

-

3,442

-

3,442

Total financial liabilities for which fair values are disclosed

-

11,490

85

11,575


3,723

172,875

280

176,878

E2.3 Significant inputs and input values for Level 3 financial instruments




Key unobservable input value

Description

Valuation technique

Significant inputs

2022

2021

Equities

Single broker1 and net asset value2

Single broker
indicative price

N/A

N/A

Debt securities (see E2.3.1 for further details)





Loans guaranteed by export credit agencies & supranationals

DCF model3

Credit spread

111bps
(weighted average)

53bps
(weighted average)

Private corporate credit

DCF model3

Credit spread

169bps
(weighted average)

129bps
(weighted average)

Infrastructure loans

DCF model3

Credit spread

220bps
(weighted average)

207bps
(weighted average)

Loans to housing associations

DCF model3

Credit spread

164bps
(weighted average)

128bps
(weighted average)

Local authority loans

DCF model3

Credit spread

137bps
(weighted average)

105 bps
(weighted average)

Equity Release Mortgage loans ('ERM')

DCF model and Black-Scholes model4

Spread

260bps over the IFRS reference curve

170bps over the IFRS reference curve

House price inflation

+75bps adjustment
to RPI

+75bps adjustment
to RPI

House prices

£304,088 (average)

 £291,599 (average)

Mortality

Average life expectancy of a male and female currently aged 75 is 14.5 years and 15.9 years respectively

Average life expectancy of a male and female currently aged 76 is 13.7 years and 15.0 years respectively

Voluntary redemption rate

150bps to 700bps

150bps to 700bps

Commercial real estate loans

DCF model3

Credit spread

253bps
(weighted average)

228bps
(weighted average)

Income strips5

Income capitalisation

Credit spread

661bps

487bps

Collective investment schemes

Net asset value statements2

N/A

N/A

N/A

Borrowings




 

Property reversions loans (see note E5)

Internally developed model

Mortality rate

130% IFL92C15 (Female)6

130% IFL92C15 (Female)6


130% IML92C15
(Male)6

130% IML92C15
(Male)6

House price inflation

3 year RPI rate
plus 75bps

3 year RPI rate
plus 75bps

Discount rate

3 year swap rate plus

170bps

3 year swap rate plus

170bps

Deferred possession rate

370bps

370bps

Derivative assets and liabilities





Forward private placements, infrastructure
and local authority loans7

DCF model3

Credit spread

145bps
(weighted average)

110bps
(weighted average)

Longevity swaps8

DCF model3

Swap curve

swap curve + 36bps

swap curve + 36bps

Equity Release Income Plan total return swap9

DCF model3

Credit spread

500bps

500bps

1  Broker indicative prices: Although such valuations are sensitive to estimates, it is believed that changing one or more of the assumptions to reasonably possible alternative assumptions would not change the fair value significantly.

2  Net asset value statements: Net asset statements are provided by independent third parties, and therefore no significant non-observable input or sensitivity information has been prepared for those instruments valued on this basis.

3  Discounted cash flow ('DCF') model: Except where otherwise stated, the discount rate used is based on a risk-free curve and a credit spread. The risk-free rate is taken from an appropriate gilt of comparable duration. The spread is derived from a basket of comparable securities.

4  ERM loans: The loans are valued using a DCF model and a Black-Scholes model for valuation of the No-Negative Equity Guarantee ('NNEG'). The NNEG caps the loan repayment in the event of death or entry into long-term care to be no greater than the sales proceeds from the property. The future cash flows are estimated based on assumed levels of mortality derived from published mortality tables, entry into long-term care rates and voluntary redemption rates. Cash flows include an allowance for the expected cost of providing a NNEG assessed under a real world approach using a closed form model including an assumed level of property value volatility. For the NNEG assessment, property values are indexed from the latest property valuation point and then assumed to grow in line with an RPI based assumption. Cash flows are discounted using a risk free curve plus a spread, where the spread is based on recent originations, with margins to allow for the different risk profiles of ERM loans.

5  Income strips are transactions where an owner-occupier of a property has sold a freehold or long leasehold interest to the Group, and has signed a long lease (typically 30-45 years) or a ground lease (typically 45-175 years) and retains the right to repurchase the property at the end of the lease for a nominal sum (usually £1). The income strips are valued using an income capitalisation approach, where the annual rental income is capitalised using an appropriate yield. The yield is determined by considering recent transactions involving similar income strips.

6  IFL92C15 and IML92C15 relate to immediate annuitant female and male lives and refer to the 92 series mortality tables produced by the Continuous Mortality Investigation ('CMI').

7  Derivative liabilities include forward investments of £146 million (2021: £7 million derivative assets) which include a commitment to acquire or provide funding for fixed rate debt instruments at specified future dates.

8  Included within derivative assets and liabilities are longevity swap contracts with corporate pension schemes with a fair value of £152 million (2021: £230 million) and £34 million (2021: £49 million) respectively.

9  Included within derivative liabilities is the Equity Release Income Plan ('ERIP') total return swap with a value of £63 million (2021: £67 million), under which a share of the disposal proceeds arising on a portfolio of property reversions is payable to a third party (see note E.3.3 for further details).

E2.3.1 Debt securities

Analysis of Level 3 debt securities


2022

£m

2021 restated 1

£m

Unquoted corporate bonds:




Loans guaranteed by export credit agencies & supranationals


402

219

Private corporate credit


1,422

1,488

Infrastructure loans - project finance


882

967

Infrastructure loans - corporate


1,175

1,074

Loans to housing associations


691

1,022

Local authority loans


596

917

Equity release mortgages


3,934

4,214

Commercial real estate loans


1,104

1,317

Income strips


786

886

Bridging loans to private equity funds


462

339

Other


11

9

Total Level 3 debt securities


11,465

12,452

Less amounts classified as held for sale


(786)

(892)

Total Level 3 debt securities excluding amounts classified as held for sale


10,679

11,560

1  At 31 December 2021 £1,632 million of private corporate credit assets have been reclassified as loans guaranteed by export credit agencies & supranationals (£60 million), infrastructure loans (£550 million) and loans to housing associations (£1,022 million).

 

Sensitivities of level 3 financial instruments


2022
£m

2021
£m

Debt securities - Loans guaranteed by export credit agencies & supranationals




65bps increase in spread


(9)

(9)

65bps decrease in spread


11

10

Debt securities - Private corporate credit




65bps increase in spread


(98)

(124)

65bps decrease in spread


112

143

Debt securities - Infrastructure loans




65bps increase in spread


(103)

(124)

65bps decrease in spread


107

128

Debt securities - Loans to housing associations




65bps increase in spread


(54)

(102)

65bps decrease in spread


58

112

Debt securities - Local authority loans




65bps increase in spread


(51)

(109)

65bps decrease in spread


55

121

Debt securities - ERM loans




100bps increase in spread


(329)

(443)

100bps decrease in spread


370

512

5% increase in mortality


13

(10)

5% decrease in mortality


(14)

9

15% increase in voluntary redemption rate


49

(22)

15% decrease in voluntary redemption rate


(52)

23

1% increase in house price inflation


27

26

1% decrease in house price inflation


(42)

(43)

10% increase in house prices


22

13

10% decrease in house prices


(38)

(23)

Debt securities - CRELs




65bps increase in spread


(18)

(24)

65bps decrease in spread


19

24

Debt securities - Income strips




35bps increase in spread


(76)

(94)

35bps decrease in spread


88

121

Derivatives - Forward private placements, infrastructure and local authority loans1




65bps increase in spread


(30)

(25)

65bps decrease in spread


31

27

Derivatives - Longevity swap contracts




100bps increase in swap curve


(17)

(28)

100bps decrease in swap curve


21

35

Derivatives - Equity Release Income Plan total return swap




100bps increase in spread


(2)

(2)

100bps decrease in spread


2

2

For the property reversions loans and bridging loans to equity funds, there are no reasonably possible movements in unobservable input values which would result in a significant movement in the fair value of the financial instruments.

For those assets valued using net asset value statements (equities and collective investment schemes) no sensitivity information has been prepared as the net asset statements are provided by independent third parties.

E2.4 Transfers of financial instruments between Level 1 and Level 2

2022

From
Level 1 to
Level 2
£m

From
Level 2 to
Level 1
 £m

Financial assets measured at fair value



Derivatives

48

-

Financial assets designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition:



Equities

73

5

Debt securities

1,478

1,267

Collective investment schemes

28

-


1,579

1,272

Total financial assets measured at fair value

1,627

1,272




2021

From
Level 1 to
Level 2
£m

From
Level 2 to
Level 1
 £m

Financial assets measured at fair value



Derivatives

51

-

Financial assets designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition:



Equities

33

17

   Debt securities

1,742

1,006

Collective investment schemes

32

42


1,807

1,065

Total financial assets measured at fair value

1,858

1,065






Consistent with the prior year, all the Group's Level 1 and Level 2 assets have been valued using standard market pricing sources.

The application of the Group's fair value hierarchy classification methodology at an individual security level, in particular observations with regard to measures of market depth and bid-ask spreads, resulted in an overall net movement of debt securities from Level 1 to Level 2 in both the current and prior period.

E2.5 Movement in Level 3 financial instruments measured at fair value

2022

At 1
January 2022
£m

Net (losses)/
gains in income statement
£m

Purchases
£m

Sales
£m

Transfers from
Level 1 and Level 2
£m

Transfers to Level 1 and Level 2
£m

At 31
December 20221
£m

Unrealised
(losses)/
gains on assets held at end of period
£m

Financial assets









Derivatives

237

(85)

-

-

-

-

152

(85)

Financial assets designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition:








 

Equities

1,899

177

438

(369)

47

-

2,192

12

Debt securities

12,452

(3,544)

6,838

(4,277)

2

(6)

11,465

(3,595)

Collective investment schemes

286

(79)

108

(3)

-

-

312

(73)


14,637

(3,446)

7,384

(4,649)

49

(6)

13,969

(3,656)










Total financial assets

14,874

(3,531)

7,384

(4,649)

49

(6)

14,121

(3,741)

1  Total financial assets of £14,121 million includes £789 million of assets classified as held for sale.

 

2022

At 1
January 2022
£m

Net losses in income statement
£m

Purchases
£m

Sales/   repayments
£m

Transfers from
Level 1 and Level 2
£m

Transfers to Level 1 and Level 2
£m

At 31
December 2022
£m

Unrealised
losses on liabilities held at end of period
£m

Financial liabilities









Derivatives

125

130

-

(12)

-

-

243

123

Financial liabilities designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition:









Borrowings

70

9

-

(15)

-

-

64

9

Total financial liabilities

195

139

-

(27)

-

-

307

132

 

2021

At 1
January
2021
£m

Net (losses)/gains in income statement
£m

Purchases
£m

Sales
£m

Transfers
 from
Level 1
and Level 2
£m

Transfers to Level 1 and Level 2
£m

At 31 December 20211
£m

Unrealised (losses)/gains on assets held at end of period
£m

Financial assets









Derivatives

198

(74)

113

-

-

-

237

(82)

Financial assets designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition:









Equities

1,563

436

269

(368)


(1)

1,899

278

Debt securities

10,164

88

6,394

(4,210)

26

(10)

12,452

115

Collective investment schemes

401

(70)

34

(94)

15

-

286

22


12,128

454

6,697

(4,672)

41

(11)

14,637

415










Total financial assets

12,326

380

6,810

(4,672)

41

(11)

14,874

333

1  Total financial assets of £14,874 million includes £892 million classified as held for sale.

2021

At 1
January
2021
£m

Net (gains)/losses in income statement
£m

Purchases
£m

Sales/
Repayments
£m

Transfers from
 Level 1 and Level 2
£m

Transfers to Level 1 and Level 2
£m

At 31
December 20211
£m

Unrealised (gains)losses on liabilities held at end of period
£m

Financial liabilities









Derivatives

162

(19)

-

(18)

-

-

125

(29)

Financial liabilities designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition:









Borrowings

84

4

-

(18)

-

-

70

5

Total financial liabilities

246

(15)

-

(36)

-

-

195

(24)

Gains and losses on Level 3 financial instruments are included in net investment income in the consolidated income statement. There were no gains or losses recognised in other comprehensive income in either the current or comparative period.

E3. Derivatives

The Group purchases derivative financial instruments principally in connection with the management of its insurance contract and investment contract liabilities based on the principles of reduction of risk and efficient portfolio management. The Group does not typically hold derivatives for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term or with the objective of generating a profit from short-term fluctuations in price or margin. The Group also holds derivatives to hedge financial liabilities denominated in foreign currency.

Derivative financial instruments are largely classified as held for trading. Such instruments are recognised initially at fair value and are subsequently remeasured to fair value. The gain or loss on remeasurement to fair value is recognised in the consolidated income statement. Derivative financial instruments are not classified as held for trading where they are designated as a hedging instrument and where the resultant hedge is assessed as effective. For such instruments, any gain or loss that arises on remeasurement to fair value is initially recognised in other comprehensive income and is recycled to profit or loss as the hedged item impacts the profit or loss. See note E1 for further details of the Group's hedging accounting policy.

E3.1 Summary

The fair values of derivative financial instruments are as follows:


Assets

2022

 £m

Liabilities

2022

 £m

Assets

2021

 £m

Liabilities

2021

 £m

Forward currency

327

221

180

58

Credit default swaps

4

18

63

39

Contracts for difference

3

3

8

2

Interest rate swaps

2,281

4,313

1,509

506

Total return bond swaps

-

-

3

-

Swaptions

187

46

1,722

11

Inflation swaps

295

104

232

98

Equity options

334

147

408

254

Stock index futures

162

36

41

122

Fixed income futures

95

231

46

33

Longevity swap contracts

152

34

230

49

Currency futures

4

8

7

1

Cross-currency swaps

227

653

122

12

Equity Release Income Plan total return swap

-

63

-

67

Other

-

2

-

-


4,071

5,879

4,571

1,252

Less amounts classified as held for sale

(3)

(4)

(4)

(4)


4,068

5,875

4,567

1,248

E3.2 Longevity swap contracts

The Group has in place longevity swap arrangements with corporate pension schemes which do not meet the definition of insurance contracts under the Group's accounting policies. Under these arrangements the majority of the longevity risk has been passed to third parties. Derivative assets of £152 million and derivative liabilities of £34 million have been recognised as at 31 December 2022 (2021: £230 million and £49 million respectively).

E3.3 Equity Release Income Plan ('ERIP') total return swap

ERIP contracts are an equity release product under which the Group holds a reversionary interest in the residential property of policyholders who have been provided with a lifetime annuity in return for the legal title to their property (see note G4). The Group is party to an ERIP total return swap under which a share of the future generated cash flows arising under the ERIP contracts is payable to a third party. Over time, as the property reversions are realised, the relevant share of disposal proceeds is transferred to a third party who also holds a beneficial interest in these residential properties. The carrying amount of the derivative liability is the present value of all future cash flows due to the third party under the total return swap.

 

The Group receives and pledges collateral in the form of cash or non-cash assets in respect of stock lending transactions, derivative contracts and reinsurance arrangements in order to reduce the credit risk of these transactions. The amount and type of collateral required where the Group receives collateral depends on an assessment of the credit risk of the counterparty, but is usually in the form of cash and marketable securities.

Collateral received in the form of cash, where the Group has contractual rights to receive the cash flows generated and is available to the Group for investment purposes, is recognised as a financial asset in the statement of consolidated financial position with a corresponding financial liability for its repayment. Non-cash collateral received is not recognised in the statement of consolidated financial position, unless the counterparty defaults on its obligations under the relevant agreement.

Non-cash collateral pledged where the Group retains the contractual rights to receive the cash flows generated is not derecognised from the statement of consolidated financial position, unless the Group defaults on its obligations under the relevant agreement. Cash collateral pledged, where the counterparty has contractual rights to receive the cash flows generated, is derecognised from the statement of consolidated financial position and a corresponding receivable is recognised for its return.

E4.1 Financial instrument collateral arrangements

The Group has no financial assets and financial liabilities that have been offset in the statement of consolidated financial position as at 31 December 2022 (2021: none).

The table below contains disclosures related to financial assets and financial liabilities recognised in the statement of consolidated financial position that are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements. Such agreements do not meet the criteria for offsetting in the statement of consolidated financial position as the Group has no current legally enforceable right to offset recognised financial instruments. Furthermore, certain related assets received as collateral under the netting arrangements will not be recognised in the statement of consolidated financial position as the Group does not have permission to sell or re-pledge, except in the case of default. Details of the Group's collateral arrangements in respect of these recognised assets and liabilities are provided below.



Related amounts not offset


2022

Gross and net amounts of recognised

financial assets
£m

Financial instruments and cash collateral received
£m

Derivative
liabilities
£m

Net
amount
£m

Financial assets





OTC derivatives

3,747

1,055

2,293

399

Exchange traded derivatives

324

193

28

103

Stock lending

1,451

1,451

-

-

Total

5,522

2,699

2,321

502








Related amounts not offset



Gross and net amounts of recognised

financial liabilities
£m

Financial instruments and cash collateral pledged
£m

Derivative
assets
£m

Net

 Amount
£m

Financial liabilities





OTC derivatives

5,606

2,206

2,293

1,107

Exchange traded derivatives

273

36

28

209

Total

5,879

2,242

2,321

1,316

E4 Collateral arrangements



Related amounts not offset


2021

Gross and net amounts of recognised

financial assets
£m

Financial instruments and cash collateral received
£m

Derivative
liabilities
£m

Net
amount
£m

Financial assets





OTC derivatives

4,394

3,600

487

307

Exchange traded derivatives

177

5

6

166

Stock lending

1,587

1,587

-

-

Total

6,158

5,192

493

473








Related amounts not offset



Gross and net amounts of recognised

financial liabilities
£m

Financial instruments and cash collateral pledged
£m

Derivative
assets
£m

Net
 amount
£m

Financial liabilities





OTC derivatives

1,096

319

487

290

Exchange traded derivatives

156

24

6

126

Total

1,252

343

493

416

E4.2 Derivative collateral arrangements

Assets accepted

It is the Group's practice to obtain collateral to mitigate the counterparty risk related to over-the-counter ('OTC') derivatives usually in the form of cash or marketable financial instruments.

The fair value of financial assets accepted as collateral for OTC derivatives but not recognised in the statement of consolidated financial position amounts to £471 million (2021: £945 million).

The amounts recognised as financial assets and liabilities from cash collateral received at 31 December 2022 are set out below.


OTC derivatives


2022
£m

2021
£m

Financial assets

1,513

3,442

Financial liabilities

(1,513)

(3,442)

The maximum exposure to credit risk in respect of OTC derivative assets is £3,747 million (2021: £4,394 million) of which credit risk of £3,348 million (2021: £4,087 million) is mitigated by use of collateral arrangements (which are settled net after taking account of any OTC derivative liabilities owed to the counterparty).

Credit risk on exchange traded derivative assets of £324 million (2021: £177 million) is mitigated through regular margining and the protection offered by the exchange.

Assets pledged

The Group pledges collateral in respect of its OTC derivative liabilities. The value of assets pledged at 31 December 2022 in respect of OTC derivative liabilities of £5,606 million (2021: £1,096 million) amounted to £3,228 million (2021: £942 million).

E4.3 Stock lending collateral arrangements

The Group lends listed financial assets held in its investment portfolio to other institutions.

The Group conducts stock lending only with well-established, reputable institutions in accordance with established market conventions. The financial assets do not qualify for derecognition as the Group retains all the risks and rewards of the transferred assets except for the voting rights.

It is the Group's practice to obtain collateral in stock lending transactions, usually in the form of cash or marketable financial instruments.

The fair value of financial assets accepted as such collateral but not recognised in the statement of consolidated financial position amounts to £1,586 million (2021: £1,749 million).

The maximum exposure to credit risk in respect of stock lending transactions is £1,451 million (2021: £1,587 million) of which credit risk of £1,451 million (2021: £1,587 million) is mitigated through the use of collateral arrangements.

E4.4 Other collateral arrangements

Details of collateral received to mitigate the counterparty risk arising from the Group's reinsurance transactions is given in note F3.

Collateral has also been pledged and charges have been granted in respect of certain Group borrowings. The details of these arrangements are set out in note E5.

E5. Borrowings

The Group classifies the majority of its interest bearing borrowings as financial liabilities carried at amortised cost and these are recognised initially at fair value less any attributable transaction costs. The difference between initial cost and the redemption value is amortised through the consolidated income statement over the period of the borrowing using the effective interest method.

Certain borrowings are designated upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss and measured at fair value where doing so provides more meaningful information due to the reasons stated in the financial liabilities accounting policy (see note E1). Transaction costs relating to borrowings designated upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss are expensed as incurred.

Borrowings are classified as either policyholder or shareholder borrowings. Policyholder borrowings are those borrowings where there is either no or limited shareholder exposure, for example, borrowings attributable to the Group's with-profit operations.

E5.1 Analysis of borrowings


Carrying value


Fair value


2022

 £m

2021

 £m


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

£300 million multi-currency revolving credit facility (note a)

62

17


62

17

Property reversions loan (note b)

64

70


64

70

Total policyholder borrowings

126

87


126

87







£428 million Tier 2 subordinated notes (note c)

427

427


429

498

£450 million Tier 3 subordinated notes (note d)

-

450


-

457

US $500 million Tier 2 notes (note e)

413

368


390

408

€500 million Tier 2 bonds (note f)

439

416


416

490

US $750 million Contingent Convertible Tier 1 notes (note g)

618

551


580

581

£500 million Tier 2 notes (note h)

487

485


445

593

US $500 million Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 notes (note i)

412

368


382

389

£500 million 5.867% Tier 2 subordinated notes (note j)

543

550


465

598

£250 million Fixed Rate Reset Callable Tier 2 subordinated notes (note k)

259

266


244

269

£250 million 4.016% Tier 3 subordinated notes (note l)

256

257


231

264

Total shareholder borrowings

3,854

4,138


3,582

4,547





 


Total borrowings

3,980

4,225


3,708

4,634







Amount due for settlement after 12 months

3,918

3,758




a. abrdn Private Equity Opportunities Trust plc ('APEOT') has in place a syndicated multi-currency revolving credit facility, of which £61 million (2021: £17 million) had been drawn down as at 31 December 2022. During the year, the amount of the facility was increased from £200 million to £300 million and its term maturity was extended by one year to December 2025. Interest accrues on this facility at a margin over the reference rate of the currency drawn.

b. The Property Reversions loan from Santander UK plc ('Santander') was recognised in the consolidated financial statements at fair value. It relates to the sale of Extra-Income Plan policies that Santander finances to the value of the associated property reversions. As part of the arrangement Santander receive an amount calculated by reference to the movement in the Halifax House Price Index and the Group is required to indemnify Santander against profits or losses arising from mortality or surrender experience which differs from the basis used to calculate the reversion amount. During 2022, repayments totalling £15 million were made (2021: £18 million). Note G4 contains details of the assets that support this loan.

c. On 23 January 2015, PGH Capital plc ('PGHC') issued £428 million of subordinated notes due 2025 at a coupon of 6.625%. Fees associated with these notes of £3 million were deferred and are being amortised over the life of the notes in the statement of consolidated financial position. Upon exchange £32 million of these notes were held by Group companies. During 2017, the internal holdings were sold to third parties, thereby increasing external borrowings by £32 million. On 20 March 2017, Old PGH (the Group's ultimate parent company up to December 2018) was substituted in place of PGHC as issuer of the £428 million subordinated notes and then on 12 December 2018 the Company was substituted in place of Old PGH as issuer.

d. On 20 July 2022, the Group redeemed its £450 million Tier 3 subordinated notes in full at their principal amount, together with interest accrued to the repayment date.

e. On 6 July 2017, Old PGH issued US $500 million Tier 2 bonds due 2027 with a coupon of 5.375%. Fees associated with these notes of £2 million were deferred and are being amortised over the life of the notes. On 12 December 2018 the Company was substituted in place of Old PGH as issuer.

f.  On 24 September 2018, Old PGH issued €500 million Tier 2 notes due 2029 with a coupon of 4.375%. Fees associated with these notes of £7 million were deferred and are being amortised over the life of the notes. On 12 December 2018 the Company was substituted in place of Old PGH as issuer.

g.  On 29 January 2020, the Company issued US $750 million fixed rate reset perpetual restricted Tier 1 contingent convertible notes (the 'Contingent Convertible Tier 1 Notes') which are unsecured and subordinated. The Contingent Convertible Tier 1 Notes have no fixed maturity date and interest is payable only at the sole and absolute discretion of the Company. The Contingent Convertible Tier 1 Notes bear interest on their principal amount at a fixed rate of 5.625% per annum up to the 'First Reset Date' of 26 April 2025. Thereafter the fixed rate of interest will be reset on the First Reset Date and on each fifth anniversary of this date by reference to the sum of the yield of the Constant Maturity Treasury ('CMT') rate (based on the prevailing five year US Treasury yield) plus a margin of 4.035%, being the initial credit spread used in pricing the notes. Interest is payable on the Contingent Convertible Tier 1 Notes semi-annually in arrears on 26 April and 26 October. If an interest payment is not made it is cancelled and it shall not accumulate or be payable at any time thereafter.

The terms of the Contingent Convertible Tier 1 Notes contain a contingent settlement provision which is linked to the occurrence of a 'Capital Disqualification Event'. Such an event is deemed to have taken place where, as a result of a change to the Solvency II regulations, the Contingent Convertible Tier 1 Notes are fully excluded from counting as own funds. On the occurrence of such an event and where the Company has chosen not to use its corresponding right to redeem the notes the Company shall no longer be able to exercise its discretion to cancel any interest payments due on such Contingent Convertible Tier 1 Notes on any interest payment date following the occurrence of this event. Accordingly the Contingent Convertible Tier 1 Notes are considered to meet the definition of a financial liability for financial reporting purposes.

The Contingent Convertible Tier 1 Notes may be redeemed at par on the First Reset Date or on any interest payment date thereafter at the option of the Company and also in other limited circumstances. If such redemption occurs prior to the fifth anniversary of the Issue Date such redemption must be funded out of the proceeds of a new issuance of, or exchanged into, Tier 1 Own Funds of the same or a higher quality than the Contingent Convertible Tier 1 Notes. In respect of any redemption or purchase of the Contingent Convertible Tier 1 Notes, such redemption or purchase is subject to the receipt of permission to do so from the PRA. Furthermore, on occurrence of a trigger event, linked to the Solvency II capital position and as documented in the terms of the Contingent Convertible Tier 1 Notes, the Contingent Convertible Tier 1 Notes will automatically be subject to conversion to ordinary shares of the Company at the conversion price of US $1,000 per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms and conditions of the notes and all accrued and unpaid interest will be cancelled. Following such conversion there shall be no reinstatement of any part of the principal amount of, or interest on, the Contingent Convertible Tier 1 Notes at any time.

h. On 28 April 2020, the Company issued £500 million fixed rate Tier 2 Notes (the 'Tier 2 Notes') which are unsecured and subordinated. The Tier 2 Notes have a maturity date of 28 April 2031 and include an issuer par call right for the three month period prior to maturity. The Tier 2 Notes bear interest on the principal amount at a fixed rate of 5.625% per annum payable annually in arrears on 28 April each year.

i.  On 4 June 2020, the Company issued US $500 million fixed rate reset callable Tier 2 notes (the 'Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 Notes') which are unsecured and subordinated. The Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 notes have a maturity date of 4 September 2031 with an optional issuer par call right on any day in the three month period up to and including 4 September 2026. The Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 Notes bear interest on the principal amount at a fixed rate of 4.75% per annum up to the interest rate reset date of 4 September 2026. If the Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 Notes are not redeemed before that date, the interest rate resets to the sum of the applicable CMT rate (based on the prevailing five year US Treasury yield) plus a margin of 4.276%, being the initial credit spread used in pricing the notes. Interest is payable on the Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 Notes semi-annually in arrears on 4 March and 4 September each year.

j.  On 22 July 2020, as part of the acquisition of ReAssure Group plc, the Group assumed the £500 million 5.867% Tier 2 subordinated notes. On the same date, the Company was substituted in place of ReAssure Group plc as issuer of the notes. The £500 million 5.867% Tier 2 subordinated notes have a maturity date of 13 June 2029 and were initially recognised at their fair value as at the date of acquisition of £559 million. The fair value adjustment will be amortised over the remaining life of the notes. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on 13 June and 13 December.

k. On 22 July 2020, as part of the acquisition of ReAssure Group plc, the Group assumed the £250 million fixed rate reset callable Tier 2 subordinated notes. On the same date, the Company was substituted in place of ReAssure Group plc as issuer of the notes. The £250 million fixed rate reset callable Tier 2 subordinated notes have a maturity date of 13 June 2029 and were initially recognised at their fair value as at the date of acquisition of £275 million. The fair value adjustment will be amortised over the remaining life of the notes. The notes include an issuer par call right exercisable on 13 June 2024. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on 13 June and 13 December. These notes initially bear interest at a rate of 5.766% on the principal amount and the rate of interest will reset on 13 June 2024, and on each interest payment date thereafter, to a margin of 5.17% plus the yield of a UK Treasury Bill of similar term.

l.  On 22 July 2020, as part of the acquisition of ReAssure Group plc, the Group assumed the £250 million 4.016% Tier 3 subordinated notes. On the same date, the Company was substituted in place of ReAssure Group plc as issuer of the notes. The £250 million 4.016% Tier 3 subordinated notes have a maturity date of 13 June 2026 and were initially recognised at their fair value as at the date of acquisition of £259 million. The fair value adjustment is being amortised over the remaining life of the notes. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on 13 June and 13 December.

m. The Group has in place a £1.25 billion unsecured revolving credit facility (the 'revolving facility'), maturing in June 2026. The facility accrues interest at a margin over SONIA that is based on credit rating. The facility remains undrawn as at 31 December 2022.

E5.2 Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

The table below details changes in the Group's liabilities arising from financing activities, including both cash and non-cash changes (with the exception of lease liabilities, which have been included in note G10). Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the Group's consolidated statement of cash flows as cash flows from financing activities.



Cash movements

Non-cash movements



At 1
January
2022

£m

New borrowings, net of costs

£m

Repayments

£m

Changes in fair value

£m

Movement in foreign exchange

£m

Other movements1

£m

At 31 December 2022

£m

APEOT multi-currency
revolving credit facility

17

61

(17)

-

1

-

62

Property Reversions loan

70

-

(15)

9

-

-

64

£428 million Tier 2 subordinated notes

427

-

-

-

-

-

427

£450 million Tier 3 subordinated notes

450

-

(450)

-

-

-

-

US $500 million Tier 2 bonds

368

-

-

-

45

-

413

€500 million Tier 2 notes

416

-

-

-

22

1

439

US $750 million Contingent Convertible Tier 1 notes

551

-

-

-

66

1

618

£500 million Tier 2 notes

485

-

-

-

-

2

487

US $500 million Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 notes

368

-

-

-

44

-

412

£500 million 5.867% Tier 2 subordinated notes

550

-

-

-

-

(7)

543

£250 million Fixed Rate Reset Callable Tier 2 subordinated notes

266

-

-

-

-

(7)

259

£250 million 4.016% Tier 3 subordinated notes

257

-

-

-

-

(1)

256

Derivative assets2

(48)

-

-

(177)

-

-

(225)

Derivative liabilities2

5

-

-

(5)

-

-

-


4,182

61

(482)

(173)

178

(11)

3,755










1  Comprises amortisation under the effective interest method applied to borrowings held at amortised cost. No interest was capitalised in the year.

2  Cross currency swaps to hedge against adverse currency movements in respect of Group's Euro and US Dollar denominated borrowings.

 



Cash movements

Non-cash movements



At 1
January
2021

£m

New borrowings, net of costs

£m

Repayments

£m

Changes in fair value

£m

Movement in foreign exchange

£m

Movement in foreign exchange

£m

At 31
December 2021

£m

APEOT multi-currency revolving credit facility

-

17

-

-

-

-

17

Property Reversions loan

84

-

(18)

4

-

-

70

£200 million 7.25% unsecured subordinated loan

200

-

(200)

-

-

-

-

£300 million senior unsecured bond

122

-

(122)

-

-

-

-

£428 million Tier 2 subordinated notes

426

-

-

-

-

1

427

£450 million Tier 3 subordinated notes

449

-

-

-

-

1

450

US $500 million Tier 2 bonds

364

-

-

-

4

-

368

€500 million Tier 2 notes

442

-

-

-

(26)

-

416

US $750 million Contingent Convertible
Tier 1 notes

545

-

-

-

5

1

551

£500 million Tier 2 notes

484

-

-

-

-

1

485

US $500 million Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 notes

364

-

-

-

4

-

368

£500 million 5.867% Tier 2 subordinated notes

556

-

-

-

-

(6)

550

£250 million Fixed Rate Reset Callable Tier 2 subordinated notes

272

-

-

-

-

(6)

266

£250 million 4.016% Tier 3 subordinated notes

259

-

-

-

-

(2)

257

Derivative assets²

-

-

-

(48)

-

-

(48)

Derivative liabilities²

-

-

-

5

-

-

5


4,567

17

(340)

(39)

(13)

(10)

4,182

1  Comprises amortisation under the effective interest method applied to borrowings held at amortised cost.

2  Cross currency swaps to hedge against adverse currency movements in respect of Group's Euro and US Dollar denominated borrowings.

E6. Risk management - financial and other risks

This note forms one part of the risk management disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An overview of the Group's approach to risk management is outlined in note I3 and the Group's management of insurance risk is detailed in note F4.

E6.1 Financial risk and the Asset Liability Management ('ALM') framework

The use of financial instruments naturally exposes the Group to the risks associated with them, chiefly market risk, credit risk and financial soundness risk.

Responsibility for agreeing the financial risk profile rests with the Board of each life company, as advised by investment managers, internal committees and the actuarial function. In setting the risk profile, the board of each life company will receive advice from the Chief Investment Officer, the relevant With-Profit Actuary and the relevant actuarial function holder/Chief Actuary as to the potential implications of that risk profile with regard to the probability of both realistic insolvency and of failing to meet the regulatory Minimum Capital Requirement. The Chief Actuary will also advise the extent to which the investment risk taken is consistent with the Group's commitment to deliver fair customer outcomes.

Derivatives are used in many of the Group's funds, within policy guidelines agreed by the board of each life company and overseen by investment committees of the boards of each life company supported by management oversight committees. Derivatives are primarily used for risk hedging purposes or for efficient portfolio management, including the activities of the Group's Treasury function.

More detail on the Group's exposure to financial risk is provided in note E6.2 below.

The Group is also exposed to insurance risk arising from its Life, Pensions and Savings business. Life insurance risk in the Group arises through its exposure to longevity, persistency, mortality and to other variances between assumed and actual experience. These variances can be in factors such as administrative expenses and new business pricing. More detail on the Group's exposure to insurance risk is provided in note F4.

The Group's overall exposure to market and credit risk is monitored by appropriate committees, which agree policies for managing each type of risk on an ongoing basis, in line with the investment strategy developed to achieve investment returns in excess of amounts due in respect of insurance contracts. The effectiveness of the Group's ALM framework relies on the matching of assets and liabilities arising from insurance and investment contracts, taking into account the types of benefits payable to policyholders under each type of contract. Separate portfolios of assets are maintained for with-profit business funds which include all of the Group's participating business), non-linked non-profit funds and unit-linked funds.

LIBOR transition

In 2021, the Group largely completed its transition from LIBOR to the replacement Risk Free Rates. The programme completed a systematic process to identify and address balance sheet exposures with LIBOR dependencies. All derivative exposures and the majority of non-derivative asset exposures were successfully transitioned over the course of the programme in 2021. Insurance contract liabilities and related items transitioned to the SONIA Solvency II curve published by the PRA with an adjustment of 36bps. The remaining residual exposures as at 31 December 2021 related to indirect exposures in a small proportion of liquid and illiquid credit assets, and a direct exposure of £55 million in relation to two illiquid credit assets referencing Sterling LIBOR. These residual exposures have largely been transitioned during the year and at 31 December 2022 a small amount of indirect illiquid credit exposure remains. This relates to two loans where LIBOR is only relevant on a prepayment. The Group does not anticipate a prepayment and this issue does not affect the fair value of the loans.

E6.2 Financial risk analysis

Transactions in financial instruments result in the Group assuming financial risks. These include credit risk, market risk and financial soundness risk. Each of these are described below, together with a summary of how the Group manages the risk, along with sensitivity analysis where appropriate. The sensitivity analysis does not take into account the impact in the Group's pension schemes, including any impact arising as a result of the elimination of intra-group buy-in transactions between the life companies and the Group's pension schemes. It also does not include second order impacts of market movements, for example, where a market movement may give rise to potential indicators of impairment for the Group's intangible balances.

Climate Risk

The Group is exposed to financial risks (in particular market and credit risk) related to the transition to a low carbon economy, and the physical impacts resulting from climate change which could result in long-term market, credit, insurance, reputation, proposition and operational implications. As such, this risk is treated as a cross-cutting risk in the Group's Risk Universe.

Identification of climate related risks has been embedded into the Group's Risk Management Framework. Significant progress has been made in recent years in developing a risk metrics and targets framework, and establishing appropriate governance and risk management processes. The Group has adopted a proactive approach towards combatting climate change, with key net-zero targets. Further details on these targets and on managing the related climate change risks are provided in the Climate Report and Task Force for Climate-related Financial Disclosures ('TCFD') within the Annual Report and Accounts.

E6.2.1 Credit risk

Credit risk is defined as the risk of reductions in earnings and/or value, through financial or reputational loss, as a result of the default of a counterparty or an associate of such a counterparty to a financial transaction (i.e. failure to honour their financial obligations, or failing to perform them in a timely manner), whether on or off balance sheet.

There are two principal sources of credit risk for the Group:

•  credit risk which results from direct investment activities, including investments in debt securities, derivatives counterparties, collective investment schemes, hedge funds and the placing of cash deposits; and

•  credit risk which results indirectly from activities undertaken in the normal course of business. Such activities include premium payments, outsourcing contracts, reinsurance agreements, exposure from material suppliers and the lending of securities.

The amount disclosed in the statement of consolidated financial position in respect of all financial assets, together with rights secured under off balance sheet collateral arrangements, but excluding the minority interest in consolidated collective investment schemes and those assets that back policyholder liabilities, represents the Group's maximum exposure to credit risk. The credit risk borne by the shareholder on with-profit policies is dependent on the extent to which the underlying insurance fund is relying on shareholder support.

The impact of non-government debt securities and, inter alia, the change in market credit spreads during the year is fully reflected in the values shown in these consolidated financial statements. Credit spreads are the excess of corporate bond yields over gilt yields to reflect the higher level of risk. Similarly, the value of derivatives that the Group holds takes into account fully the changes in swap rates.

There is an exposure to spread changes affecting the prices of corporate bonds and derivatives. This exposure applies to supported with-profit funds (where risks and rewards fall wholly to shareholders), non-profit funds and shareholders' funds.

The Group holds £15,814 million (2021: £21,668 million) of corporate bonds which are used to back annuity liabilities in non-profit funds. These annuity liabilities include an aggregate credit default provision of £796 million (2021: £1,036 million) to fund against the risk of default.

A 100bps widening of credit spreads, with all other variables held constant and no change in assumed expected defaults, would result in an increase in the profit after tax in respect of a full financial year, and in equity, of £23 million (2021: £28 million).

A 100bps narrowing of credit spreads, with all other variables held constant and no change in assumed expected defaults, would result in a decrease in the profit after tax in respect of a full financial year, and in equity, of £36 million (2021: £37 million).

Credit risk is managed by the monitoring of aggregate Group exposures to individual counterparties and by appropriate credit risk diversification. The Group manages the level of credit risk it accepts through credit risk tolerances and limits (including asset class, industry and geography limits). Additional controls for illiquid asset concentration risk are set out via specific risk limits within the risk appetite framework. Credit risk on derivatives and securities lending is mitigated through the use of collateral with appropriate haircuts.

Credit quality of assets

An indication of the Group's exposure to credit risk is the quality of the investments and counterparties with which it transacts. The following table provides information regarding the aggregate credit exposure split by credit rating.

2022

AAA

£m

AA

£m

A

£m

BBB

£m

BB and below

£m

Non-rated

£m

Unit-linked

£m

Total

£m

Less amounts classified as held for sale

£m

Total

£m

Loans and deposits

-

4

-

-

-

204

71

279

-

279

Derivatives

-

1,500

1,060

28

-

1,370

113

4,071

(3)

4,068

Debt securities1,2

6,834

26,095

19,045

16,238

1,929

7,182

7,387

84,710

(1,594)

83,116

Reinsurers' share of insurance contract liabilities

-

4,920

1,148

-

-

74

-

6,142

-

6,142

Reinsurers' share of investment contract liabilities

-

-

-

-

-

-

9,088

9,088

(25)

9,063

Cash and cash equivalents

339

1,160

5,749

63

-

5

1,556

8,872

(33)

8,839


7,173

33,679

27,002

16,329

1,929

8,835

18,215

113,162

(1,655)

111,507

1  For financial assets that do not have credit ratings assigned by external ratings agencies, the Group assigns internal ratings for use in management and monitoring of credit risk. £149 million of AAA, £1,083 million of AA, £1,742 million of A, £2,766 million of BBB and £367 million of BB and below debt securities are internally rated. If a financial asset is neither rated by an external agency nor internally rated, it is classified as 'non-rated'.

2  Non-rated debt securities includes equity release mortgages with a value of £3,934 million (further details are set out in note E2.3) and non-rated bonds.

2021

AAA

£m

AA

£m

A

£m

BBB

£m

BB and below

£m

Non-rated

£m

Unit-linked

£m

Total

£m

Less amounts classified as held for sale

£m

Total

£m

Loans and deposits

-

6

-

-

-

414

55

475

-

475

Derivatives

-

965

1,737

388

-

1,343

138

4,571

(4)

4,567

Debt securities1,2

9,097

40,142

22,782

16,290

3,292

6,788

8,599

106,990

(2,229)

104,761

Reinsurers' share of insurance contract liabilities

-

4,963

3,539

37

-

48

-

8,587

-

8,587

Reinsurers' share of investment contract liabilities

-

-

-

-

-

-

10,009

10,009

(27)

9,982

Cash and cash equivalents

382

1,686

5,161

181

-

3

1,775

9,188

(76)

9,112


9,479

47,762

33,219

16,896

3,292

8,596

20,576

139,820

(2,336)

137,484

1  For financial assets that do not have credit ratings assigned by external ratings agencies, the Group assigns internal ratings for use in management and monitoring of credit risk. £110 million of AAA, £1,110 million of AA, £2,556 million of A, £2,480 million of BBB and £518 million of BB and below debt securities are internally rated. If a financial asset is neither rated by an external agency nor internally rated, it is classified as 'non-rated'.

2  Non-rated debt securities includes equity release mortgages with a value of £4,214 million (further details are set out in note E2.3) and non-rated bonds.

Credit ratings have not been disclosed in the above tables for the assets of the unit-linked funds since the shareholder is not directly exposed to credit risks from these assets. Included in unit-linked funds are assets which are held as reinsured external fund links. Under certain circumstances, the shareholder may be exposed to losses relating to the default of the reinsured external fund link.

Credit ratings have not been disclosed in the above tables for holdings in unconsolidated collective investment schemes and investments in associates. The credit quality of the underlying debt securities within these vehicles is managed by the safeguards built into the investment mandates for these vehicles.

The Group maintains accurate and consistent risk ratings across its asset portfolio. This enables management to focus on the applicable risks and to compare credit exposures across all lines of business, geographical regions and products. The rating system is supported by a variety of financial analytics combined with market information to provide the main inputs for the measurement of counterparty risk. All risk ratings are tailored to the various categories of assets and are assessed and updated regularly.

The Group operates an Internal Credit Rating Committee, a Rating Committee and a Portfolio Credit Committee to monitor and perform oversight of internal credit ratings for externally rated and internally rated assets. A variety of methods are used to validate the appropriateness of credit assessments from external institutions and fund managers. Internally rated assets do not have a public rating from an external credit assessment institution. Instead internal credit ratings are used by the Group which are provided by fund managers or for certain assets (in particular, equity release mortgages and illiquid assets) are determined by the Life Companies. The Committees review the policies, processes and practices to ensure the appropriateness of the internal ratings, and to ensure they are in line with regulatory requirements.

Throughout 2022, the Group has taken de-risking action to increase the overall credit quality of its asset portfolio and mitigate the impact of future downgrades on risk capital. Further details are included in the Risk Management section of the Strategic Report.

The Group has increased exposure to an array of illiquid credit assets such as equity release mortgages, local authority loans, social housing, infrastructure and commercial real estate loans with the aim of achieving greater diversification and investment returns, consistent with the Strategic Asset Allocation approved by the Board.

A further indicator of the quality of the Group's financial assets is the extent to which they are neither past due nor impaired. All of the amounts in the table above for the current and prior year are neither past due nor impaired.

Additional life company asset disclosures are included on page 307 and include information on the Group's market exposure analysed by credit rating, sector and country of exposure for the shareholder debt portfolio. In light of the continuing conflict in Russia-Ukraine, this includes the shareholders' credit exposure to Russia and Ukraine. The Group shareholder exposure to Russia and Ukraine was £nil at 31 December 2022 (31 December 2021: £23 million).

Concentration of credit risk

Concentration of credit risk might exist where the Group has significant exposure to an individual counterparty or a group of counterparties with similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic and other conditions. The Group has most of its counterparty risk within its life business and is monitored by the Group Counterparty Credit Risk Framework contained within the Group Credit Risk Policy. It is further provided for in investment management agreements, overlaid by regulatory requirements and the monitoring of aggregate counterparty exposures across the Group against additional Group counterparty limits. Counterparty risk in respect of OTC derivative counterparties is monitored using a Potential Future Exposure ('PFE') value metric.

The Group is also exposed to concentration risk with outsource partners. This is due to the nature of the outsourced services market. The Group operates a policy to manage outsourcer service counterparty exposures and the impact from default is reviewed regularly by executive committees and measured through stress and scenario testing.

Reinsurance

The Group is exposed to credit risk as a result of insurance risk transfer contracts with reinsurers. The Group's policy is to place reinsurance only with highly rated counterparties (minimum rating requirement of A-). The Group restricts concentration with individual external reinsurers by specifying limits on ceding and minimum conditions for acceptance and retention of reinsurers. In recent years the Group has made progress in increasing the number of reinsurers it transacts with, however, an element of concentration remains due to the nature of the reinsurance market and the restricted range of reinsurers available. The Group manages its exposure to reinsurance credit risk through the operation of a credit policy, collateralisation, and regular monitoring of exposures at the Reinsurance Management Committee.

Collateral

The credit risk of the Group is mitigated, in certain circumstances, by entering into collateral agreements. The amount and type of collateral required depends on an assessment of the credit risk of the counterparty. Guidelines are implemented regarding the acceptability of types of collateral and the valuation parameters. Collateral is mainly obtained in respect of stock lending, certain reinsurance arrangements and to provide security against the daily mark to model value of derivative financial instruments. Management monitors the market value of the collateral received, requests additional collateral when needed, and performs an impairment valuation when impairment indicators exist and the asset is not fully secured and is not carried at fair value. See note E4 for further information on collateral arrangements.

E6.2.2 Market risk

Market risk is defined as the risk of reductions in earnings and/or value, through financial or reputational loss, from unfavourable market movements. The risk typically arises from exposure to equity, property and fixed income asset classes and the impact of changes in interest rates, inflation rates and currency exchange rates.

The Group is mainly exposed to market risk as a result of:

•  the mismatch between liability profiles and the related asset investment portfolios;

•  the investment of surplus assets including shareholder reserves yet to be distributed, surplus assets within the with-profit funds and assets held to meet regulatory capital and solvency requirements; and

•  the income flow of management charges derived from the value of invested assets of the business.

The Group manages the levels of market risk that it accepts through the operation of a market risk policy using a number of controls and techniques including:

•  Defined lists of permitted securities and/or application of investment constraints and portfolio limits;

•  Clearly defined investment benchmarks for policyholder and shareholder funds;

•  Stochastic and deterministic asset/liability modelling;

•  Active use of derivatives to improve the matching characteristics of assets and liabilities and to reduce the risk exposure of a portfolio; and

•  Setting risk limits for main market risks and managing exposures against these appetites.

All operations comply with regulatory requirements relating to the taking of market risk.

Assets in the shareholder funds are managed against benchmarks that ensure they are diversified across a range of asset classes, instruments and geographies that are appropriate to the liabilities of the funds or are held to match the cash flows anticipated to arise in the business. A combination of limits by name of issuer, sector, geographical region and credit rating are used where relevant to reduce concentration risk among the assets held.

The assets of the participating business are principally managed to support the liabilities of the participating business and are appropriately diversified by both asset class and geography, considering:

•  The economic liability and how this varies with market conditions;

•  The need to invest assets supporting participating business in a manner consistent with the participating policyholders' reasonable expectations and Principles and Practices of Financial Management ('PPFM'); and

•  The need to ensure that regulatory and capital requirements are met.

In practice, an element of market risk arises as a consequence of the need to balance these considerations, for example, in certain instances participating policyholders may expect that equity market risk will be taken on their behalf, and derivative instruments may be used to manage these risks.

Markets remain volatile particularly given geopolitical tensions, increased inflation, and action by central banks to reduce inflationary pressures on economies whilst balancing the need to aid post pandemic recovery. This is noted in the Strategic Report principal risk section.

Interest rate and inflation risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate relative to the respective liability due to the impact of changes in market interest rates on the value of interest-bearing assets and on the value of future guarantees provided under certain contracts of insurance. The paragraphs in this section also apply to inflation risk, but references to fixed rate assets and liabilities would be replaced with index-linked assets and liabilities.

The Group is required to manage its interest rate exposures in line with qualitative risk appetite statements, quantitative risk metrics and any additional hedging benchmarks. Interest rate risk is managed by matching assets and liabilities where practicable and by entering into derivative arrangements for hedging purposes where appropriate. This is particularly the case for the non-participating funds and supported participating funds. For unsupported participating business, some element of investment mismatching is permitted where it is consistent with the principles of treating customers fairly. The with-profit funds of the Group provide capital to allow such mismatching to be effected. In practice, the life companies of the Group maintain an appropriate mix of fixed and variable rate instruments according to the underlying insurance or investment contracts and will review this at regular intervals to ensure that overall exposure is kept within the risk profile agreed for each particular fund. This also requires the maturity profile of these assets to be managed in line with the liabilities to policyholders.

The sensitivity analysis for interest rate and inflation risk indicates how changes in the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument arising from changes in market interest and inflation rates at the reporting date result in a change in profit after tax and in equity. It takes into account the effect of such changes in market interest and inflation rates on all assets and liabilities that contribute to the Group's reported profit after tax and in equity. Changes in the value of the Group's holdings in swaptions as the result of time decay or changes to interest rate volatility are not captured in the sensitivity analysis.

With-profit business and non-participating business within the with-profit funds are exposed to interest rate risk as guaranteed liabilities are valued relative to market interest rates and investments include fixed interest securities and derivatives. For unsupported with-profit business the profit or loss arising from mismatches between such assets and liabilities is largely offset by increased or reduced discretionary policyholder benefits dependent on the existence of policyholder guarantees. The contribution of unsupported participating business to the Group result is largely limited to the shareholders' share of the declared annual bonus. The contribution of the supported participating business to the Group result is determined by the shareholders' interest in any change in value in the capital advanced to the with-profit funds.

In the non-participating funds, policy liabilities' sensitivity to interest rates are matched primarily with debt securities and hedging if necessary to match duration, with the result that sensitivity to changes in interest rates is very low. The Group's exposure to interest rates principally arises from the Group's hedging strategy to protect the regulatory capital position, which results in an adverse impact on profit on an increase in interest rates.

The Group is exposed to inflation risk through certain contracts, such as annuities, which may provide for future benefits to be paid taking account of changes in the level of experienced and implied inflation, and also through the Group's cost base. The Group seeks to manage inflation risk within the ALM framework through the holding of derivatives, such as inflation swaps, or physical positions in relevant assets, such as index-linked gilts, where appropriate.

Due to the correlation between interest rates and inflation, a combined sensitivity has been presented.

An increase of 1% in interest rates and 0.6% in the rate of inflation, with all other variables held constant, would result in a decrease in profits after tax in respect of a full financial year, and in equity, of £25 million (2021: £364 million).

A decrease of 1% in interest rates and 0.6% in the rate of inflation, with all other variables held constant, would result in an increase in profits after tax in respect of a full financial year, and in equity, of £128 million (2021: £415 million).

Equity and property risk

The Group is exposed to the risk of reductions in the valuation of equities (or changes in the volatility) or property investments which could result in reductions in asset values and losses for policyholders or shareholders. In this context, equity assets should be taken to include shares, equity derivatives, equity collectives and unlisted equities. Property assets include direct property investment, shares in property companies, property collectives and structured property assets.

The portfolio of marketable equity securities and property investments which is carried in the statement of consolidated financial position at fair value, has exposure to price risk. The Group's objective in holding these assets is to earn higher long-term returns by investing in a diverse portfolio of equities and properties. Portfolio characteristics are analysed regularly and price risks are actively managed in line with investment mandates. The Group's holdings are diversified across industries and concentrations in any one company or industry are limited.

Equity and property price risk is primarily borne in respect of assets held in with-profit funds, unit-linked funds or equity release mortgages in the non-profit funds. For unit-linked funds this risk is borne by policyholders and asset movements directly impact unit prices and hence policy values. For with-profit funds policyholders' future bonuses will be impacted by the investment returns achieved and hence the price risk, whilst the Group also has exposure to the value of guarantees provided to with-profit policyholders. In addition some equity investments are held in respect of shareholders' funds. For the non-profit fund property price risk from equity release mortgages is borne by the Group with the aim of achieving greater diversification and investment returns, consistent with the Strategic Asset Allocation approved by the Board. The Group as a whole is exposed to price risk fluctuations impacting the income flow of management charges from the invested assets of all funds; this is primarily managed through the use of derivatives.

Equity and property price risk is managed through the agreement and monitoring of financial risk profiles that are appropriate for each of the Group's life funds in respect of maintaining adequate regulatory capital and treating customers fairly. This is largely achieved through asset class diversification and within the Group's ALM framework through the holding of derivatives or physical positions in relevant assets where appropriate.

The shareholders' exposure to equity risk principally arises from the Group's hedging strategy to protect the regulatory capital position, which results in an adverse impact on profit on an increase in equity prices.

The sensitivity analysis for equity and property price risk illustrates how a change in the fair value of equities and properties affects the Group result. It takes into account the effect of such changes in equity and property prices on all assets and liabilities that contribute to the Group's reported profit after tax and in equity (but excludes the impact on the Group's pension schemes).

A 10% decrease in equity prices, with all other variables held constant, would result in an increase in profits after tax in respect of a full financial year, and in equity, of £324 million (2021: £294 million).

A 10% increase in equity prices, with all other variables held constant, would result in a decrease in profits after tax in respect of a full financial year, and in equity, of £269 million (2021: £263 million).

A 10% decrease in property prices, with all other variables held constant, would result in a decrease in profits after tax in respect of a full financial year, and in equity, of £11 million (2021: £6 million).

A 10% increase in property prices, with all other variables held constant, would result in an increase in profits after tax in respect of a full financial year, and in equity, of £10 million (2021: £4 million).

The sensitivity to changes in equity prices is primarily driven by the Group's equity hedging arrangements over the value of future management charges that are linked to asset values.

Currency risk

Currency risk is the risk that changes in the value of currencies could lead to reductions in asset values which may result in losses for policyholders and shareholders. With the exception of Standard Life International business sold in Germany and the Republic of Ireland and some historic business written in the Republic of Ireland, the Group's principal transactions are carried out in sterling. The assets for these books of business are generally held in the same currency denomination as their liabilities, therefore, any foreign currency mismatch is largely mitigated. Consequently, the foreign currency risk relating to this business mainly arises when the assets and liabilities are translated into sterling.

The Group's financial assets are primarily denominated in the same currencies as its insurance and investment liabilities. Thus, the main foreign exchange risk arises from recognised assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than those in which insurance and investment liabilities are expected to be settled and, indirectly, from the non-UK earnings of UK companies.

Some of the Group's with-profit funds have an exposure to overseas assets which is not driven by liability considerations. The purpose of this exposure is to reduce overall risk whilst maximising returns by diversification. This exposure is limited and managed through investment mandates which are subject to the oversight of the investment committees of the boards of each life company. Fluctuations in exchange rates from certain holdings in overseas assets are hedged against currency risks.

During 2021, the Group entered into four hedging relationships to hedge the currency risk on its Euro and US dollar denominated hybrid debt (US $500 million Tier 2 bonds, €500 million Tier 2 notes, US $750 million contingent convertible Tier 1 notes and US $500 million Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 notes as set out in note E5) through cross currency rate swaps.

E6.2.3 Financial soundness risk

Financial soundness risk is a broad risk category encompassing capital management risk, tax risk and liquidity and funding risk.

Capital management risk is defined as the failure of the Group, or one of its separately regulated subsidiaries, to maintain sufficient capital to provide appropriate security for policyholders and meet all regulatory capital requirements whilst not retaining unnecessary capital. The Group has exposure to capital management risk through the requirements of the Solvency II capital regime, as implemented by the PRA, to calculate regulatory capital adequacy at a Group level. The Group's UK life subsidiaries have exposure to capital management risk through the Solvency II regulatory capital requirements mandated by the PRA at the solo level. The Group's approach to managing capital management risk is described in detail in note I3.

Tax risk

Tax risk is defined as the risk of reductions in earnings and/or value, through financial or reputational loss, due to an unforeseen tax cost, or by the inappropriate reporting and disclosure of information in relation to taxation. Tax risk can be caused by:

•  the Group, or one of its subsidiaries, making a material error in its tax reporting;

•  incorrect calculation of tax provisions;

•  failure to implement the optimum financial arrangements to underpin a commercial transaction; and

•  incorrect operation of policyholder tax requirements.

Tax risk is managed by maintaining an appropriately-staffed tax team who have the qualifications and experience to make judgements on tax issues, augmented by advice from external specialists where required. In addition, the Group has a formal tax risk policy, which sets out its risk appetite in relation to specific aspects of tax risk, and which details the controls the Group has in place to manage those risks.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is defined as failure to maintain adequate levels of financial resources to meet obligations as they fall due. Funding risk relates to the potential inability to raise additional capital or liquidity when required in order to maintain the resilience of the balance sheet. The Group has exposure to liquidity risk as a result of servicing its external debt and equity investors, and from the operating requirements of its subsidiaries. The Group's subsidiaries have exposure to liquidity risk as a result of normal business activities, specifically the risk arising from an inability to meet short-term cash flow requirements and to meet obligations to policy liabilities. The Board of Phoenix Group Holdings plc has defined a number of governance objectives and principles and the liquidity risk frameworks of each subsidiary are designed to ensure that:

•  liquidity risk is managed in a manner consistent with the subsidiary company boards' strategic objectives, risk appetite and PPFM;

•  cash flows are appropriately managed and the reputation of the Group is safeguarded; and

•  appropriate information on liquidity risk is available to those making decisions.

The Group's liquidity risk management strategy is based on a risk appetite of less than a 1 in 200 chance of having insufficient liquid or tangible assets to meet financial obligations as they fall due and is supported by:

•  holding appropriate assets to meet liquidity buffers;

•  holding high quality liquid assets to support day to day operations;

•  an effective stress testing framework to ensure survival horizons are met under different plausible scenarios;

•  effective liquidity portfolio management; and

•  liquidity risk contingency planning.

The Group's funding strategy aims to maintain the appropriate level of debt and equity in order to support the Group's organic and inorganic growth ambitions, while maintaining sufficient headroom for hybrid capital under Solvency II rules.

Liquidity forecasts showing headroom against liquidity buffers are prepared regularly to predict required liquidity levels over both the short and medium-term allowing management to respond appropriately to changes in circumstances. In the event of a liquidity shortfall, this would be managed in line with the Group's Contingency Liquidity Plan where the latest available contingency management actions would be considered.

In extreme circumstances, the Group could be exposed to liquidity risk in its unit-linked funds. This could occur where a high volume of surrenders coincides with a tightening of liquidity in a unit-linked fund to the point where assets of that fund have to be sold to meet those withdrawals. Where the fund affected consists of less liquid assets such as property, it can take several months to complete a sale and this would impede the proper operation of the fund. In these situations, the Group considers its risk to be low since there are steps that can be taken first within the funds themselves both to ensure the fair treatment of all investors in those funds and to protect the Group's own risk exposure.

The vast majority of the Group's derivative contracts are traded OTC and have a two-day collateral settlement period. The Group's derivative contracts are monitored daily, via an end-of-day valuation process, to assess the need for additional funds to cover margin or collateral calls.

Some of the Group's commercial property investments, cash and cash equivalents are held through collective investment schemes. The collective investment schemes have the power to restrict and/or suspend withdrawals, which would, in turn, affect liquidity.

The following table provides a maturity analysis showing the remaining contractual maturities of the Group's undiscounted financial liabilities and associated interest. Liabilities under insurance contract contractual maturities are included based on the estimated timing of the amounts recognised in the statement of consolidated financial position in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts:

2022

1 year or less or on demand

£m

1-5 years

£m

Greater than 5 years

£m

No fixed term

£m

Total

£m

Less amounts classified as held for sale
(see note A6.1)
£m

Total

£m

Liabilities under insurance contracts

12,898

29,818

59,300

-

102,016

-

102,016

Investment contracts

152,157

-

-

-

152,157

(8,312)

143,845

Borrowings1

268

1,326

2,357

64

4,015

-

4,015

Deposits received from reinsurers1

377

687

1,626

-

2,690

-

2,690

Derivatives1

757

794

9,335

-

10,886

(4)

10,882

Net asset value attributable to unitholders

2,978

-

-

-

2,978

-

2,978

Obligations for repayment of collateral received

1,706

-

-

-

1,706

-

1,706

Reinsurance payables

95

20

130

-

245

-

245

Payables related to direct insurance contracts

1,964

-

-

-

1,964

-

1,964

Lease liabilities1

11

37

95

-

143

-

143

Accruals and deferred income

549

42

12

-

603

(37)

566

Other payables

965

-

-

-

965

-

965

 

2021

1 year or less or on
demand

£m

1-5 years

£m

Greater than 5 years

£m

No fixed term

£m

Total

£m

Less amounts classified as held for sale (see note A6.1)

£m

Total

£m

Liabilities under insurance contracts

14,319

36,061

78,484

-

128,864

-

128,864

Investment contracts

172,093

-

-

-

172,093

(11,676)

160,417

Borrowings1

664

1,380

2,772

70

4,886

-

4,886

Deposits received from reinsurers1

419

834

2,355

-

3,608

-

3,608

Derivatives1

259

517

583

-

1,359

(4)

1,355

Net asset value attributable to unitholders

3,568

-

-

-

3,568

-

3,568

Obligations for repayment of collateral received

3,442

-

-

-

3,442

-

3,442

Reinsurance payables

80

13

50

-

143

-

143

Payables related to direct insurance contracts

1,864

-

-

-

1,864

-

1,864

Lease liabilities1

11

59

72

-

142

-

142

Accruals and deferred income

548

59

7

7

621

(54)

567

Other payables

721

-

-

-

721

-

721

1  These financial liabilities are disclosed at their undiscounted value and therefore differ from amounts included in the statement of consolidated financial position which discloses the discounted value.

Investment contract policyholders have the option to terminate or transfer their contracts at any time and to receive the surrender or transfer value of their policies. Although these liabilities are payable on demand, and are therefore included in the contractual maturity analysis as due within one year, the Group does not expect all these amounts to be paid out within one year of the reporting date.

A significant proportion of the Group's financial assets are held in gilts, cash, supranationals and investment grade securities which the Group considers sufficient to meet the liabilities as they fall due. The vast majority of these investments are readily realisable immediately since most of them are quoted in an active market.

The Group has a set of established policies and processes to manage its exposure to liquidity risk, including impacts arising from the economic environment, business developments and funding changes. Where liquidity risk is heightened, such as during the market volatility following the UK mini-budget, triggers are in place to enhance the frequency of liquidity monitoring and to implement available contingency actions to ensure sufficient liquidity is maintained.

E6.2.4 Strategic risk

Strategic risks threaten the achievement of the Group strategy through poor strategic decision-making, implementation or response to changing circumstances. The Group recognises that core strategic activity brings with it exposure to strategic risk. However, the Group seeks to proactively review, manage and control these exposures.

The Group's strategy and business plan are exposed to external events that could prevent or impact the achievement of the strategy; events relating to how the strategy and business plan are executed; and events that arise as a consequence of following the specific strategy chosen. The identification and assessment of strategic risks is an integrated part of the Risk Management Framework. Strategic risk should be considered in parallel with the Risk Universe as each of the risks within the Risk Universe can impact the Group's strategy.

A Strategic Risk Policy is maintained and reported against regularly, with a particular focus on risk management, stakeholder management, corporate activity and overall reporting against the Group's strategic ambitions.

E6.2.5 Operational risk

Operational risk is the risk of reductions in earnings and/or value, through financial or reputational loss, from inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, or from people related or external events. Operational risk arises due to failures in one or more of the following aspects of our business:

•  indirect exposures through outsourcing service providers and suppliers;

•  direct exposures through internal practices, actions or omissions;

•  external threats from individuals or groups focused on malicious or criminal activities, or on external events occurring which are not within the Group's control; and

•  negligence, mal-practice or failure of employees, or suppliers to follow good practice in delivering operational processes and practices.

It is accepted that it is neither possible, appropriate nor cost effective to eliminate operational risks from the business as operational risk is inherent in any operating environment particularly given the regulatory framework under which the Group operates. As such the Group will tolerate a degree of operational risk subject to appropriate and proportionate levels of control around the identification, management and reporting of such risks. A set of operational risk policies are maintained that set out the nature of the operational risk exposure and minimum control standards in place to control the risk.

The Group also has a set of operational risk policies that set out the nature of the risk exposure and minimum control standards in place to control the risk.

E6.2.6 Customer risk

Customer risk is the risk of financial failure, reputational loss, loss of earnings and/or value through inappropriate or poor customer treatment (including poor advice). It can arise as a result of:

•  Customer Treatment: Failings in the design and execution of the support and service interactions with customers leads to poor customer outcomes.

•  Customer Transformation: The design, governance and oversight of Strategic Customer Transformation Activity in retained functions and service providers, fails to deliver on reasonable customer expectations, taking account of the Phoenix Group customer treatment risk appetites and regulatory requirements.

•  Product and Propositions: Products/propositions are not designed and managed appropriates leading to poor customer outcomes.

•  Sales and Distribution: Inappropriate (unclear, unfair or misleading) financial promotions, sales practices and/or distribution agreements resulting in poor customer outcomes.

The Group's Conduct Risk Appetite, sets the boundaries within which the Group expect customer outcomes to be managed. In addition, the Group Conduct Strategy, which overarches our Risk Universe and all risk policies is designed to detect where our customers are at risk of poor outcome, minimise conduct risks, and respond with timely and appropriate mitigating actions.

The Group also has a suite of customer polices which set out the key customer risks and control objectives in place to mitigate them. The customer risks for the Group are regularly reported to management oversight committees.

F. Insurance contracts, investment contracts with DPF and reinsurance

F1. Liabilities under insurance contracts

Classification of contracts

Contracts are classified as insurance contracts where the Group accepts significant insurance risk from the policyholder by agreeing to compensate the policyholder if a specified uncertain event adversely affects the policyholder.

Contracts under which the transfer of insurance risk to the Group from the policyholder is not significant are classified as investment contracts or derivatives and accounted for as financial liabilities (see notes E1 and E3 respectively).

Some insurance and investment contracts contain a Discretionary Participation Feature ('DPF'). This feature entitles the policyholder to additional discretionary benefits as a supplement to guaranteed benefits. Investment contracts with a DPF are recognised, measured and presented as insurance contracts.

Contracts with reinsurers are assessed to determine whether they contain significant insurance risks. Contracts that do not give rise to a significant transfer of insurance risk to the reinsurer are classified as financial instruments and are valued at fair value through profit or loss.

Insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF

Insurance liabilities

Insurance contract liabilities for non-participating business, other than unit-linked insurance contracts, are calculated on the basis of current data and assumptions, using either a net premium or gross premium method. Where a gross premium method is used, the liability includes allowance for prudent lapses. Negative policy values are allowed for on individual policies:

•  where there are no guaranteed surrender values; or

•  in the periods where guaranteed surrender values do not apply even though guaranteed surrender values are applicable after a specified period of time.

For unit-linked insurance contract liabilities the provision is based on the fund value, together with an allowance for any excess of future expenses over charges, where appropriate.

For participating business, the liabilities under insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF are calculated in accordance with the following methodology:

•  liabilities to policyholders arising from the with-profit business are stated at the amount of the realistic value of the liabilities, adjusted to exclude the owners' share of projected future bonuses;

•  acquisition costs are not deferred; and

•  reinsurance recoveries are measured on a basis that is consistent with the valuation of the liability to policyholders to which the reinsurance applies.

The With-Profit Benefit Reserve ('WPBR') for an individual contract is determined by either a retrospective calculation of 'accumulated asset share' approach or by way of a prospective 'bonus reserve valuation' method. The cost of future policy related liabilities is determined using a market consistent approach, mainly based on a stochastic model calibrated to market conditions at the end of the reporting period. Non-market related assumptions (for example, persistency, mortality and expenses) are based on experience adjusted to take into account of future trends.

The realistic liability for any contract is equal to the sum of the WPBR and the cost of future policy-related liabilities. The cost of future policy-related liabilities includes the unallocated surplus attributable to policyholders in relation to closed with-profit funds.

Where policyholders have valuable guarantees, options or promises in respect of the with-profit business, these costs are generally valued using a stochastic model.

In calculating the realistic liabilities, account is taken of the future management actions consistent with those set out in the Principles and Practices of Financial Management ('PPFM').

Standard Life Assurance Limited ('SLAL'), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group, includes the Heritage With Profits Fund ('HWPF'). In 2006, the Standard Life Assurance Company demutualised. The demutualisation was governed by its Scheme of Demutualisation ('the Scheme'). Under the Scheme substantially all of the assets and liabilities of the Standard Life Assurance Company were transferred to SLAL.

The Scheme provides that certain defined cash flows (recourse cash flows) arising in the HWPF on specified blocks of UK and Ireland business, both participating and non-participating, may be transferred out of that fund when they emerge, being transferred to the Shareholder Fund ('SHF') or the Proprietary Business Fund ('PBF') of SLAL, and thus accrue to the ultimate benefit of equity holders of the Company. Under the Scheme, such transfers are subject to certain constraints in order to protect policyholders. The Scheme also provides for additional expenses to be charged by the PBF to the HWPF in respect of German branch business in SLAL.

Under the realistic valuation, the discounted value of expected future cash flows on participating contracts not reflected in the WPBR is included in the cost of future policy related liabilities (as a reduction where future cash flows are expected to be positive). The discounted value of expected future cash flows on non-participating contracts not reflected in the measure of non-participating liabilities is recognised as a separate asset (where future cash flows are expected to be positive). The Scheme requirement to transfer future recourse cash flows out of the HWPF is recognised as an addition to the cost of future policy related liabilities. The discounted value of expected future cash flows on non-participating contracts can be apportioned between those included in the recourse cash flows and those retained in the HWPF for the benefit of policyholders.

 

 

Applying the policy noted above for the HWPF:

•  The value of participating investment contract liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position is reduced by future expected (net positive) cash flows arising on participating contracts.

•  Future expected cash flows on non-participating contracts are not recognised as an asset of the HWPF on the consolidated statement of financial position. However, future expected cash flows on non-participating contracts that are not recourse cash flows under the Scheme are used to reduce the value of participating insurance and participating investment contract liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position.

Present value of future profits on non-participating business in the with-profit funds

For UK with-profit life funds, an amount may be recognised for the present value of future profits ('PVFP') on non-participating business written in a with-profit fund where the determination of the realistic value of liabilities in that with-profit fund takes account, directly or indirectly, of this value.

Where the value of future profits can be shown to be due to policyholders, this amount is recognised as a reduction in the liability rather than as an intangible asset. This is then apportioned between the amounts that have been taken into account in the measurement of liabilities and other amounts which are shown as an adjustment to the unallocated surplus.

Where it is not possible to apportion the future profits on this non-participating business to policyholders, the PVFP on this business is recognised as an intangible asset and changes in its value are recorded as a separate item in the consolidated income statement.

The value of the PVFP is determined in a manner consistent with the realistic measurement of liabilities. In particular, the methodology and assumptions involve adjustments to reflect risk and uncertainty, are based on current estimates of future experience and current market yields and allow for market consistent valuation of any guarantees or options within the contracts. The value is also adjusted to remove the value of capital backing the non-profit business if this is included in the realistic calculation of PVFP. The principal assumptions used to calculate the PVFP are the same as those used in calculating the insurance contract liabilities given in note F4.

Embedded derivatives

Embedded derivatives, including options to surrender insurance contracts, that meet the definition of insurance contracts or are closely related to the host insurance contract, are not separately measured. All other embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and measured at fair value through profit or loss.

Liability adequacy

At each reporting date, liability adequacy tests are performed to assess whether the insurance contract and investment contract with DPF liabilities are adequate. Current best estimates of future cash flows are compared to the carrying value of the liabilities. Any deficiency is charged to the consolidated income statement.

The Group's accounting policies for insurance contracts meet the minimum specified requirements for liability adequacy testing under IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts, as they allow for current estimates of all contractual cash flows and of related cash flows such as claims handling costs. Cash flows resulting from embedded options and guarantees are also allowed for, with any deficiency being recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Reinsurance

Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with the outstanding claims provision or settled claims associated with the reinsured policy.

Reinsurance ceded

The Group cedes insurance risk in the normal course of business. Reinsurance assets represent balances due from reinsurance providers. Reinsurers' share of insurance contract liabilities is dependent on expected claims and benefits arising under the related reinsured policies.

Reinsurance assets are reviewed for impairment at each reporting date, or more frequently, when an indication of impairment arises during the reporting period. Impairment occurs when there is objective evidence, as a result of an event that occurred after initial recognition of the reinsurance asset, that the Group may not receive all outstanding amounts due under the terms of the contract and the event has a reliably measurable impact on the amounts that the Group will receive from the reinsurer. The impairment loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement. The reinsurers' share of investment contract liabilities is measured on a basis that is consistent with the valuation of the liability to policyholders to which the reinsurance applies.

Reinsurance premiums payable in respect of certain reinsured individual and group pensions annuity contracts are payable by quarterly instalments and are accounted for on a payable basis. Due to the period of time over which reinsurance premiums are payable under these arrangements, the reinsurance premiums and related payables are discounted to present values using a pre-tax risk-free rate of return. The unwinding of the discount is included as a charge within the consolidated income statement. Further details of net income under arrangements with reinsurers are given in note F3.3.

Reinsurance accepted

The Group accepts insurance risk under reinsurance contracts. Amounts paid to cedants at the inception of reinsurance contracts in respect of future profits on certain blocks of business are recognised as a reinsurance asset. Changes in the value of the reinsurance assets created from the acceptance of reinsurance are recognised as an expense in the consolidated income statement, consistent with the expected emergence of the economic benefits from the underlying blocks of business.

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there are any indications of impairment. When indications of impairment exist, an impairment test is carried out by comparing the carrying value of the asset with the estimate of the recoverable amount. When the recoverable amount is less than the carrying value, an impairment charge is recognised as an expense in the consolidated income statement. Reassurance assets are also considered in the liability adequacy test for each reporting period.

Consolidated income statement recognition

Gross premiums

In respect of insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF, premiums are accounted for on a receivable basis and exclude any taxes or duties based on premiums. Funds at retirement under individual pension contracts converted to annuities with the Group are, for accounting purposes, included in both claims incurred and premiums within gross premiums written.

Reinsurance premiums

Outward reinsurance premiums are accounted for on a payable basis. Reinsurance premiums include amounts receivable as refunds of premiums in cases where the Group cancels arrangements for the reinsurance of risk to another reinsurer.

Gross benefits and claims

Claims on insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF reflect the cost of all claims arising during the period, including policyholder bonuses allocated in anticipation of a bonus declaration. Claims payable on maturity are recognised when the claim becomes due for payment and claims payable on death are recognised on notification. Surrenders are accounted for at the earlier of the payment date or when the policy ceases to be included within insurance contract liabilities. Where claims are payable and the contract remains in-force, the claim instalment is accounted for when due for payment. Claims payable include the costs of settlement.

Reinsurance claims are recognised when the related gross insurance claim is recognised according to the terms of the relevant contract.

Gains or losses on purchasing reinsurance are recognised in the consolidated income statement at the date of purchase and are not amortised. They are the difference between the premiums ceded to reinsurers and the related change in the reinsurers' share of insurance contract liabilities.

The table below shows a summary of the liabilities under insurance contracts and the related reinsurers' share included within assets in the statement of consolidated financial position.


Gross liabilities

2022

 £m

Reinsurers' share

2022

 £m

Gross liabilities

2021

 £m

Reinsurers' share

2021

 £m

Life assurance business:





Insurance contracts

77,499

6,142

99,169

8,587

Investment contracts with DPF

24,517

-

29,695

-


102,016

6,142

128,864

8,587






Amounts due for settlement after 12 months

89,117

5,194

114,545

7,472







Gross liabilities

2022

 £m

Reinsurers' share

2022

 £m

Gross liabilities

2021

 £m

Reinsurers' share

2021

 £m

At 1 January

128,864

8,587

133,907

9,542

Premiums

7,094

1,727

7,455

2,079

Claims

(9,392)

(1,693)

(9,656)

(1,597)

Foreign exchange adjustments

797

5

(1,168)

(48)

Disposal of Ark Life

-

-

(799)

(730)

Other changes in liabilities1

(25,347)

(2,484)

(875)

(659)

At 31 December

102,016

6,142

128,864

8,587

1  Other changes in liabilities principally comprise changes in economic and non-economic assumptions and experience.

F2. Unallocated surplus

The unallocated surplus comprises the excess of the assets over the policyholder liabilities of the with-profit business of the Group's life operations. For the Group's with-profit funds this represents amounts which have yet to be allocated to owners since the unallocated surplus attributable to policyholders has been included within liabilities under insurance contracts.

If the realistic value of liabilities to policyholders exceeds the value of the assets in the with-profit fund, the unallocated surplus is valued at £nil.

In relation to the HWPF, amounts are considered to be allocated to shareholders when they emerge as recourse cash flows within the HWPF.

•  The unallocated surplus of the HWPF comprises the value of future recourse cash flows in participating contracts (but not the value of future cash flows on non-participating contracts), the value of future additional expenses to be charged on German branch business and the effect of any measurement differences between the realistic value and the IFRS accounting policy value of all assets and liabilities other than participating contract liabilities recognised in the HWPF.

•  The recourse cash flows are recognised as they emerge as an addition to shareholders' profits if positive or as a deduction if negative. As the additional expenses are charged in respect of the German branch business they are recognised as an addition to equity holders' profits.

 


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

At 1 January

1,801

1,768

Transfer to consolidated income statement

(378)

(106)

Foreign exchange movements

(79)

139

At 31 December

1,344

1,801

F3. Reinsurance

This section includes disclosures in relation to reinsurance. Further disclosures and accounting policies relating to reinsurance are included in note F1.

F3.1 Premiums ceded to reinsurers

Premiums ceded to reinsurers during the period were £1,727 million (2021: £2,079 million).

F3.2 Collateral arrangements

It is the Group's practice to obtain collateral to mitigate the counterparty risk related to reinsurance transactions usually in the form of cash or marketable financial instruments.

Where the Group receives collateral in the form of marketable financial instruments which it is not permitted to sell or re-pledge except in the case of default, it is not recognised in the statement of consolidated financial position. The fair value of financial assets accepted as collateral for reinsurance transactions but not recognised in the statement of consolidated financial position amounts to £4,002 million (2021: £4,882 million).

Where the Group receives collateral on reinsurance transactions in the form of cash it is recognised in the statement of consolidated financial position along with a corresponding liability to repay the amount of collateral received, disclosed as 'Deposits received from reinsurers'. Where there is interest payable on such collateral, it is recognised within 'Net income under arrangements with reinsurers' (see note F3.3). The amounts recognised as financial assets and liabilities from cash collateral received at 31 December 2022 are set out below.


Reinsurance transactions


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Financial assets

267

373

Financial liabilities

267

373

F3.3 Net income under arrangements with reinsurers

The Group has reinsured the longevity and investment risk related to a portfolio of annuity contracts held within the HWPF. At inception of the reinsurance contract the reinsurer was required to deposit an amount equal to the reinsurance premium with the Group. The amount recognised in the statement of consolidated financial position in respect of this deposit is £2.3 billion as at 31 December 2022 (31 December 2021: £3.2 billion). Interest is payable to the reinsurer on the deposit at a floating rate. The Group maintains a ring fenced pool of assets to back this deposit liability. Annuity payments under the reinsured contracts are made by the Group from the ring fenced assets and the deposit liability is reduced by the amount of these payments. Periodically the Group is required to pay to the reinsurer or receive from the reinsurer Premium Adjustments defined as the difference between the fair value of the ring fenced assets and the deposit amount, such that the deposit amount equals the fair value of the ring fenced assets. This has the effect of ensuring that the investment risk on the ring fenced pool of assets falls on the reinsurer. The investment return on the ring fenced assets included within net investment return in the consolidated income statement is equal to an equivalent amount recognised in net income under arrangements with reinsurers.


2022

£m

2021

£m

Interest payable on deposits from reinsurers

(46)

(11)

Premium adjustments

473

33

Net income under arrangements with reinsurers

427

22

F4. Risk management - insurance risk

This note forms one part of the risk management disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An overview of the Group's approach to risk management is outlined in note I3 and the Group's management of financial and other risks is detailed in note E6.

Insurance risk refers to the risk of reductions in earnings and/or value, through financial or reputational loss, due to fluctuations in the timing, frequency and severity of insured/underwritten events and to fluctuations in the timing and amount of claim settlements. This includes fluctuations in profits due to customer behaviour. The Life businesses are exposed to the following elements of insurance risk:

Mortality                 higher than expected death claims on assurance products or lower than expected improvements in mortality;

Longevity               lower than expected number of deaths experienced on annuity products or greater than expected improvements in annuitant mortality;

Morbidity/Disability     higher than expected number of inceptions on critical illness or income protection policies and lower than expected termination rates on income protection policies;

Expenses                     unexpected timing or value of expenses incurred;

Persistency                  adverse movement in surrender rates, premium paying rates, premium indexation rates, cash withdrawal/drawdown rates, GAO surrender rates, GAO take-up rates, policyholder retirement dates, propensity to commute benefits, transfer out rates or the occurrence of a mass lapse event leading to losses;

New business pricing inappropriate pricing of new business that is not in line with the underlying risk factors for that business.

Objectives and policies for mitigating insurance risk

Insurance risks are managed by monitoring risk exposure against pre-defined appetite limits. If a risk is moving out of appetite, the Group can choose to mitigate it via reinsurance in the case of longevity, mortality and morbidity risks, or by taking other risk reducing actions.

This is supported by additional methods to assess and monitor insurance risk exposures for both individual types of risks insured and overall risks. These methods include internal risk measurement models, experience analyses, external data comparisons, sensitivity analyses, scenario analyses and stress testing. Assumptions that are deemed to be financially significant are reviewed at least annually for pricing and reporting purposes.

The profitability of the run-off of the Heritage business within the Group depends, to a significant extent, on the values of claims paid in the future relative to the assets accumulated to the date of claim. Typically, over the lifetime of a contract, premiums and investment returns exceed claim costs in the early years and it is necessary to set aside these amounts to meet future obligations. The amount of such future obligations is assessed on actuarial principles by reference to assumptions about the development of financial and insurance risks.

It is therefore necessary for the Directors of each life company to make decisions, based on actuarial advice, which ensure an appropriate accumulation of assets relative to liabilities. These decisions include investment policy, bonus policy and, where discretion exists, the level of payments on early termination.

For the Group's Open business, longevity risk exposures continue to increase as a result of the Bulk Purchase Annuity deals it has successfully acquired, however the vast majority of these exposures are reinsured to third parties. New business growth driven by product segments such as Workplace unit-linked pensions exposes the Group to persistency and expense risks.

There remains uncertainty around future demographic experience as a result of COVID-19, where little weight has been given to experience for most products over the pandemic given its anomalous nature, in addition to the implications arising from the cost of living crisis, as outlined in page 66 - Principal Risks and Uncertainties section of the Annual Report and Accounts. Demographic experience and the latest views on future trends continue to be considered in regular assumption reviews although, for most products, experience over the COVID-19 pandemic has still been given little weight given its anomalous nature.

Sensitivities

Insurance liabilities are sensitive to changes in risk variables, such as prevailing market interest rates, currency rates and equity prices, since these variations alter the value of the financial assets held to meet obligations arising from insurance contracts and changes in investment conditions also have an impact on the value of insurance liabilities themselves. Additionally, insurance liabilities are sensitive to the assumptions which have been applied in their calculation, such as mortality and lapse rates. Sometimes allowance must also be made for the effect on future assumptions of management or policyholder actions in certain economic scenarios. This could lead to changes in assumed asset mix or future bonus rates. The most significant non economic sensitivities arise from mortality, longevity and lapse risk.

A decrease of 5% in assurance mortality, with all other variables held constant, would result in an increase in the profit after tax in respect of a full year, and an increase in equity of £60 million (2021: £70 million).

An increase of 5% in assurance mortality, with all other variables held constant, would result in a decrease in the profit after tax in respect of a full year, and a decrease in equity of £61 million (2021: £70 million).

A decrease of 5% in annuitant longevity, with all other variables held constant, would result in an increase in the profit after tax in respect of a full year, and an increase in equity of 296 million (2021: £517 million).

An increase of 5% in annuitant longevity, with all other variables held constant, would result in a decrease in the profit after tax in respect of a full year, and a decrease in equity of £290 million (2021: £530 million).

A decrease of 10% in lapse rates, with all other variables held constant, would result in a decrease in the profit after tax in respect of a full year, and a decrease in equity of £47 million (2021: £27 million).

An increase of 10% in lapse rates, with all other variables held constant, would result in an increase in the profit after tax in respect of a full year, and an increase in equity of £48 million (2021: £27 million).

F4.1 Assumptions

For participating business which is with-profit business (insurance and investment contracts with DPF), the insurance contract liability is calculated on a realistic basis, adjusted to exclude the shareholders' share of future bonuses and the associated tax liability. This is a market consistent valuation, which involves placing a value on liabilities similar to the market value of assets with similar cash flow patterns.

The non-participating insurance contract liabilities are determined using either a net premium or gross premium valuation method.

The assumptions used to determine the liabilities, under these valuation methods are updated at each reporting date to reflect recent experience. Material judgement is required in calculating these liabilities and, in particular, in the choice of assumptions about which there is uncertainty over future experience. The principal assumptions are as follows:

Discount rates

The Group discounts participating and non-participating insurance contract liabilities at a risk-free rate derived from the swap yield curve, plus an illiquidity premium of 36bps (2021: 36bps).

For certain non-participating insurance contract liabilities (e.g. annuities), the Group makes a further explicit adjustment to the risk-free rate to reflect illiquidity in respect of the assets backing those liabilities.

Expenses

Insurance contract liabilities include an allowance for the best estimate of future expenses associated with the administration of in-force policies. This requires the allocation of the Group's future expenses between those that relate to the administration of in-force policies, those attributable to the acquisition of new business and other costs, such as corporate costs. There is a level of judgement applied in the analysis that supports this allocation. Additionally, judgement is applied in the determination of the projected costs of the Group, in particular where those projections include the impact of transition and integration activity.

Expenses are assumed to increase at either the rate of increase in the Retail Price Index ('RPI'), or a rate derived from the UK inflation swaps curve, plus fixed margins in accordance with the various management service agreements ('MSAs') the Group has in place with outsource partners. For with-profit business the rate of RPI inflation is determined within each stochastic scenario. For other business it is based on the Bank of England inflation spot curve. For MSAs with contractual increases set by reference to national average earnings inflation, this is approximated as RPI inflation or RPI inflation plus 1%. In instances in which inflation risk is not mitigated, a further margin for adverse deviations may then be added to the rate of expense inflation.

Mortality and longevity rates

Mortality rates are based on company experience and published tables, adjusted appropriately to take account of changes in the underlying population mortality since the table was published, company experience and forecast changes in future mortality. Where appropriate, a margin is added to assurance mortality rates to allow for adverse future deviations. Annuitant mortality rates are adjusted to make allowance for future improvements in pensioner longevity.

Lapse and surrender rates (persistency)

The assumed rates for surrender and voluntary premium discontinuance depend on the length of time a policy has been in force and the relevant company experience. Surrender or voluntary premium discontinuances are only assumed for realistic basis funds. Withdrawal rates used in the valuation of with-profit policies are based on observed experience and adjusted when it is considered that future policyholder behaviour will be influenced by different considerations than in the past. In particular, it is assumed that withdrawal rates for unitised with-profit contracts will be higher on policy anniversaries on which Market Value Adjustments do not apply.

Discretionary participating bonus rate

For realistic basis funds, the regular bonus rates assumed in each scenario are determined in accordance with each company's PPFM. Final bonuses are assumed at a level such that maturity payments will equal asset shares subject to smoothing rules set out in the PPFM and the value of guaranteed benefits.

Policyholder options and guarantees

Some of the Group's products give potentially valuable guarantees, or give options to change policy benefits which can be exercised at the policyholders' discretion. These products are described below.

Most with-profit contracts give a guaranteed minimum payment on a specified date or range of dates or on death if before that date or dates. For pensions contracts, the specified date is the policyholder's chosen retirement date or a range of dates around that date. For endowment contracts, it is the maturity date of the contract. For with-profit bonds it is often a specified anniversary of commencement, in some cases with further dates thereafter. Annual bonuses when added to with-profit contracts usually increase the guaranteed amount.

There are guaranteed surrender values on a small number of older contracts.

Some pensions contracts include guaranteed annuity options. The total amount provided in the with-profit and non-profit funds in respect of the future costs of guaranteed annuity options are £905 million (2021: £1,968 million) and £59 million (2021: £111 million) respectively.

In common with other life companies in the UK which have written pension transfer and opt-out business, the Group has set up provisions for the review and possible redress relating to personal pension policies. These provisions, which have been calculated from data derived from detailed file reviews of specific cases and using a certainty equivalent approach, which give a result very similar to a market consistent valuation, are included in liabilities arising under insurance contracts. The total amount provided in the with-profit funds and non-profit funds in respect of the review and possible redress relating to pension policies, including associated costs, are £197 million (2021: £349 million) and £2 million (2021: £6 million) respectively.

With-profit deferred annuities participate in profits only up to the date of retirement. At retirement, a guaranteed cash option allows the policyholder to commute the annuity benefit into cash on guaranteed terms.

Demographic prudence margin

For non-participating insurance contract liabilities, the Group sets assumptions at management's best estimates and recognises an explicit margin for demographic risks. For participating business in realistic basis funds, the assumptions about future demographic trends represent 'best estimates'.

Assumption changes

During the year a number of changes were made to assumptions to reflect changes in expected experience or to reflect transition activity. The impact of material changes during the year was as follows:


(Decrease)/increase in insurance liabilities

2022

 £m

(Decrease)/increase in insurance liabilities

2021

 £m

Change in longevity assumptions

(135)

(272)

Change in persistency assumptions

9

(12)

Change in mortality assumptions

5

(7)

Change in expenses assumptions

200

275

Change in other assumptions

(376)

-

2022:

The £135 million positive impact of changes in longevity assumptions reflects updates to base and improvement assumptions to reflect latest experience analyses and the most recent Continuous Mortality Investigation 2021 projection tables.

The £9 million and £5 million negative impact of changes in persistency and mortality assumptions respectively reflects the results of the latest experience investigations.

The £200 million negative impact from changes in expense assumptions includes an increase in reserves of £77 million in respect of the anticipated costs associated with the implementation of IFRS 17 and £102 million in respect of the delivery of the Group Target Operating Model for IT and Operations. To the extent that the recognition criteria have been met, the Group has also recognised accounting provisions in respect of the anticipated costs of restructuring activity (see note G7 for further details).

Other assumptions includes a £329 million positive impact of harmonising the calibration of prudential margins included within liabilities under insurance contracts in the ReAssure life companies with the rest of the Group and a £47 million positive impact from updating the married rates assumption in respect of reversionary annuities.

2021:

The £272 million positive impact of changes in longevity assumptions reflects updates to base and improvement assumptions to reflect latest experience analyses and the most recent Continuous Mortality Investigation 2020 projection tables.

The £12 million and £7 million positive impact of changes in persistency and mortality assumptions respectively reflects the results of the latest experience investigations.

The £275 million negative impact of changes in expense assumptions principally reflects the impact of investment in the Group's growth agenda on the maintenance cost base, including the development of capabilities within the Group's Open business, asset management capabilities and within certain Group functions. The increase in reserves also reflects provision for the anticipated costs associated with the implementation of IFRS 17 and delivery of the Group Target Operating Model for IT and Operations.

F4.2 Managing product risk

The following sections give an assessment of the risks associated with the Group's main life assurance products and the ways in which the Group manages those risks.


Gross1



Reinsurance


2022

Insurance
contracts

£m

Investment
contracts with
DPF

£m


Insurance contracts

£m

Investment contracts with DPF

£m

With-profit funds:






Pensions:






Deferred annuities - with guarantees

5,627

36


413

-

Deferred annuities - without guarantees

1,445

289


-

-

Immediate annuities

4,968

-


2,881

-

Unitised with-profit

10,438

22,337


-

-

Total pensions

22,478

22,662


3,294

-







Life:






Immediate annuities

261

-


1

-

Unitised with-profit

7,687

930


-

-

Life with-profit

1,681

-


9

-

Total life

9,629

930


10

-







Other

1,020

(1)


159

-







Non-profit funds:






Deferred annuities - with guarantees

310

-


-

-

Deferred annuities - without guarantees

2,851

-


156

-

Immediate annuities

27,279

-


2,137

-

Protection

1,018

-


439

-

Unit-linked

13,096

921


28

-

Other

(182)

5


(81)

-


77,499

24,517


6,142

-

 

1  £11,753 million (2021: £9,864 million) of liabilities are subject to longevity swap arrangements.

 

Gross


Reinsurance

2021

Insurance
contracts

£m

Investment
contracts with
DPF

£m


Insurance
contracts

£m

Investment
contracts with
DPF

£m

With-profit funds:






Pensions:






Deferred annuities - with guarantees

8,746

53


728

-

Deferred annuities - without guarantees

1,753

341


-

-

Immediate annuities

6,506

-


3,787

-

Unitised with-profit

13,344

27,078


-

-

Total pensions

30,349

27,472


4,515

-







Life:






Immediate annuities

348

-


1

-

Unitised with-profit

9,364

1,137


-

-

Life with-profit

2,166

-


6

-

Total life

11,878

1,137


7

-







Other

1,245

(1)


192

-







Non-profit funds:






Deferred annuities - with guarantees

555

-


-


Deferred annuities - without guarantees

983

-


158

-

Immediate annuities

37,329

-


2,885

-

Protection

2,076

-


876

-

Unit-linked

14,891

1,084


22

-

Other

(137)

3


(68)

-


99,169

29,695


8,587

-

With-profit fund (unitised and traditional)

The Group operates a number of with-profit funds in which the with-profit policyholders benefit from a discretionary annual bonus (guaranteed once added in most cases) and a discretionary final bonus. Non-participating business is also written in some of the with-profit funds and some of the funds may include immediate annuities and deferred annuities with Guaranteed Annuity Rates ('GAR').

The investment strategy of each fund differs, but is broadly to invest in a mixture of fixed interest investments and equities and/or property and other asset classes in such proportions as is appropriate to the investment risk exposure of the fund and its capital resources.

The Group has significant discretion regarding investment policy, bonus policy and early termination values. The process for exercising discretion in the management of the with-profit funds is set out in the PPFM for each with-profit fund and is overseen by with-profit committees. Advice is also taken from the with-profit actuary of each with-profit fund. Compliance with the PPFM is reviewed annually and reported to the PRA, Financial Conduct Authority ('FCA') and policyholders.

The bonuses are designed to distribute to policyholders a fair share of the return on the assets in the with-profit funds together with other elements of the experience of the fund. The shareholders of the Group are entitled to receive one-ninth of the cost of bonuses declared for some funds and £nil for others. For the HWPF, under the Scheme, shareholders are entitled to receive certain defined cash flows arising on specified blocks of UK and Irish business.

Unitised and traditional with-profit policies are exposed to equivalent risks, the main difference being that unitised with-profit policies purchase notional units in a with-profit fund whereas traditional with-profit policies do not. Benefit payments for unitised policies are then dependent on unit prices at the time of a claim, although charges may be applied. A unitised with-profit fund price is typically guaranteed not to fall and increases in line with any discretionary bonus payments over the course of one year.

Deferred annuities

Deferred annuity policies are written to provide either a cash benefit at retirement, which the policyholder can use to buy an annuity on the terms then applicable, or an annuity payable from retirement. The policies contain an element of guarantee expressed in the form that the contract is written in, i.e. to provide cash or an annuity. Deferred annuity policies written to provide a cash benefit may also contain an option to convert the cash benefit to an annuity benefit on guaranteed terms; these are known as GAR policies. Deferred annuity policies written to provide an annuity benefit may also contain an option to convert the annuity benefit into cash benefits on guaranteed terms; these are known as Guaranteed Cash Option ('GCO') policies. In addition, certain unit prices in the HWPF are guaranteed not to decrease.

Whilst there has been an increase in interest rates recently, long-term rates remain relatively low compared to historical levels and life expectancy has increased more rapidly than originally anticipated. The guaranteed terms on GAR policies are more favourable than the annuity rates currently available in the market available for cash benefits. The guaranteed terms on GCO policies are currently not valuable. Deferred annuity policies which are written to provide annuity benefits are managed in a similar manner to immediate annuities and are exposed to the same risks.

The option provisions on GAR policies are particularly sensitive to downward movements in interest rates, increasing life expectancy and the proportion of customers exercising their option. Adverse movements in these factors could lead to a requirement to increase reserves which could adversely impact profit and potentially require additional capital. In order to address the interest rate risk (but not the risk of increasing life expectancy or changing customer behaviour with regard to exercise of the option), insurance subsidiaries within the Group have purchased derivatives that provide protection against an increase in liabilities and have thus reduced the sensitivity of profit to movements in interest rates (see note E6.2.2).

The Group seeks to manage this risk in accordance with both the terms of the issued policies and the interests of customers, and has obtained external advice supporting the manner in which it operates the long-term funds in this respect.

Immediate annuities

This type of annuity is purchased with a single premium at the outset, and is paid to the policyholder for the remainder of their lifetime. Payments may also continue for the benefit of a surviving spouse or partner after the annuitant's death. Annuities may be level, or escalate at a fixed rate, or may escalate in line with a price index and may be payable for a minimum period irrespective of whether the policyholder remains alive.

The main risks associated with this product are longevity and investment risks. Longevity risk arises where the annuities are paid for the lifetime of the policyholder, and is managed through the initial pricing of the annuity and through reinsurance (appropriately collateralised) or transfer of existing liabilities. Annuities may also be a partial 'natural hedge' against losses incurred in protection business in the event of increased mortality (and vice versa) although the extent to which this occurs will depend on the similarity of the demographic profile of each book of business. In addition, the Group has in place longevity swaps that provide downside protection over longevity risk.

The pricing assumption for mortality risk is based on both historic internal information and externally-generated information on mortality experience, including allowances for future mortality improvements. Pricing will also include a contingency margin for adverse deviations in assumptions.

Market and credit risk is influenced by the extent to which the cash flows under the contracts have been matched by suitable assets which is managed under the ALM framework. Asset/liability modelling is used to monitor this position on a regular basis.

Protection

These contracts are typically secured by the payment of a regular premium payable for a period of years providing benefits payable on certain events occurring within the period. The benefits may be a single lump sum or a series of payments and may be payable on death, serious illness or sickness.

The main risk associated with this product is the claims experience and this risk is managed through the initial pricing of the policy (based on actuarial principles), the use of reinsurance and a clear process for administering claims.

Market and credit risk is influenced by the extent to which the cash flows under the contracts have been matched by suitable assets which is managed under the ALM framework. Asset/liability modelling is used to monitor this position on a regular basis.

G. Other statement of consolidated financial position notes

G1. Pension schemes

Defined contribution pension schemes

Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension schemes are recognised as an expense in the consolidated income statement as incurred.

Defined benefit pension schemes

The net surplus or deficit (the economic surplus or deficit) in respect of the defined benefit pension schemes is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior years; that benefit is discounted to determine its present value and the fair value of any scheme assets is deducted.

The economic surplus or deficit is subsequently adjusted to eliminate on consolidation the carrying value of insurance policies issued by Group entities to the defined benefit pension schemes (the reported surplus or deficit). A corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying values of insurance contract liabilities and investment contract liabilities.

As required by IFRIC 14, IAS 19 -'The limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction', to the extent that the economic surplus (prior to the elimination of the insurance policies issued by Group entities) will be available as a refund, the economic surplus is stated after a provision for tax that would be borne by the scheme administrators when the refund is made. The Group recognises a pension surplus on the basis that it is entitled to the surplus of each scheme in the event of a gradual settlement of the liabilities, due to its ability to order a winding up of the Trust.

Additionally under IFRIC 14 pension funding contributions are considered to be a minimum funding requirement and, to the extent that the contributions payable will not be available to the Group after they are paid into the Scheme, a liability is recognised when the obligation arises. The net pension scheme asset/liability represents the economic surplus net of all adjustments noted above.

The Group determines the net interest expense or income on the net pension scheme asset/liability for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the opening net pension scheme asset/liability. The discount rate is the yield at the period end on AA credit rated bonds that have maturity dates approximating to the terms of the Group's obligations. The calculation is performed by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method.

The movement in the net pension scheme asset/liability is analysed between the service cost, past service cost, curtailments and settlements (all recognised within administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement), the net interest cost on the net pension scheme asset/liability, including any reimbursement assets (recognised within net investment income in the consolidated income statement), remeasurements of the net pension scheme asset/liability (recognised in other comprehensive income) and employer contributions.

This note describes the Group's four main defined benefit pension schemes for its employees, the Pearl Group Staff Pension Scheme ('Pearl Scheme'), the PGL Pension Scheme, the Abbey Life Staff Pension Scheme ('Abbey Life Scheme') and the ReAssure Staff Pension Scheme ('ReAssure Scheme') and explains how the pension scheme asset/liability is calculated.

An analysis of the pension scheme (liability)/asset for each pension scheme is set out in the table below and also includes the net pension scheme liability in respect of the Group operated unfunded unapproved retirement benefit scheme ('ReAssure Private Retirement Trust'):


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Pearl Group Staff Pension Scheme



Economic surplus

46

263

Adjustment for insurance policies eliminated on consolidation

(1,501)

(1,680)

Net economic deficit

(1,455)

(1,417)

Provision for tax on that part of the economic surplus available as a refund on a winding-up of the Scheme

-

(92)

Net pension scheme liability, as reported

(1,455)

(1,509)

Reimbursement right in respect of reinsurance, as reported

205

212

Add: value attributed to assets held by PLL within financial assets1

1,576

1,896

Adjusted net pension scheme asset

326

599




PGL Pension Scheme



Economic surplus

23

26

Adjustment for insurance policies eliminated on consolidation

(1,079)

(1,618)

Net pension scheme liability, as reported

(1,056)

(1,592)

Add: assets held by PLL within financial assets1

1,246

2,084

Adjusted net pension scheme asset

190

492




Abbey Life Staff Pension Scheme



Economic (deficit)/surplus

(5)

12

Provision for tax on that part of the economic surplus available as a refund on a winding-up of the Scheme

-

(4)

Minimum funding requirement obligation

(3)

(7)

Net pension scheme (liability)/asset

(8)

1




ReAssure Staff Pension Scheme



Economic surplus

22

54

Provision for tax on that part of the economic surplus available as a refund on a winding-up of the Scheme

(8)

(19)

Net pension scheme asset

14

35




ReAssure Private Retirement Trust



Net pension scheme liability

(1)

(2)

1  The Pearl Scheme and the PGL Pension Scheme have both executed buy-in transactions with a Group life company and subsequently assets supporting the Group's actuarial liabilities are recognised on a line by line basis within financial assets in the statement of consolidated financial position. Further details are included in notes G1.1 and G1.2 below.

In the current and prior periods an adjusted net pension scheme asset has been presented in relation to both these pension schemes. The value of the assets held by PLL within financial assets in respect of the PGL Pension Scheme buy-ins is equal to the assets posted to a ring-fenced collateral account. For the Pearl Scheme the assets held by PLL supporting the buy-ins are not ring-fenced and the value has been determined as the value of the insurance contract liability within the PLL financial statements less the value of the associated reinsurance asset. .

Movements in these financial assets are reflected in the consolidated income statement within Net investment income, however as noted in the accounting policy, the movement in the net pension scheme liability (as shown in notes G1.1 and G1.2) is primarily reflected in other comprehensive income.

Risks

The Group's defined benefit schemes typically expose the Group to a number of risks, the most significant of which are:

Asset volatility - the value of the schemes' assets will vary as market conditions change and as such is subject to considerable volatility. The liabilities are calculated using a discount rate set with reference to corporate bond yields; if assets underperform this yield, this will create a deficit. The majority of the assets are held within a liability driven investment strategy which is linked to the funding basis of the schemes (set with reference to government bond yields). As such, to the extent that movements in corporate bond yields are out of line with movements in government bond yields, volatility will arise.

Inflation risk - a significant proportion of the schemes' benefit obligations are linked to inflation, and higher inflation will lead to higher liabilities (although in most cases, caps on the level of inflationary increases are in place to protect against extreme inflation). The majority of the assets are held within a liability driven investment strategy which allows for movements in inflation, meaning that changes in inflation should not materially affect the surplus.

Life expectancy - the majority of the schemes' obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the member therefore increases in life expectancy will result in an increase in the liabilities. For the Pearl and PGL schemes, this is partially offset by the buy in policies that move in line with the liabilities. These buy in policies are eliminated on consolidation (see sections G1.1 and G1.2 for further details).

Information on each of the Group's pension schemes is set out below.

G1.1 Pearl Group Staff Pension Scheme

Scheme details

The Pearl Scheme comprises a final salary section, a money purchase section and a hybrid section (a mix of final salary and money purchase). The Pearl Scheme is closed to new members and has no active members.

Defined benefit scheme

The Pearl Scheme is established under, and governed by, the trust deeds and rules and has been funded by payment of contributions to a separately administered trust fund. A Group company, Pearl Group Holdings No.2 Limited ('PGH2'), is the principal employer of the Pearl Scheme. The principal employer meets the administration expenses of the Pearl Scheme. The Pearl Scheme is administered by a separate trustee company, P.A.T. (Pensions) Limited, which is separate from the Company. The trustee company is comprised of four representatives from the Group, three member nominated representatives and one independent trustee in accordance with the trustee company's articles of association. The trustee is required by law to act in the interest of all relevant beneficiaries and is responsible for the investment policy with regard to the assets.

To the extent that an economic surplus will be available as a refund, the economic surplus is stated after a provision for tax that would be borne by the scheme administrators when the refund is made.

The valuation has been based on an assessment of the liabilities of the Pearl Scheme as at 31 December 2022, undertaken by independent qualified actuaries. The present values of the defined benefit obligation and the related interest costs have been measured using the projected unit credit method.

A triennial funding valuation of the Pearl Scheme as at 30 June 2021 was completed in 2022 by a qualified actuary. This showed a surplus as at 30 June 2021 of £67 million, on the agreed technical provisions basis. The funding and IFRS accounting bases of valuation can give rise to different results for a number of reasons. The funding basis of valuation is based on general principles of prudence whereas the accounting valuation is based on best estimates. Discount rates are gilt-based for the funding valuation whereas the rate used for IFRS valuation purposes is based on a yield curve for high quality AA-rated corporate bonds. In addition the values are prepared at different dates which will result in differences arising from changes in market conditions and employer contributions made in the subsequent period.

Pension Scheme Commitment Agreement and buy-in transactions

On 17 November 2020, the Pearl Scheme entered into a Commitment Agreement with PGH2 to complete a series of buy-ins. At the same time, the Pearl Scheme completed the first buy-in with Phoenix Life Limited ('PLL') covering 25% of the Scheme's pensioner and deferred member liabilities, transferring the associated risks, including longevity improvement risk, to PLL effective from 30 September 2020.

Two further buy-in transactions were completed in July 2021 and October 2021 covering 35% and 15% respectively of the Scheme's pensioner and deferred member liabilities and the final buy-in transaction was completed in November 2022. Risks, including longevity improvement risk, were transferred to PLL effective from 28 May 2021 and 31 August 2021 and 30 September 2022 respectively.

Upon completion of each buy-in transaction the Scheme transferred the following plan assets to PLL:

•  In November 2020, £731 million of plan assets were transferred to PLL in satisfaction of the premium of £735 million and was net of a £4 million payment by PLL to the Scheme in respect of members' benefits for October and November 2020;

•  In July 2021, £1,049 million of plan assets were transferred to PLL in satisfaction of the premium and a further £12 million cash payment was paid by the Scheme in August 2021. PLL paid £5 million to the Scheme in respect of members' benefits for June and July 2021; and

•  In October 2021, £433 million of plan assets were transferred to PLL in satisfaction of the premium of £435 million and was net of a £2 million payment by PLL to the Scheme in respect of members' benefits for September and October 2021. A further £1 million cash payment in respect of the premium was paid by the Scheme in December 2021.

•  In November 2022, £556 million of plan assets were transferred to PLL in satisfaction of the premium of £560 million and was net of a £4 million payment by PLL to the Scheme in respect of members' benefits for October and November 2022.

The assets transferred to PLL are recognised in the relevant line within financial assets in the consolidated statement of financial position. The economic effect of the buy-in transactions in the Scheme is to replace the plan assets transferred with a single line insurance policy reimbursement right asset which is subsequently eliminated on consolidation. The value of this insurance policy at 31 December 2022 was £1,501 million (2021: £1,680 million) which includes an amount owed by PLL of £2 million (2021: £12 million).

The Commitment agreement contained provisions under which payments by PGH2 to the Scheme were required in the event that the Group did not meet the minimum buy-in completion schedule the details of which are as follows:

•  Gilts Deficit Recovery Contributions: Contributions calculated as amounts required to reach full funding on a gilts-basis by 30 June 2027. Following the completion of the recent buy-in transactions, the Group has no further obligation to pay these contributions; and

•  Contingent Contributions: These represented a new form of security for the trustee. The amount of these contributions was initially capped at £200 million, with the cap running off in line with completion of the buy-ins. Following the completion of the recent buy-in transactions the cap is now £nil (2021: £50 million).

The new agreement also introduced a new form of security provided by PGH2 to the trustee. The share charges over certain Group entities were replaced by a new surety bond arrangement, whereby two external third-party insurers, each provided £100 million of cover payable to the Scheme following certain trigger events. This cover provided by the surety bond guarantee was fully released upon completion of the final buy-in transaction in November 2022.

No contributions were paid to the Pearl Scheme in either the current or prior periods. PGH2 continues to meet the administrative and non-investment running expenses of the Scheme as set out in the schedule of contributions.

During the year, the Company reached an agreement for the removal of a trustee discretion to pay some pension increases in excess of the 5% cap. The trustee has agreed to give up this discretion in exchange for a single 1.6% uplift for current pensions in payment effective from 1 April 2022 and a 1.3% future increase to eligible benefits of both pension and deferred members. The financial impact of the 1.6% uplift has been to recognise an increase in the defined benefit obligation of £15 million and a past service cost in the consolidated income statement.

Reimbursement right asset in respect of Reinsurance arrangement

In March 2022, PLL entered into a quota share reinsurance arrangement with an external insurer to reinsure a further 27% of the risks transferred to PLL
as part of the third buy-in transaction with the Pearl Scheme. A total of approximately 91% of these liabilities have now been reinsured. A premium of £104 million was paid by PLL to the reinsurer. As PLL expects to use the claims received to pay for its obligations under the insurance contract between it and the Pearl scheme (i.e. to settle the defined benefit obligation) the reinsurance arrangement is considered to be a non-qualifying insurance policy and is classified as a reimbursement right. The reinsurance arrangement is expected to match a proportion of the defined benefit obligation of the Pearl Scheme therefore the valuation of the reimbursement right is consistent with the valuation of the associated defined benefit obligation. The value of the reimbursement right asset amounted to £205 million (31 December 2021: £212 million).

Summary of amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements

The amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements are as follows:

2022

Fair value of scheme
assets

£m

Defined
benefit obligation

£m

Provision for
tax on the economic surplus available as a refund

£m

Pension
Scheme
Liability

£m

Reimbursement right

£m

At 1 January

807

(2,224)

(92)

(1,509)

212







Interest income/(expense)

16

(52)

(2)

(38)

4

Past service cost

-

(15)

-

(15)

-

Included in profit or loss

16

(67)

(2)

(53)

4







Remeasurements:






Return on plan assets excluding amounts included in interest income

(208)

-

-

(208)

(101)

Gain from changes in demographic assumptions

-

3

-

3

-

Gain from changes in financial assumptions

-

805

-

805

-

Experience loss

-

(116)

-

(116)

-

Change in provision for tax on economic surplus available as a refund

-

-

94

94

-

Included in other comprehensive income

(208)

692

94

578

(101)







Income received from insurance policies

89

-

-

89

-

Benefit payments

(98)

98

-

-

(14)

Assets transferred as premium for Scheme buy-in

(560)

-

-

(560)

-

Assets transferred as premium for reinsurance arrangement





104







At 31 December

46

(1,501)

-

(1,455)

205

 

2021

Fair value of scheme
assets

£m

Defined
benefit obligation

£m

Provision for
tax on the economic surplus available as a refund

£m

Pension
Scheme
Liability

£m

Reimbursement right asset

£m

At 1 January

2,315

(2,384)

(185)

(254)

-







Interest income/(expense)

24

(33)

(2)

(11)

-

Included in profit or loss

24

(33)

(2)

(11)

-







Remeasurements:






Return on plan assets excluding amounts included in interest income

27

-

-

27

(49)

Gain from changes in demographic assumptions

-

22

-

22

-

Loss from changes in financial assumptions

-

89

-

89

-

Experience gain

-

(26)

-

(26)

-

Change in provision for tax on economic surplus available as a refund

-

-

95

95

-

Included in other comprehensive income

27

85

95

207

(49)







Income received from insurance policies

46

-

-

46

-

Benefit payments

(108)

108

-

-

-

Assets transferred as premium for Scheme buy-in

(1,497)

-

-

(1,497)

-

Assets transferred as premium for reinsurance arrangement

-

-

-

-

261

At 31 December

807

(2,224)

(92)

(1,509)

212

Scheme assets

The distribution of the scheme assets at the end of the year was as follows:


2022


2021


Total

£m

Of which not quoted in an
active market

£m


Total

£m

Of which not
quoted in an
active market

£m

Hedging portfolio

-

-


438

23

Other debt securities

-

-


349

-

Properties

5

5


104

104

Private equities

4

4


4

4

Hedge funds

3

3


4

4

Cash and other

34

-


67

-

Obligations for repayment of stock lending collateral received

-

-


(159)

-

Reported scheme assets

46

12


807

135

Add back:






Insurance policies eliminated on consolidation

1,501

1,501


1,680

1,680

Economic value of assets

1,547

1,513


2,487

1,815

Defined benefit obligation

The calculation of the defined benefit obligation can be allocated to the scheme's members as follows:

•  Deferred scheme members: 40% (2021: 40%); and

•  Pensioners: 60% (2021: 60%)

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation at 31 December 2022 is 13.5 years (2021: 16 years).

Principal assumptions

The principal financial assumptions of the Pearl Scheme are set out in the table below:


2022

%

2021

%

Rate of increase for pensions in payment (5% per annum or RPI if lower)

3.05

3.20

Rate of increase for deferred pensions (CPI)

2.70

2.70

Discount rate

4.95

2.00

Inflation - RPI

3.30

3.30

Inflation - CPI

2.70

2.70

The discount rate and inflation rate assumptions have been determined by considering the shape of the appropriate yield curves and the duration of the Pearl Scheme's liabilities. This method determines an equivalent single rate for each of the discount and inflation rates, which is derived from the profile of projected benefit payments.

The post-retirement mortality assumptions are in line with a scheme-specific table which was derived from the actual mortality experience in recent years based on the SAPS standard tables for males and for females based on year of use. Future longevity improvements from 1 January 2021 are based on amended CMI 2021 Core Projections (2021: From 1 January 2021 based on amended CMI 2020 Core Projections) and a long-term rate of improvement of 1.5% (2021: 1.7%) per annum for males and 1.2% (2021: 1.2%) per annum for females. Under these assumptions, the average life expectancy from retirement for a member currently aged 40 retiring at age 60 is 29.2 years and 30.5 years for male and female members respectively (2021: 29.8 years and 30.6 years respectively).

A quantitative sensitivity analysis for significant actuarial assumptions is shown below:

2022











Assumptions

Base


Discount rate


RPI


Life expectancy

Sensitivity level



25bps

increase

25bps

decrease


25bps

increase

25bps

decrease


1 year

increase

1 year

decrease

Impact on the defined benefit obligation (£m)

1,501


(40)

42


26

(25)


37

(37)












2021











Assumptions

Base


Discount rate


RPI


Life expectancy

Sensitivity level



25bps

increase

25bps

decrease


25bps

increase

25bps

decrease


1 year

increase

1 year

decrease

Impact on the defined benefit obligation (£m)

2,224


(87)

93


70

(68)


80

(80)

The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method has been applied as when calculating the pension asset recognised within the statement of consolidated financial position.

G1.2 PGL Pension Scheme

The PGL Pension Scheme comprises a final salary section and a defined contribution section.

Scheme details

Defined contribution scheme

On 1 July 2020 the Group closed the defined contribution section of the PGL Scheme and ceased making contributions from this date.

Defined benefit scheme

The defined benefit section of the PGL Pension Scheme is a final salary arrangement which is closed to new entrants and has no active members.

The PGL Scheme is administered by a separate trustee company, PGL Pension Trustee Ltd. The trustee company is comprised of two representatives from the Group, three member nominated representatives and one independent trustee in accordance with the trustee company's articles of association. The trustee is required by law to act in the interest of all relevant beneficiaries and is responsible for the day to day administration of the benefits.

The valuation has been based on an assessment of the liabilities of the PGL Pension Scheme as at 31 December 2022, undertaken by independent qualified actuaries.

To the extent that an economic surplus will be available as a refund, the economic surplus is stated after a provision for tax that would be borne by the scheme administrators when the refund is made.

A triennial funding valuation of the PGL Pension Scheme as at 30 June 2021 was completed in 2022 by a qualified actuary and finalised in January 2023. This showed a surplus as at 30 June 2021 of £2 million. The IFRS valuation cash flows reflect the latest available data and are not limited to being updated following the completion of each funding valuation.

There are no further committed contributions to pay in respect of the defined benefit section of the Scheme.

Insurance policies with Group entities

In March 2019, the PGL Pension Scheme entered into a 'buy-in' agreement with PLL which covered the remaining pensioner and deferred members of the Scheme not covered by the first such agreement concluded in December 2016. The plan assets transferred to PLL as premium are held in a collateral account and are recognised in the relevant line within financial assets in the statement of consolidated financial position. The economic effect of these transactions in the Scheme is to replace the plan assets transferred with a single line insurance policy reimbursement asset which is eliminated on consolidation along with the relevant insurance contract liabilities in PLL.

The value of the insurance policies with Group entities at 31 December 2022 is £1,079 million (2021: £1,618 million).

Summary of amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements

The amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements are as follows:

2022

Fair value of scheme assets

£m

Defined benefit obligation

£m

Total

£m

At 1 January

31

(1,623)

(1,592)





Interest income/(expense)

1

(32)

(31)

Administrative expenses

(4)

-

(4)

Included in profit or loss

(3)

(32)

(35)





Remeasurements:




Return on plan assets excluding amounts included in interest income

(1)

-

(1)

Gain from changes in demographic assumptions

-

5

5

Gain from changes in financial assumptions

-

531

531

Experience loss

-

(36)

(36)

Included in other comprehensive income

(1)

500

499





Income received from insurance policies

72

-

72

Benefit payments

(72)

72

-

At 31 December

27

(1,083)

(1,056)

 

2021

Fair value of scheme assets

£m

Defined benefit obligation

£m

Total

£m

At 1 January

35

(1,754)

(1,719)





Interest expense

-

(25)

(25)

Administrative expenses

(4)

-

(4)

Included in profit or loss

(4)

(25)

(29)





Remeasurements:




Gain from changes in demographic assumptions

-

16

16

Gain from changes in financial assumptions

-

70

70

Experience loss

-

(3)

(3)

Included in other comprehensive income

-

83

83





Income received from insurance policies

73

-

73

Benefit payments

(73)

73

-

At 31 December

31

(1,623)

(1,592)

Scheme assets

The distribution of the scheme assets at the end of the year was as follows:


2022


2021


Total

£m

Of which not quoted in an active market

£m


Total

£m

Of which not quoted in an active market

£m

Cash and other

27

-


31

-

Reported scheme assets

27

-


31

-

Add back:






Insurance policies eliminated on consolidation

1,079

1,079


1,618

1,610

Economic value of assets

1,106

1,079


1,649

1,610

Defined benefit obligation

The calculation of the defined benefit obligation can be allocated to the scheme's members as follows:

•  Deferred scheme members: 36% (2021: 36%); and

•  Pensioners: 64% (2021: 64%)

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation at 31 December 2022 is 13.5 years (2021: 16 years).

Principal assumptions

The principal financial assumptions of the PGL Pension Scheme are set out in the table below:


2022

%

2021

%

Rate of increase for pensions in payment (7.5% per annum or RPI if lower)

3.30

3.30

Rate of increase for deferred pensions (CPI)

2.70

2.70

Discount rate

4.95

2.00

Inflation - RPI

3.30

3.30

Inflation - CPI

2.70

2.70

The discount rate and inflation assumptions have been determined by considering the shape of the appropriate yield curves and the duration of the PGL Pension Scheme liabilities. This method determines an equivalent single rate for each of the discount and inflation rates, which is derived from the profile of projected benefit payments.

The post-retirement mortality assumptions are in line with 86%/94% of S1P Light base tables for males and females. Future longevity improvements from 1 January 2021 are based on amended CMI 2021 Core Projections (2021: From 1 January 2021 based on amended CMI 2020 Core Projections) with a long-term rate of improvement of 1.5% (2021: 1.7%) per annum for males and 1.2% (2021: 1.2%) per annum for females. Under these assumptions, the average life expectancy from retirement for a member currently aged 40 retiring at age 62 is 27.7 years (2021: 28.0 years) and 29.1 years (2021: 28.9 years) for male and female members respectively.

A quantitative sensitivity analysis for significant actuarial assumptions is shown below:

2022











Assumptions

Base


Discount rate


RPI


Life expectancy

Sensitivity level



25bps

increase

25bps

decrease


25bps

increase

25bps

decrease


1 year

increase

1 year

decrease

Impact on the defined benefit obligation (£m)

1,083


(31)

33


23

(22)


30

(30)












2021











Assumptions

Base


Discount rate


RPI


Life expectancy

Sensitivity level



25bps

increase

25bps

decrease


25bps

increase

25bps

decrease


1 year

increase

1 year

decrease

Impact on the defined benefit obligation (£m)

1,623


(62)

66


54

(52)


60

(60)

The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of consolidated financial position.

G1.3 Abbey Life Staff Pension Scheme

Scheme details

On 30 June 2017, the Abbey Life Scheme was transferred from Abbey Life to Pearl Life Holdings Limited ('PeLHL'), a fellow subsidiary. PeLHL assumed the scheme covenant together with all obligations of the scheme following implementation of the transfer. The Abbey Life Scheme is a registered occupational pension scheme, set up under trust, and legally separate from the employer PeLHL. The scheme is administered by Abbey Life Trust Securities Limited (the 'trustee'), a corporate trustee. There are three trustee directors, one of whom is nominated by the Abbey Life Scheme members and two of whom are appointed by PeLHL. The trustee is responsible for administering the scheme in accordance with the trust deed and rules and pensions laws and regulations. The Abbey Life Scheme is closed to new entrants and has no active members.

The valuation has been based on an assessment of the liabilities of the Abbey Life Scheme as at 31 December 2022 undertaken by independent qualified actuaries. The present values of the defined benefit obligation and the related interest costs have been measured using the projected unit credit method.

Funding

The last funding valuation of the Abbey Life Scheme was carried out by a qualified actuary as at 31 March 2021 and showed a deficit of £86 million. Following completion of the funding valuation a recovery plan was agreed between the Group and the trustee of the Abbey Life Scheme for PeLHL to pay monthly contributions of £400,000 into the Scheme until 31 July 2025 to eliminate the funding shortfall.

A new schedule of contributions was agreed effective from November 2021, for PeLHL to pay the following amounts in respect of deficit contributions in addition to the amounts payable under the recovery plan:

•  fixed monthly contributions of £400,000 payable from 1 August 2025 to 30 June 2026;

•  monthly contributions in respect of administration expenses of £106,295 payable up to 31 March 2022, then increasing annually in line with the Retail Prices Index assumption to 30 June 2028; and

•  annual payments of £4 million into the New 2016 Charged Account by 31 July each year, with the next payment being made by 31 July 2022, and the last payment due by 31 July 2025.

The charged accounts are Escrow accounts which were created in 2010 to provide the trustees with additional security in light of the funding deficit. The amounts held in the charged accounts do not form part of Abbey Life Scheme assets.

Under the terms of the 2013 Funding Agreement the funding position of the Scheme was assessed as at 31 March 2021 and this assessment revealed a shortfall, calculated in accordance with the terms of the New 2013 Funding Agreement, which exceeded the amount held in the New 2013 Charged Account. As such, the entire balance of £42 million was paid from the New 2013 Charged Account to the Abbey Life Scheme in December 2021.

Under the terms of the New 2016 Funding Agreement the funding position of the Abbey Life Scheme will be assessed as at 31 March 2027. A payment will be made from the New 2016 Charged Account to the Scheme if the results of the assessment reveal a shortfall calculated in accordance with the terms of the New 2016 Funding Agreement. The amount of the payment will be the lower of the amount of the shortfall and the amount held in the New 2016 Charged Account.

An additional liability of £3 million (2021: £7 million) has been recognised reflecting a charge on any refund of the resultant IAS 19 surplus that arises after adjustment for discounted future contributions of £15 million (2021: £21 million) in accordance with the minimum funding requirement. A deferred tax asset of £nil (2021: £4 million) has also been recognised to reflect tax relief at a rate of 19% that is expected to be available on the contributions once paid into the Scheme.

Summary of amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements

The amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements are as follows:

2022

Fair value of scheme
assets

£m

Defined
benefit obligation

£m

Provision for
tax on the economic surplus available as a refund

£m

Minimum funding requirement obligation

£m

Total

£m

At 1 January

330

(318)

(4)

(7)

1







Interest income/(expense)

7

(6)

-

-

1

Administration expenses

(2)

-

-

-

(2)

Included in profit or loss

5

(6)

-

-

(1)

 






Remeasurements:






Return on plan assets excluding amounts included in interest income

(123)

-

-

-

(123)

Experience loss

-

(9)

-

-

(9)

Gain from changes in financial assumptions

-

110

-

-

110

Change in minimum funding requirement obligation

-

-

-

4

4

Change in provision for tax on economic surplus available as a refund

-

-

4

-

4

Included in other comprehensive income

(123)

101

4

4

(14)







Employer's contributions

6

-

-

-

6

Benefit payments

(12)

12

-

-

-

At 31 December

206

(211)

-

(3)

(8)

 

2021

Fair value of scheme
assets

£m

Defined
benefit obligation

£m

Provision for
tax on the economic surplus available as a refund

£m

Minimum funding requirement obligation

£m

Total

£m

At 1 January

280

(341)

-

-

(61)




-

-


Interest income/(expense)

4

(5)

-

-

(1)

Administrative expenses

(1)

-

-

-

(1)

Included in profit or loss

3

(5)

-

-

(2)

Return on plan assets excluding amounts included in interest income

11

-

-

-

11

Experience Loss

-

(5)

-

-

(5)

Gain from changes in demographic assumptions

-

6

-

-

6

Loss from changes in financial assumptions

-

15

-

-

15

Change in minimum funding requirement obligation

-

-

-

(7)

(7)

Change in provision for tax on economic surplus available as a refund

-

-

(4)

-

(4)

Included in other comprehensive income

11

16

(4)

(7)

16

Employer's contributions

48

-

-

-

48

Benefit payments

(12)

12

-

-

-

At 31 December

330

(318)

(4)

(7)

1

Scheme assets

The distribution of the scheme assets at the end of the year was as follows:


2022


2021


Total

£m

Of which not quoted in an active market

£m


Total

£m

Of which not quoted in an active market

£m

Diversified income fund

44

-


139

-

Fixed interest government bonds

86

-


68

-

Corporate bonds

87

-


118

-

Derivatives

(15)

(15)


1

1

Cash and cash equivalents

4

-


4

-

Pension scheme assets

206

(15)


330

1

Defined benefit obligation

The calculation of the defined benefit obligation can be allocated to the Abbey Life Scheme's members as follows:

•  Deferred scheme members: 44% (2021: 44%); and

•  Pensioners: 56% (2021: 56%)

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation at 31 December 2022 is 13.5 years (2021: 16 years).

Principal assumptions

The principal financial assumptions of the Abbey Life Scheme are set out in the table below:


2022

%

2021

%

Rate of increase for pensions in payment (5% per annum or RPI if lower)

3.05

3.20

Rate of increase for deferred pensions (CPI subject to caps)

2.70

2.70

Discount rate

4.95

2.00

Inflation - RPI

3.30

3.30

Inflation - CPI

2.70

2.70

The discount rate and inflation assumptions have been determined by considering the shape of the appropriate yield curves and the duration of the Abbey Life Scheme liabilities. This method determines an equivalent single rate for each of the discount and inflation rates, which is derived from the profile of projected benefit payments.

The post-retirement mortality assumptions are in line with a scheme-specific table which was derived from the actual mortality experience in recent years, performed as part of the actuarial funding valuation as at 31 March 2021, using the SAPS S3 'Light' tables for males and for females based on year of use. Future longevity improvements from 1 January 2021 are based on amended CMI 2021 Core Projections (2021: From 1 January 2021 based on amended CMI 2020 Core Projections) and a long-term rate of improvement of 1.5% (2021: 1.7%) per annum for males and 1.2% (2021: 1.2%) per annum for females. Under these assumptions the average life expectancy from retirement for a member currently aged 45 retiring at age 65 is 24.8 years and 25.9 years for male and female members respectively (2021: 24.9 years and 25.7 years respectively).

Defined benefit obligation

A quantitative sensitivity analysis for significant actuarial assumptions is shown below:

2022











Assumptions

Base


Discount rate


RPI


Life expectancy

Sensitivity level



25bps

increase

25bps

decrease


25bps

increase

25bps

decrease


1 year

increase

1 year

decrease

Impact on the defined benefit obligation (£m)

211


(7)

7


4

(4)


7

(7)












2021











Assumptions

Base


Discount rate


RPI


Life expectancy

Sensitivity level



25bps

increase

25bps

decrease


25bps

increase

25bps

decrease


1 year

increase

1 year

decrease

Impact on the defined benefit obligation (£m)

318


(12)

13


8

(9)


12

(12)

The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of consolidated financial position.

G1.4 ReAssure Life Staff Pension Scheme

Scheme details

The ReAssure Scheme was consolidated within the Group financial statements following the acquisition of the ReAssure businesses on 22 July 2020. The ReAssure Scheme is a registered occupational pension scheme, set up under trust, and legally separate from the employer ReAssure Midco Limited ('RML'). The scheme is administered by ReAssure Pension Trustees Limited, a corporate trustee. There are six trustee directors, two of whom are nominated by the ReAssure Scheme members and four of whom are appointed by RML. The trustee is responsible for administering the scheme in accordance with the trust deed and rules and pensions laws and regulations. The ReAssure Scheme is closed to new entrants and to future accrual for active members.

The valuation has been based on an assessment of the liabilities of the ReAssure Scheme as at 31 December 2021 undertaken by independent qualified actuaries. The present values of the defined benefit obligation and the related interest costs have been measured using the projected unit credit method.

Funding

The last funding valuation of the ReAssure Scheme was carried out by a qualified actuary as at 31 December 2020 and showed a deficit of £77 million.

Following the completion of the 2020 valuation a recovery plan was agreed in September 2021 between the trustee and RML in order to make good the deficit. RML has agreed to pay contributions of £17.7 million into the existing Custody Account spread over four annual payments of £4.425 million payable on 1 April 2022, 1 April 2023, 1 April 2024 and 1 April 2025. It is anticipated that these payments will be sufficient to cover the difference between the funding shortfall and the balance of the Custody Account at 31 December 2020 and to remove any remaining deficit at 31 December 2025.

The amounts held in this account do not form part of the Scheme's plan assets and are instead are held in the Custody Account and are included within financial assets in the statement of consolidated financial position.

The Group agrees to cover those expenses incurred by the ReAssure Scheme and the cost of the death-in-service benefits for those members of the scheme entitled to those benefits. Payments of £2 million (2021:£1 million) have been made during the year to cover these costs.

Summary of amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements

The amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements are as follows:

2022

Fair value
of scheme assets

£m

Defined
 benefit obligation

£m

Provision for
tax on the economic surplus available as a refund

£m

Total

£m

At 1 January

492

(438)

(19)

35






Interest income/(expense)

9

(9)

-

-

Administrative expenses

(1)

-

-

(1)

Included in profit or loss

8

(9)

-

(1)






Remeasurements:





Return on plan assets excluding amounts included in interest income

(203)

-

-

(203)

Gain from changes in financial assumptions

-

188

-

188

Experience loss

-

(19)

-

(19)

Change in provision for tax on economic surplus available as a refund

-

-

11

11

Included in other comprehensive income

(203)

169

11

(23)






Employer's contributions

3

-

-

3

Benefit payments

(12)

12

-

-

At 31 December

288

(266)

(8)

14

 

2021

Fair value
of scheme
assets

£m

Defined
benefit obligation

£m

Provision for
tax on the economic surplus available as a refund

£m

Total

£m

At 1 January

477

(461)

(5)

11






Interest income/(expense)

6

(6)

-

-

Administrative expenses

(1)

-

-

(1)

Included in profit or loss

5

(6)

-

(1)

 




 

Remeasurements:




 

Return on plan assets excluding amounts included in interest income

19

-

-

19

Gain from changes in demographic assumptions

-

1

-

1

Gain from changes in financial assumptions

-

20

-

20

Experience loss

-

(2)

-

(2)

Change in provision for tax on economic surplus available as a refund

-

-

(14)

(14)

Included in other comprehensive income

19

19

(14)

24






Employer's contributions

1

-

-

1

Benefit payments

(10)

10

-

-

At 31 December

492

(438)

(19)

35

Scheme assets

The distribution of the scheme assets at the end of the year was as follows:


2022


2021


Total

£m

Of which not quoted in an active market

£m


Total

£m

Of which not quoted in an active market

£m

Equities

31

-


62

-

Government bonds

121

-


151

-

Corporate bonds

83

-


173

-

Managed funds

-

-


60

-

Other quoted securities

45

-


43

-

Cash and cash equivalents

8

-


3

-

Pension scheme assets

288

-


492

-

Defined benefit obligation

The calculation of the defined benefit obligation can be allocated to the ReAssure Scheme's members as follows:

•  Deferred scheme members: 66% (2021: 66%); and

•  Pensioners: 34% (2021: 34%).

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation at 31 December 2022 is 17 years (2021: 21 years).

Principal assumptions

The principal assumptions of the ReAssure Scheme are set out in the table below:


2022

%

2021

%

Rate of increase for pensions in payment (5% per annum or RPI if lower)

3.05

3.20

Rate of increase for deferred pensions

2.70

2.70

Rate of increase in salaries

3.70

3.70

Discount rate

4.95

2.00

Inflation - RPI

3.30

3.30

Inflation - CPI

2.70

2.70

The discount rate and inflation assumptions have been determined by considering the shape of the appropriate yield curves and the duration of the ReAssure Scheme liabilities. This method determines an equivalent single rate for each of the discount and inflation rates, which is derived from the profile of projected benefit payments.

The post-retirement mortality assumptions are in line with SAPS Series 3 light base tables with a 102% (2021: 102%) multiplier for males and a 95% (2021: 95%) multiplier for females, with CMI 2019 projections in line with a 1.5% pa long term trend up to and including 31 December 2020. Future longevity improvements from 1 January 2021 onwards are in line with amended CMI 2021 Core Projections (2021: From 1 January 2021 in line with amended CMI 2020 Core Projections) with a long-term trend of 1.5% pa (2021: 1.7%) for males and 1.2% (2021: 1.2%) for females.

Under these assumptions the average life expectancy from retirement for a member currently aged 45 retiring at age 60 is 30.0 years and 31.6 years for male and female members respectively (2021: 30.1 years and 31.4 years for male and female members respectively).

A quantitative sensitivity analysis for significant actuarial assumptions is shown below:

2022











Assumptions

Base


Discount rate


RPI


Life expectancy

Sensitivity level



25bps

increase

25bps

decrease


25bps

increase

25bps

decrease


1 year

increase

1 year

decrease

Impact on the defined benefit obligation (£m)

266


(10)

11


8

(8)


7

(7)












2021











Assumptions

Base


Discount rate


RPI


Life expectancy

Sensitivity level



25bps

increase

25bps

decrease


25bps

increase

25bps

decrease


1 year

increase

1 year

decrease

Impact on the defined benefit obligation (£m)

438


(21)

23


18

(17)


18

(17)

The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of consolidated financial position.

G2. Intangible assets

Goodwill

Business combinations are accounted for by applying the acquisition method. Goodwill represents the difference between the cost of the acquisition and the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired.

Goodwill is measured on initial recognition at cost. Following initial recognition, goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised but is tested for impairment annually or when there is evidence of possible impairment. For impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to relevant cash generating units. Goodwill is impaired when the recoverable amount is less than the carrying value.

In certain acquisitions an excess of the acquirer's interest in the net fair value of the acquiree's identifiable assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities and non-controlling interests over cost may arise. Where this occurs, the surplus of the fair value of net assets acquired over the fair value of the consideration is recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Acquired in-force business

Insurance and investment contracts with DPF acquired in business combinations and portfolio transfers are measured at fair value at the time of acquisition. The difference between the fair value of the contractual rights acquired and obligations assumed and the liability measured in accordance with the Group's accounting policies for such contracts is recognised as acquired in-force business. This acquired in-force business is amortised over the estimated life of the contracts on a basis which recognises the emergence of the economic benefits.

The value of acquired in-force business related to investment contracts without DPF is recognised at its fair value and is amortised on a diminishing balance basis.

An impairment review is performed whenever there is an indication of impairment. When the recoverable amount is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement. Acquired in-force business is also considered in the liability adequacy test for each reporting period.

The acquired in-force business is allocated to relevant cash generating units for the purposes of impairment testing.

Customer relationships

The customer relationship intangible asset includes vesting pension premiums and is measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of this intangible asset acquired in a business combination is the fair value as at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, the customer relationship intangible asset is carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.

The intangible asset is amortised on a straight-line basis over its useful economic life and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the recoverable amount of the intangible asset is less than its carrying value. The customer relationship intangible asset is allocated to relevant cash generating units for the purposes of impairment testing.

Brands and other contractual arrangements

Brands and other contractual arrangements are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of an intangible asset acquired in a business combination is the fair value as at the date of the acquisition. The cost of an intangible asset acquired in exchange for a non-monetary asset is measured at fair value as at the date of the transaction. Following initial recognition, the brand and other contractual arrangement intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.

Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of brands and other contractual arrangements over their estimated useful lives. They are tested for impairment whenever there is evidence of possible impairment. For impairment testing, they are allocated to the relevant cash generating unit. Brands and other contractual arrangements are impaired when the recoverable amount is less than the carrying value.

 




Other intangibles


2022

Goodwill

£m

Acquired in-force business

£m

Customer relationships

£m

Brands and other

£m

Total other intangibles
£m

Total

£m

Cost or valuation at 1 January and 31 December

57

7,007

297

131

428

7,492








Amortisation and impairment







At 1 January

(47)

(2,630)

(183)

(13)

(196)

(2,873)

Amortisation charge for the year

-

(488)

(15)

(6)

(21)

(509)

Impairment charge for the year

-

(17)

-

-

-

(17)

At 31 December

(47)

(3,135)

(198)

(19)

(217)

(3,399)








Carrying amount

10

3,872

99

112

211

4,093

Less amounts classified as held for sale (see note A6.1)

-

(37)

-

-

-

(37)

Carrying amount at 31 December

10

3,835

99

112

211

4,056








Amount recoverable after 12 months

10

3,382

84

106

190

3,582

 




Other intangibles


2021

Goodwill

£m

Acquired in-force business

£m

Customer relationships

£m

Brands and other

£m

Total other intangibles
£m

Total

£m

Cost or valuation







At 1 January

57

7,028

297

56

353

7,438

Acquisition of ReAssure businesses

-

-

-

111

111

111

Disposal of Ark Life

-

(21)

-

-

-

(21)

Termination of Client Services Proposition Agreement

-

-

-

(36)

(36)

(36)

At 31 December

57

7,007

297

131

428

7,492








Amortisation and impairment







At 1 January

-

(2,015)

(168)

(14)

(182)

(2,197)

Amortisation charge for the year

-

(537)

(15)

(5)

(20)

(557)

Impairment charge for the year1

(47)

(99)

-

-

-

(146)

Disposal of Ark Life

-

21

-

-

-

21

Termination of Client Services Proposition Agreement

-

-

-

6

6

6

At 31 December

(47)

(2,630)

(183)

(13)

(196)

(2,873)








Carrying amount

10

4,377

114

118

232

4,619

Less amounts classified as held for sale (see note A6.1)

-

(54)

-

-

-

(54)

Carrying amount at 31 December

10

4,323

114

118

232

4,565








Amount recoverable after 12 months

10

3,834

99

112

211

4,055

1  An impairment charge of £59 million in acquired in-force business has been included within the 'gain on completion of abrdn plc transaction' in the consolidated income statement, see note G2.2 for further details.

G2.1 Goodwill

The carrying value of goodwill has been tested for impairment at the year end and the results of this exercise are detailed below.

Goodwill with a carrying value of £10 million (2021: £10 million) was recognised on the acquisition of AXA Wealth during 2016 and has been allocated to the UK Open segment. This represents the value of the workforce assumed and the potential for future value creation, which relates to the ability to invest in and grow the SunLife brand. Value in use has been determined as the present value of certain future cash flows associated with that business. The cash flows used in the calculation are consistent with those adopted by management in the Group's operating plan, and for the period 2028 and beyond, assume a zero growth rate. The underlying assumptions of these projections include market share, customer numbers, commission rates and expense inflation. The cash flows have been valued at a risk adjusted discount rate of 14% (2021: 11%) that makes prudent allowance for the risk that future cash flows may differ from that assumed.

This test demonstrated that value in use was greater than carrying value. Given the magnitude of the excess of the value in use over carrying value, management does not believe that a reasonably foreseeable change in key assumptions would cause the carrying value to exceed value in use.

Goodwill with a cost of £47 million attributed to the Management Services segment was fully impaired during the year ended 31 December 2021.

The Management Services segment generated income solely from the services provided to other operating segments within the Group. As a result of planned investment in the Group's growth agenda, including the development of capabilities of the Open segment and certain Group functions, it was anticipated that the Management Services segment would generate short-term losses in the period until service agreements could be renegotiated. Together with the effect of the expected run-off of the relevant Phoenix Life insurance business, these anticipated short-term losses resulted in an assessment of the recoverable amount of the goodwill to be £nil as at 31 December 2021 and consequently a £47 million impairment charge was recognised.

Value in use was determined as the present value of certain future cash flows associated with this business. The cash flows used in this calculation were valued using a risk adjusted discount rate of 9.5% and were consistent with those adopted by management in the Group's three year operating plan and, for the period 2027 and beyond, reflected the anticipated run-off of the Phoenix Life insurance business. The underlying assumptions of these projections include management's best estimates with regards to longevity, persistency, expenses, mortality and morbidity, determined on the basis as described in note F4.1.

G2.2 Acquired in-force business

Acquired in-force business ('AVIF') on insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF represents the difference between the fair value of the contractual rights under these contracts and the liability measured in accordance with the Group's accounting policies for such contracts. This intangible is being amortised in accordance with the run-off of the book of business.

AVIF on investment contracts without DPF is amortised in line with emergence of economic benefits.

AVIF balances are assessed for impairment where an indicator of impairment has been identified. The following paragraphs set out the impairment indicators identified and the results of the impairment tests carried out.

On 23 February 2021, the Group entered into an agreement with abrdn plc to simplify the arrangements of their Strategic Partnership (see note A6.1 for further details). Under the terms of the transaction, the Group will sell its UK investment and platform related products, comprising Wrap SIPP, Onshore bond and UK TIP to abrdn plc and this will be effected through a Part VII transfer. The balances in the statement of consolidated financial position relating to this business were classified as a disposal group held for sale in February 2021.

The total proceeds of disposal for this business are not expected to exceed the carrying value of the related net assets and accordingly the disposal group has been recognised at fair value less costs to sell. The value of the AVIF at 23 February 2021 was £122 million and an impairment charge of £59 million was recognised in 2021 on classification of the AVIF balance as held for sale. This charge was included within the 'gain on completion of abrdn plc transaction' in the consolidated income statement. A further impairment of £17 million has been recognised during the year (2021: £8 million). The AVIF balance classified as held for sale is not being amortised.

In June 2021, following the Group Board's approval to dispose of Ark Life Assurance Company DAC, the entity was initially classified as a disposal group held for sale. The proceeds of disposal were not expected to exceed the carrying value of the related net assets and accordingly the disposal group was measured at fair value less costs to sell. In 2021, an impairment charge of £18 million was recognised in respect of the AVIF upon classification of the business as held for sale and recognised within 'amortisation and impairment of acquired in-force business' in the consolidated income statement.

In 2021, updates to the reserving methodology in respect of certain blocks of European insurance contracts resulted in a release of reserves of £20 million. This release of reserves was considered to be an indicator of impairment in relation to a component of the AVIF recognised on acquisition of the Standard Life Assurance businesses as it represented an acceleration of the recognition of profits that had been capitalised within the AVIF. Accordingly, an impairment test was performed. The value in use of the AVIF was determined using present value techniques applied to the best estimate cash flows expected to arise from the relevant policies that were in-force at the date of initial recognition of the AVIF, adjusted to reflect an internal view of the required compensation for bearing the uncertainty associated with those cash flows. The key underlying assumptions were management's best estimates with regards to persistency and expenses, which were determined on the basis as described in note F4.1.

It was determined that the carrying value exceeded value in use by £14 million and consequently an impairment charge was recognised. The resultant net carrying value of this component of the Standard Life Assurance AVIF at 31 December 2021 was £49 million.

G2.3 Customer relationships

The customer relationships intangible at 31 December 2022 relates to vesting pension premiums which captures the new business arising from policies in-force at the acquisition date, specifically top-ups made to existing policies and annuities vested from matured pension policies. The total value of this customer relationship intangible at acquisition was £297 million and has been allocated to the UK Heritage segment. This intangible is being amortised over a 20 year period, and had a remaining useful life as at 31 December 2022 of 6.9 years (2021: 7.9 years).

G2.4 Brands and other intangibles

An intangible asset is recognised at cost on acquisition of the AXA Wealth and represents the value attributable to the SunLife brand as at 1 November 2016. The intangible asset was valued on a 'multi-period excess earnings' basis and was recognised at a cost of £20 million. Impairment testing was performed in a combined test with the AXA goodwill (see section G2.1). The value in use continues to exceed its carrying value. This brand intangible is being amortised over a 10 year period. The carrying value of the AXA Wealth brand as at 31 December 2022 is £8 million.

Following the acquisition of the Standard Life Assurance businesses in 2018 an intangible asset was recognised in respect of the Client Services and Proposition Agreement ('CSPA') with abrdn plc and represented the value of the Group's contractual rights to use the Standard Life brand. The CSPA formalised the Strategic Partnership between the two companies and established the contractual terms by which abrdn plc was previously to continue to market and distribute certain products to be manufactured by Group companies.

On 23 February 2021, the Group entered into an agreement to acquire ownership of the Standard Life brand as part of the transaction with abrdn plc, which transferred to the Group in May 2021. The Standard Life brand was initially recognised at a value of £111 million which represented the fair value attributable to the brand as at the transaction date. The intangible asset was valued on a 'multi-period excess earnings' basis and is being amortised over a period of 30 years. The carrying value of the Standard Life brand as at 31 December 2022 is £104 million.

As part of the transaction with abrdn plc, the CSPA was significantly amended prior to being dissolved. As a consequence, the CSPA intangible included within 'other intangibles' was derecognised. At that time, its carrying value was £30 million and this was included in the calculation of the 'gain on completion of abrdn plc transaction' recognised in the consolidated income statement in the year ended 31 December 2021.

G3. Property, plant and equipment

Owner-occupied property is stated at its revalued amount, being its fair value at the date of the revaluation less any subsequent accumulated depreciation and impairment. Owner-occupied property is depreciated over its estimated useful life, which is taken as 20 - 50 years. Land is not depreciated. Accumulated depreciation as at the revaluation date is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the owner-occupied property and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Gains and losses on owner-occupied property are recognised in other comprehensive income.

The right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, and subsequently at cost less any accumulated depreciation and impairments, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability. The right-of-use assets are depreciated over the remaining lease term which is between 1 and 11 years (2021: 1 and 11 years).

Equipment consists primarily of computer equipment and fittings. Equipment is stated at historical cost less deprecation. Where acquired in a business combination, historical cost equates to the fair value at the acquisition date. Depreciation on equipment is charged to the consolidated income statement over its estimated useful life of between 2 and 15 years.

 

2022

Owner-occupied properties

£m

Right-of-use assets - property

£m

Right-of-use assets - equipment

£m

Equipment

£m

Total

£m

Cost or valuation






At 1 January

29

94

2

59

184

Additions

9

3

-

8

20

Revaluation losses

(6)

-

-

-

(6)

Disposals

-

(1)

-

(2)

(3)

At 31 December

32

96

2

65

195







Depreciation






At 1 January

-

(24)

(1)

(29)

(54)

Depreciation

-

(9)

-

(10)

(19)

Disposals

-

1

-

2

3

At 31 December

-

(32)

(1)

(37)

(70)







Carrying amount at 31 December

32

64

1

28

125

 

2021

Owner-occupied properties

£m

Right-of-use assets - property

£m

Right-of-use assets - equipment

£m

Equipment

£m

Total

£m

Cost or valuation






At 1 January

33

78

2

54

167

Additions

1

22

-

12

35

Remeasurement of Right-of-use assets

-

3

-

-

3

Disposals

(5)

(9)

-

(7)

(21)

At 31 December

29

94

2

59

184







Depreciation






At 1 January

-

(23)

-

(25)

(48)

Depreciation

-

(9)

(1)

(8)

(18)

Disposals

-

8

-

4

12

At 31 December

-

(24)

(1)

(29)

(54)







Carrying amount at 31 December

29

70

1

30

130

Owner-occupied properties have been valued by accredited independent valuers at 31 December 2022 on an open market basis in accordance with the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors' requirements, which is deemed to equate to fair value. The fair value measurement for the properties of £32 million (2021: £29 million) has been categorised as Level 3 based on the non-observable inputs to the valuation technique used. Unrealised loss for the current year is £6 million (2021: £nil).

G3. Property, plant and equipment

The fair value of the owner-occupied properties was derived using the investment method supported by comparable evidence. The significant non-observable inputs used in the valuations are the expected rental values per square foot and the capitalisation rates.

The fair value of the owner-occupied properties valuation would increase (decrease) if the expected rental values per square foot were to be higher (lower) and the capitalisation rates were to be lower (higher).

G4. Investment property

Investment property, including right-of-use asset, is initially recognised at cost, including any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequently investment property is measured at fair value. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell a property in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is determined without any deduction for transaction costs that may be incurred on sale or disposal. Gains and losses arising from the change in fair value are recognised as income or an expense in the statement of comprehensive income.

Investment property includes right-of-use assets, where the Group acts as lessee. Leases, where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor, are classified as operating leases. Where investment property is leased out by the Group, rental income from these operating leases is recognised as income in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

 


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

At 1 January

8,592

7,128

Additions

104

819

Improvements

27

22

Disposals

(1,141)

(550)

Remeasurement of right-of-use asset

2

(1)

Movement in foreign exchange

12

(22)

(Losses)/gains on adjustments to fair value (recognised in consolidated income statement)

(1,363)

1,196


6,233

8,592

Less amounts classified as held for sale (see note A6.1)

(2,506)

(3,309)

At 31 December

3,727

5,283

Unrealised (losses)/gains on properties held at end of year

(1,582)

529

As at 31 December 2022, a property portfolio including amounts classified held for sale of £6,070 million (2021: £8,412 million) is held by the life companies in a mix of commercial sectors, spread geographically throughout the UK and Europe.

Investment properties also includes £62 million (2021: £73 million) of property reversions arising from sales of the NPI Extra Income Plan (see note E5 for further details) and £80 million (2021: £86 million) from the Group's interest in the residential property of policyholders who have previously entered into an Equity Release Income Plan ('ERIP') policy.

Certain investment properties held by the life companies possess a ground rent obligation which gives rise to both a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. The right-of-use asset associated with the ground rent obligation is valued at fair value and is included within the total investment property valuation. The value of the ground rent right-of-use asset as at 31 December 2022 was £21 million (2021: £21 million). The remeasurement gives rise to an increase of £2 million (2021: reduction of £1 million). There were £2 million additions (2021: £4 million) and £4 million disposals (2021: £nil) of ground rent right-of-use assets during the period.

Commercial investment property is measured at fair value by independent property valuers having appropriate recognised professional qualifications and recent experiences in the location and category of the property being valued. The valuations are carried out in accordance with the Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors ('RICS') guidelines with expected income and capitalisation rate as the key non-observable inputs.

The NPI residential property reversions, an interest in customers' properties which the Group will realise upon their death, are valued using a discounted cash flow model based on the Group's proportion of the current open market value, and discounted for the expected lifetime of the policyholder derived from published mortality tables. The open market value is measured by independent local property surveyors having appropriate recognised professional qualifications with reference to the assumed condition of the property and local market conditions. The individual properties are valued triennially and indexed using regional house price indices to the year end date. The discount rate is a risk-free rate appropriate for the duration of the asset, adjusted for the deferred possession rate of 3.7% (2021: 3.7%). Assumptions are also made in the valuation for future movements in property prices, based on a risk free rate. The residential property reversions have been substantially refinanced under the arrangements with Santander as described in note E5.

The ERIP residential property reversions, an interest in the residential property of policyholders who have previously entered into an ERIP policy and been provided with a lifetime annuity in return for the legal title to their property, are valued using unobservable inputs and management's best estimates. As the inward cash flows on these properties will not be received until the lifetime lease is no longer in force, which is usually upon the death of the policyholder, these interests are valued on a reversionary basis which is a discounted current open market value.

The open market values of the properties are independently revalued every two years by members of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors and in the intervening period are adjusted by reference to the Nationwide Building Society regional indices of house prices. The discount period is based on the best estimates of the likely date the property will become available for sale and the discount rate applied is determined by the general partner as its best estimate of the appropriate discount rate. The mortality assumption is based on the PMLO8HAWP table for males and the PFLO8HAWP table for females, adjusted to reflect the historic experience of the business concerned. The mortality rates are projected using future mortality improvements from the CMI Mortality Projection Model. No explicit allowance is made for house price inflation in the year through to their realisation. Therefore, the key assumptions used in the valuation of the reversionary interests are the interest discount rate and the mortality assumption. The interest discount rate was 5% (2021: 5%).

The fair value measurement of the investment properties has been categorised as Level 3 based on the inputs to the valuation techniques used. The following table shows the valuation techniques used in measuring the fair value of the investment properties, the significant non-observable inputs used, the inter-relationship between the key non-observable inputs and the fair value measurement of the investment properties:

Description

Valuation techniques

Significant non-observable inputs

Weighted average

2022

Weighted average

2021

Commercial Investment Property

RICS valuation

Expected income per sq. ft.

£22.41

£21.36



Estimated rental value per hotel room

£7,043

£8,534



Estimated rental value per parking space

£1,115

£1,097



Capitalisation rate

5.01%

4.65%

The estimated fair value of commercial properties would increase (decrease) if:

•  the expected income were to be higher (lower); or

•  the capitalisation rate were to be lower (higher).

The estimated fair value of the NPI residential property reversions would increase (decrease) if:

•  the deferred possession rate were to be lower (higher);

•  the mortality rate were to be higher (lower).

The estimated fair value of the ERIP residential property reversions would increase (decrease) if:

•  the discount rate were to be lower (higher);

•  the mortality rate were to be higher (lower).

Direct operating expenses (offset against rental income in the consolidated income statement) in respect of investment properties that generated rental income during the year amounted to £27 million (2021: £41 million). The direct operating expenses arising from investment property that did not generate rental income during the year amounted to £5 million (2021: £1 million).

Future minimum lease rental receivables in respect of non-cancellable operating leases on investment properties were as follows:


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Not later than 1 year

356

323

Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years

1,131

1,032

Later than 5 years

3,345

3,128

G5. Other receivables

Other receivables are recognised when due and measured on initial recognition at the fair value of the amount receivable. Subsequent to initial recognition, these receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Investment broker balances

312

249

Cash collateral pledged and initial margins posted

3,698

958

Property related receivables

145

177

Deferred acquisition costs

133

108

Other debtors

323

313


4,611

1,805




Amount recoverable after 12 months

122

100

G6. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and short-term deposits with an original maturity term of three months or less at the date of placement. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group's cash management are deducted from cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the statement of consolidated cash flows.

 


2022

 £m

2021

£m

Bank and cash balances

2,716

5,246

Short-term deposits (including notice accounts and term deposits)

6,156

3,942


8,872

9,188

Less amounts classified as held for sale

(33)

(76)

At 31 December

8,839

9,112

Deposits are subject to a combination of fixed and variable interest rates. The carrying amounts approximate to fair value at the period end. Cash and cash equivalents in long-term business operations and consolidated collective investment schemes of £8,597 million (2021: £8,707 million) are primarily held for the benefit of policyholders and so are not generally available for use by the owners.

G7. Provisions

A provision is recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation, as a result of a past event, which is likely to result in an outflow of resources and where a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made. If the effect is material, the provision is determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

A provision is recognised for onerous contracts when the expected benefits to be derived from the contracts are less than the related unavoidable costs. The unavoidable costs reflect the net cost of exiting the contract, which is the lower of the cost of fulfilling it and any compensation or penalties arising from failure to fulfil it.

Where it is expected that a part of the expenditure required to settle a provision will be reimbursed by a third party the reimbursement is recognised when, and only when, it is virtually certain that the reimbursement will be received. This reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset within other receivables and will not exceed the amount of the provision.

 







Restructuring provisions



2022

Leasehold properties

£m

Staff related

£m

Known incidents

£m

Input VAT recovery provision

£m

Operational tax provision

£m

Transition and Transformation provision

£m

Transfer of policy administration provision

£m

ReAssure provision

£m

Other1

£m

Total1

£m

At 1 January

8

9

46

17

12

92

35

2

14

235

Additions in the year

1

-

25

-

-

33

13

-

11

83

Utilised during the year

-

-

(8)

-

-

(28)

(15)

(2)

(13)

(66)

Released during the year

-

(2)

(15)

-

-

-

-

-

(1)

(18)












At 31 December

9

7

48

17

12

97

33

-

11

234

1  Other and total provisions excludes amounts classified as held for sale as at 31 December 2022 of £nil (2021: £2 million).

Leasehold properties

The leasehold properties provision includes a £7 million (2021: £7 million) dilapidations provision in respect of obligations under operating leases and £2 million (2021: £1 million) in respect of the excess of lease rentals and other payments on properties that are currently vacant or are expected to become vacant, over the amounts to be recovered from subletting these properties.

Staff related

Staff related provisions include provisions for unfunded pensions of £4 million (2021: £5 million), and private medical and other insurance costs for former employees of £3 million (2021: £4 million).

Known incidents

The known incidents provision was created for historical data quality, administration systems problems and process deficiencies on the policy administration, financial reconciliations and operational finance aspects of business outsourced. These balances represent the best estimates of costs payable to customers. Additional information has been given below in respect of the more significant balances within this provision.

During 2021, a £15 million provision was recognised in relation to errors in final encashment calculations for With Profits Trustee Investment Plans. During 2022, this provision was increased to £29 million following a review of the calculations which have now been finalised and agreed. An £11 million provision was also recognised in April 2021 following identification that certain customers who have a Protected Pension Age or a Protected Tax Free Lump Sum may not have had their benefits settled correctly. During 2022, this provision reduced to £7 million following the release of £4 million after further investigation deemed that one population of customers were no longer impacted. These provisions will be utilised within 2 to 5 years.

In 2020, following completion of the Part VII transfer of the Legal & General business, a £12 million provision was recognised in respect of amounts owed to customers due to various system and processing errors resulting in incorrect rules having been applied to policies. During the year, £3 million (2021: £2 million), of the remaining £9 million provision was utilised and a further £4 million (2021: £1 million) was released. It is expected that the remaining balance of £2 million (2021: £9 million) will be fully utilised within one year.

The remaining provisions of £10 million as at 31 December 2022 (2021: £10 million) are expected to be utilised within one to five years. As at 31 December 2022, there are no significant uncertainties which could give rise to a material change to the value of the provisions held for current known incidents.

Input VAT recovery provision

The provision of £17 million (2021: £17 million) reflects the potential outcome of on-going negotiations with HMRC in relation to the changes to the Partial Exemption Special Method ('PESM') necessitated by the addition of the Standard Life entities to the Phoenix VAT Group. The provision reflects the fact that whilst Phoenix considers its proposal for the recovery of VAT on costs incurred by Standard Life Assets & Employee Services Limited ('SLAESL') to be fair and reasonable, the revised PESM remains to be agreed and HMRC may take a different view. The current provision reflects the Group's maximum exposure as at the reporting date, and was increased by £nil million (2021: £2 million) in the year. It is currently expected that the provision will be utilised within one to two years.

Operational tax provision

The operational tax provision relates to potential tax penalties payable to HMRC following failure to notify certain customers of changes to their lifetime allowance usage. The Group is currently in discussion with HMRC in respect of these items and the provision represents the Group's best estimate of the maximum exposure as at the reporting date. The balance at 31 December 2022 of £12 million (2021: £12 million) is expected to be utilised within one to two years.

Restructuring provisions

Transition and Transformation provision

Following the acquisition of the Standard Life Assurance businesses in August 2018, the Group established a transition and transformation programme which aims to deliver the integration of the Group's operating models via a series of phases. During 2019, the Group announced its intention to extend its strategic partnership with TCS to provide customer servicing, to develop a digital platform and for migration of existing Standard Life policies to this platform by 2022 which raised a valid expectation of the impacts in those likely to be affected.

An initial provision of £159 million was established in 2019 and included migration costs, severance costs and other expenses. Migration costs are considered a direct expenditure necessarily entailed by the restructuring and represent an obligation arising from arrangements entered into with TCS during 2019. No costs have been provided for that relate to the ongoing servicing of policies. Migration costs payable to TCS are subject to limited uncertainty as they are fixed under the terms of the agreement entered into. There was an increase in costs during 2022 following on from a strategic decision to re-phase the programme. The severance costs are subject to uncertainty and will be impacted by the number of staff that transfer to TCS, and the average salaries and number of years' service of those affected. A 10% increase in the number of staff subject to redundancy, based on an average length of service and salary, would increase the provision by £4 million.

During the year, the provision was increased by £33 million (2021: £nil) and a further £28 million (2021: £17 million) was utilised. The remaining £97 million (2021: £92 million) is expected to be utilised within one to three years.

Transfer of policy administration

A significant proportion of the Group's policy administration is outsourced to Diligenta Limited ('Diligenta'), a UK-based subsidiary of Tata Consultancy Services ('TCS'). Diligenta provide life and pension business process services to a large number of the Group's policyholders. During 2018, the Group announced its intention to move to a single outsourcer platform and to transfer a further £2 million of the Group's legacy policies to Diligenta by 31 December 2021.

An initial provision of £76 million was recognised in 2018 for the expected cost of the platform migration and for severance and other costs associated with exiting from the current arrangements. Migration costs are considered a direct expenditure necessarily entailed by the restructuring and represent an obligation arising from arrangements entered into with TCS during 2018. No costs have been provided for that relate to the ongoing servicing of policies. The migration elements of the provision are subject to limited uncertainty as a consequence of the signed agreements that are in place. There is a higher degree of uncertainty in relation to the severance and associated exit costs which will be impacted by the number of staff that ultimately transfer to Diligenta. A 10% increase in the level of severance and exit costs would increase the provision by £1 million. During the year the provision was increased by £13 million (2021: £9 million) and a further £15 million (2021: £9 million) was utilised. The remaining provision of £33 million (2021: £35 million) is expected to be utilised within two years.

ReAssure restructuring provision

During 2020 a £7 million restructuring provision was established in respect of ReAssure Life Limited ('RLL') to cover severance costs. The remaining provision of £2 million was fully utilised during the year.

Other provisions

Other provisions includes £4 million (2021: £4 million) of obligations arising under a gift voucher scheme operated by the SunLife business and a commission clawback provision which represents the expected future clawback of commission income earned by the SunLife business as a result of assumed lapses of policies or associated benefits.

The remaining other provisions of £7 million (2021: £10 million) consist of a number of small balances all of which are less than £2 million in value.

Discounting

The impact of discounting on all provisions during the year from the either the passage of time or from a change in the discount rate is not material.

G8. Tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax is provided for on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not provided in respect of temporary differences arising from the initial recognition of goodwill and the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting nor taxable profit. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the period end.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

 


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Current tax:



Current tax receivable

519

419

Current tax payable

(34)

(19)




Deferred tax:



Deferred tax assets

158

-

Deferred tax liabilities

(660)

(1,399)

Movement in deferred tax liabilities

2022

1 January

£m

Recognised
in consolidated income statement

£m

Recognised
in other comprehensive income

£m

Other movements

£m

Less amounts classified as held for sale

£m

31 December

£m

Trading losses

109

81

-

8

-

198

Capital losses

32

(8)

-

-

-

24

Expenses and deferred acquisition costs carried forward

57

315

-

(1)

-

371

Provisions and other temporary differences

135

(10)

-

(2)

-

123

Non refundable pension scheme surplus

(255)

391

(287)

-

-

(151)

Committed future pension contributions

-

5

4

-

-

9

Accelerated capital allowances

16

1

-

-

-

17

Intangibles

35

(5)

-

2

-

32

Acquired in-force business

(878)

68

-

-

(3)

(813)

Customer relationships

(57)

4

-

-

-

(53)

Unrealised gains

(593)

333

1

(2)

-

(261)

IFRS transitional adjustments

(5)

5

-

-

-

-

Other

5

(4)

-

1

-

2


(1,399)

1,176

(282)

6

(3)

(502)

 

2021

1 January

£m

Recognised
in consolidated income statement

£m

Recognised
in other comprehensive income

£m

Other movements

£m

Less amounts classified as held for sale

£m

31 December

£m

Trading losses

30

80

-

(1)

-

109

Capital losses

36

(4)

-

-

-

32

Expenses and deferred acquisition costs carried forward

42

15

-

-

-

57

Provisions and other temporary differences

129

5

-

1

-

135

Non refundable pension scheme surplus

(128)

13

(140)

-

-

(255)

Pension scheme deficit

13

(16)

3

-

-

-

Accelerated capital allowances

8

8

-

-

-

16

Intangibles

39

(2)

-

(2)

-

35

Acquired in-force business

(798)

(90)

-

-

10

(878)

Customer relationships

(33)

(24)

-

-

-

(57)

Unrealised gains

(365)

(230)

-

2

-

(593)

IFRS transitional adjustments

(10)

5

-

-

-

(5)

Other

1

-

-

4

-

5


(1,036)

(240)

(137)

4

10

(1,399)

The standard rate of UK Corporation tax for the year ended 31 December 2022 is 19% (year ended 31 December 2021: 19%).

An increase from the current 19% UK corporation tax rate to 25%, effective from 1 April 2023, was announced in the Budget on 3 March 2021, and substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. Accordingly, shareholder deferred tax assets and liabilities, where provided, are reflected at rates between 19% and 25% depending on the expected timing of the reversal of the relevant temporary difference. Deferred income tax assets are recognised for tax losses carried forward only to the extent that realisation of the related tax benefit is probable.


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of:



Tax losses carried forward

73

55

Excess expenses and deferred acquisition costs

112

9

Intangibles

11

9

Deferred tax assets not recognised on capital losses1

40

29

Other

6

-

1  These can only be recognised against future capital gains and have no expiry date.

The Group also has £456 million (2021: £109 million) of BLAGAB (life business) trading losses carried forward as at 31 December 2022 across across ReAssure Limited, Phoenix Life Limited and Phoenix Life Assurance Limited. £291 million of gross losses are projected to be utilised within these entities, however no value has been attributed to these deferred tax assets given the interaction with other deductible temporary differences (2021: £109 million of gross losses were projected to be utilised and deferred tax assets of £5 million were recognised). Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the remaining £165 million (2021: £nil) losses due to the uncertainty of future BLAGAB trading profits arising against which the losses could be offset (at entity level).

Deferred tax assets valued at £7 million have been recognised in respect of £156 million (2021: £nil) arising from the interaction with other deductible timing differences on consolidation.

There is a technical matter which is currently being discussed with HMRC in relation to the L&G insurance business transfer to ReAssure Limited. These discussions are not sufficiently progressed at this stage for recognition of any potential tax benefit arising.

A tax dispute with HMRC in relation to the tax treatment of an asset formerly held by Guardian Assurance Limited (before the business was transferred to ReAssure Limited) was resolved in the period in favour of the Group. The 2021 current tax liability included an accrual for the total tax under dispute on the basis that there was sufficient risk that the tax treatment of the Group would not then be accepted. In 2022 this tax liability was released.

The Group in conjunction with a number of other companies has challenged HMRC's position on the corporation tax treatment of overseas portfolio dividends from companies resident in the EU ('EU dividends') using a Group Litigation Order ('GLO'). The issue relates to whether the UK tax rules, which taxed EU dividends received prior to 1 July 2009, was contrary to EU law given that dividends received from UK companies were exempt from tax. In 2009 UK tax law was changed with both overseas and UK dividends being treated as exempt from corporation tax.

In July 2018, the Supreme Court concluded in favour of the tax payer and a tax benefit of £13 million was recognised at the end of 2018 in relation to enhanced double tax relief claims which the Group is entitled to in accordance with the Court judgement. As a result of the insurance business transfer from Legal and General Assurance Society during 2020, the tax refund for the benefit of the Group's with-profit and unit linked funds increased to £45 million and £23 million respectively. In the case of the with-profit funds there was an increase in unallocated surplus and for the unit linked funds there was a corresponding increase in investment contract liabilities as a result of the recognition of the tax asset.

In January 2020, HMRC issued a communication to taxpayers who are affected by the dividend GLO but are not direct participants of it, setting out HMRC's intended approach to settling enquiries into the amount of double tax relief available for statutory protective or other claims. The Group has been discussing the claims with HMRC during the course of 2022, but due to the significant number of cases and years affected, no amounts have as yet been repaid. The level of tax refund expected is currently unchanged as at the end of 2022.

Some companies of the Group were late joiners or not members of the GLO but have made statutory protective tax claims totalling circa £14 million for the benefit of unit linked life funds based on the Supreme Court decision. HMRC has challenged the validity of such claims and is currently considering further tax litigation in this area against other third parties. Some progress through the courts has been made in the course of 2022, but it is expected that the litigation will continue to run. Due to the uncertainty around the potential success of the claims a tax asset has not been recognised in respect of these claims.

G9. Payables related to direct insurance contracts

Payables related to direct insurance contracts primarily include outstanding claims provisions. Outstanding claims under insurance and investment contracts with DPF are valued using a best estimate method under IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts. Outstanding claims under investment contracts without DPF are measured at full settlement value in accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement.

 


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Payables related to direct insurance contracts

1,964

1,864

G10. Lease liabilities

The operating lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted using the Group's incremental borrowing rate as the interest rate implicit in the lease cannot be readily determined. For ground rent leases classified as finance leases, the incremental borrowing rate of investment funds holding the associated investment properties is used as the discount rate. The lease liability is subsequently increased by the interest cost on the lease liability and decreased by lease payments made. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from, for example, rent reviews or from changes in the assessment of whether a termination option is reasonably certain not to be exercised. The Group has applied judgement to determine the lease term for some lease contracts with break clauses.

 


2022
£m

2021
£m

At 1 January

99

84

Leases incepted during the year

6

27

Termination of leases following the disposal of associated investment properties

(4)

(1)

Interest expense

3

3

Lease payments

(14)

(16)

Remeasurement of leases

2

2

At 31 December

92

99

Amount due within twelve months

11

10

Amount due after twelve months

81

89

Details of the related right-of-use assets are included in notes G3 and G4.

G11. Accruals and deferred income

This note analyses the Group's accruals and deferred income at the end of the year.

 


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Accruals

498

498

Deferred income

105

123

Accruals and deferred income including amounts classified as held for sale

603

621

Less amounts classified as held for sale

(37)

(54)

At 31 December

566

567




Amount due for settlement after 12 months

35

26

Deferred income includes consideration deferred as a result of the abrdn transaction pending the Part VII transfer (including amounts offset as a result of the profit share).

G12. Other payables

Other payables are recognised when due and are measured on initial recognition at the fair value of the consideration payable. Subsequent to initial recognition, these payables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Investment broker balances

513

228

Property related payables

53

73

Investment management fees

48

77

Other payables

351

343


965

721




Amount due for settlement after 12 months

-

-

H. Interests in subsidiaries and associates

H1. Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date that effective control is obtained by the Group (see basis of consolidation in note A1) and are excluded from consolidation from the date they cease to be subsidiary undertakings. For subsidiaries disposed of during the year, any difference between the net proceeds, plus the fair value of any retained interest, and the carrying amount of the subsidiary including non-controlling interests, is recognised in the consolidated income statement.

The Group uses the acquisition method to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries. The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration. Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired is recognised as goodwill. In certain acquisitions an excess of the acquirer's interest in the net fair value of the acquiree's identifiable assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities and non-controlling interests over cost may arise. Where this occurs, the surplus of the fair value of net assets acquired over the fair value of the consideration is recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Directly attributable acquisition costs are included within administrative expenses, except for acquisitions undertaken prior to 2010 when they are included within the cost of the acquisition. Costs directly related to the issuing of debt or equity securities are included within the initial carrying amount of debt or equity securities where these are not carried at fair value. Intra-group balances and income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

The Group has invested in a number of collective investment schemes such as Open-ended Investment Companies ('OEICs'), unit trusts, Société d'Investissement à Capital Variable ('SICAVs'), investment trusts and private equity funds. These invest mainly in equities, bonds, property and cash and cash equivalents. The Group's percentage ownership in these collective investment schemes can fluctuate according to the level of Group and third party participation in the structures.

When assessing control over collective investment schemes, the Group considers those factors described under the 'Basis of consolidation' in note A1. In particular, the Group considers the scope of its decision-making authority, including the existence of substantive rights (such as power of veto, liquidation rights and the right to remove the fund manager) that give it the ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee. The assessment of whether rights are substantive rights, and the circumstances under which the Group has the practical ability to exercise them, requires the exercise of judgement. This assessment includes a qualitative consideration of the rights held by the Group that are attached to its holdings in the collective investment schemes, rights that arise from contractual arrangements between the Group and the entity or fund manager and the rights held by third parties. In addition, consideration is made of whether the Group has de facto power, for example, where third party investments in the collective investment schemes are widely dispersed.

Where Group companies are deemed to control such collective investment schemes they are consolidated in the Group financial statements, with the interests of external third parties recognised as a liability (see the accounting policy for 'Net asset value attributable to unitholders' in note E1 for further details).

Certain of the collective investment schemes have non-coterminous period ends and are consolidated on the basis of additional financial statements prepared to the period end.

Portfolio transfers

When completing an acquisition, the Group first considers whether the acquisition meets the definition of a business combination under IFRS 3 Business Combinations. IFRS 3, and the use of acquisition accounting, does not apply in circumstances where the acquisition of an asset or a group of assets does not constitute a business, and is instead a portfolio of assets and liabilities. In such cases, the Group's policy is to recognise and measure the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in accordance with the Group's accounting policies for those assets and liabilities. The difference between the consideration and the net assets or liabilities acquired is recognised in the consolidated income statement.

H1.1 Significant restrictions

The ability of subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Group in the form of cash dividends or to repay loans and advances is subject to local laws, regulations and solvency requirements.

Each UK life company and the Group must retain sufficient capital at all times to meet the regulatory capital requirements mandated by or otherwise agreed with the relevant national supervisory authority. Further information on the capital requirements applicable to Group entities are set out in the Capital Management note (I3). Under UK company law, dividends can only be paid if a UK company has distributable reserves sufficient to cover the dividend.

In addition, contractual requirements may place restrictions on the transfer of funds as follows:

•  Pearl Life Holdings Limited ('PeLHL') is required to make payments of contributions into charged accounts on behalf of the Abbey Life Scheme. These amounts do not form part of the pension scheme assets and at 31 December 2022, PeLHL held £9 million (2021: £11 million) within debt securities and £18 million (2021: £14 million) within cash and cash equivalents in respect of these charged accounts. In December 2021, following completion of the 31 March 2021 funding valuation £42 million of assets were transferred from the charged accounts to the Abbey Life Pension Scheme. Further details of when the remaining amounts may become payable to the pensions scheme are included in note G1.3.

•  ReAssure Midco Limited ('RML') is required to make payments of contributions into a ring-fenced account on behalf of the ReAssure Staff Pension Scheme. These amounts do not form part of the pension scheme assets and at 31 December 2022, RML held £40 million (2021: £57 million) within debt securities and £nil (2021: £1 million) within cash and cash equivalents in respect of this account. Further details of when these amounts may become payable to the pensions scheme are included in note G1.4.

H2. Associates: investment in UK Commercial Property REIT ('UKCPR')

UKCPR is a property investment company which is domiciled in Guernsey and is admitted to the official list of the UK Listing Authority and to trading on the London Stock Exchange.

The Group's interest in UKCPR is held in the with-profit funds of the Group's life companies. Therefore, the shareholder exposure to fair value movements in the Group's investment in UKCPR is limited to the impact of those movements on the shareholder share of distributed profits of the relevant fund.

As at 31 December 2022, the Group held 44.6% (2021: 44.5%) of the issued share capital of UKCPR and the value of this investment, measured at fair value and included within financial assets, was £329 million (2021: £431 million). Management has concluded that the Group did not control UKCPR in either the current or comparative periods. The Group does not hold a unilateral power of veto in general meetings and voting is subject to certain restrictions in accordance with the terms of an existing relationship agreement it has with UKCPR.

Summary consolidated financial information (at 100%) for UKCPR group is shown below:


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Non-current assets

1,276

1,508

Current assets

83

90

Non-current liabilities

(291)

(248)

Current liabilities

(32)

(25)


1,036

1,325




Revenue

71

58

(Loss)/profit for the year after tax

(222)

236

H3. Structured entities

A structured entity is an entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such as when any voting rights relate to administrative tasks only, and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements. A structured entity often has some or all of the following features or attributes: (a) restricted activities; (b) a narrow and well-defined objective, such as to provide investment opportunities for investors by passing on risks and rewards associated with the assets of the structured entity to investors; (c) insufficient equity to permit the structured entity to finance its activities without subordinated financial support; and (d) financing in the form of multiple contractually linked instruments to investors that create concentrations of credit or other risks (tranches).

The Group has determined that all of its investments in collective investment schemes are structured entities. In addition, a number of debt security structures and private equity funds have been identified as structured entities. The Group has assessed that it has interests in both consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities as shown below:

•  Unit trusts;

•  OEICs;

•  SICAVs;

•  Private Equity Funds;

•  Asset backed securities;

•  Collateralised Debt Obligations ('CDOs');

•  Other debt structures; and

•  Phoenix Group Employee Benefit Trust ('EBT').

The Group's holdings in the investments listed above are susceptible to market price risk arising from uncertainties about future values. Holdings in investment funds are subject to the terms and conditions of the respective fund's prospectus and the Group holds redeemable shares or units in each of the funds. The funds are managed by internal and external fund managers who apply various investment strategies to accomplish their respective investment objectives. All of the funds are managed by fund managers who are compensated by the respective funds for their services. Such compensation generally consists of an asset-based fee and a performance-based incentive fee and is reflected in the valuation of each fund.

H3.1 Interests in consolidated structured entities

The Group has determined that where it has control over funds, these investments are consolidated structured entities.

The EBT is a consolidated structured entity that holds shares to satisfy awards granted to employees under the Group's share-based payment schemes.

During the year, the Group granted further loans to the EBT of £13 million (2021: £16 million).

As at the reporting date, the Group has no intention to provide financial or other support to any other consolidated structured entity.

H3.2 Interests in unconsolidated structured entities

The Group has interests in unconsolidated structured entities. These investments are held as financial assets in the Group's consolidated statement of financial position held at fair value through profit or loss. Any change in fair value is included in the consolidated income statement in 'net investment income'. Dividend and interest income is received from these investments.

A summary of the Group's interest in unconsolidated structured entities is included below. These are shown according to the financial asset categorisation in the consolidated statement of financial position.


2022

Carrying value of financial assets

£m

2021

Carrying value of financial assets

£m

Equities

968

871

Collective investment schemes

75,389

85,995

Debt securities

8,062

10,991


84,419

97,857

The Group's maximum exposure to loss with regard to the interests presented above is the carrying amount of the Group's investments. Once the Group has disposed of its shares or units in a fund, it ceases to be exposed to any risk from that fund. The Group's holdings in the above unconsolidated structured entities are largely less than 50% and as such the size of these structured entities are likely to be significantly higher than their carrying value.

Details of commitments to subscribe to private equity funds and other unlisted assets are included in note I5.

H. Interests in subsidiaries and associates continued

H4. Group entities

The table below sets out the Group's subsidiaries (including consolidated collective investment schemes), associates and significant holdings in undertakings (including undertakings in which the holding amounts to 20% or more of the nominal value of the shares or units and they are not classified as a subsidiary or associate).


Registered address of incorporated entities

If unincorporated, address of principal place of business

Type of investment (including class of shares held)

% of shares/
units held

 

Subsidiaries:





 

Phoenix Life Limited (life assurance company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Life Assurance Limited (life assurance company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Standard Life Assurance Limited (life assurance company - directly owned by the Company)

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Standard Life International Designated Activity Company (life assurance company - directly owned by the Company)

Dublin4


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Standard Life Pension Funds Limited (life assurance company)

Edinburgh3


Limited by Guarantee

100.00%

 

ReAssure Life Limited (life assurance company)

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

ReAssure Limited (life assurance company)

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pearl Group Management Services Limited (management services company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pearl Group Services Limited (management services company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Standard Life Assets and Employee Services Limited (management services company)

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

ReAssure Companies Services Limited (management services company)1

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

PGMS (Ireland) Limited (management services company)

Dublin6


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

ReAssure UK Services Limited (management services company)

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

PA (GI) Limited (non-trading company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

103 Wardour Street Retail Investment Company Limited (investment company)

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

3 St Andrew Square Apartments Limited (property management company)

Edinburgh7


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

28 Riberia de Loira SL

Madrid64


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Abbey Life Assurance Company Limited (non-trading company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Abbey Life Trust Securities Limited (pension trustee company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Abbey Life Trustee Services Limited (dormant company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Alba LAS Pensions Management Limited (dormant company)1

Glasgow8


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Alba Life Trustees Limited (non-trading company)

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Axial Fundamental Strategies (US Investments) LLC (investment company)

Delaware9


Limited Liability Company

100.00%

 

BA (FURBS) Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

BL Telford Limited (dormant company)1

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Britannic Finance Limited (finance and insurance services company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Britannic Group Services Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Britannic Money Investment Services Limited (investment advice company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Century Trustee Services Limited (dormant company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

CH Management Limited (investment company)

Delaware10


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Cityfourinc (dormant company)1

Wythall2


Unlimited with Shares

100.00%

 

ERIP General Partner Limited (General Partner to ERIP Limited Partnership)

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

80.00%

 

ERIP Limited Partnership (Limited Partnership)

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

G Assurance & Pensions Services Limited (non-trading company)1

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

G Financial Services Limited (dormant company)1

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

G Life H Limited (holding company)1

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

G Park Management Company Limited (property management company)

London11


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

G Trustees Limited (trustee company)

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Gallions Reach Shopping Park (Nominee) Limited (dormant company)

London11


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Gresham Life Assurance Society Limited (dormant company)1

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Iceni Nominees (No. 2) Limited (dormant company)

London11


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

IH (Jersey) Limited (dormant company)

Jersey12


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Impala Holdings Limited (holding company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Impala Loan Company 1 Limited (dormant company)

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Inesia SA (investment company)

Luxembourg13


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Inhoco 3107 Limited (dormant company)

London11


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

London Life Limited (dormant company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

London Life Trustees Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Namulas Pension Trustees Limited (dormant company)

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

National Provident Institution (dormant company)1

Wythall2


Unlimited without Shares

100.00%

 

National Provident Life Limited (dormant company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

NM Life Trustees Limited (dormant company)

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

NM Pensions Limited (dormant company)1

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

NP Life Holdings Limited (dormant company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

NPI (Printworks) Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

NPI (Westgate) Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix (Barwell 2) Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix (Chiswick House) Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pearl (Covent Garden) Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pearl (Martineau Phase 1) Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pearl (Martineau Phase 2) Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix (Moor House 1) Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix (Moor House 2) Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pearl (Moor House) Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix (Printworks) Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix (Stockley Park) Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pearl (WP) Investments LLC (investment company)

Delaware9


Limited Liability Company

100.00%

 

Pearl AL Limited (dormant company)1

Glasgow8


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pearl Assurance Group Holdings Limited (investment company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pearl Customer Care Limited (financial services company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pearl Group Holdings (No. 1) Limited (finance company)

London14


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pearl Group Holdings (No. 2) Limited (holding company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pearl Group Secretariat Services Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pearl Life Holdings Limited (holding company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Group Management Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pearl MP Birmingham Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pearl RLG Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pearl Trustees Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix ULA Limited (dormant company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

PG Dormant (No 4) Limited (dormant company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

PG Dormant (No 5) Limited (dormant company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

PG Dormant (No 6) Limited (dormant company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Group Management Services Limited (dormant company)

London14


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Holdings (Bermuda) Limited (non-trading company)

Bermuda63


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Group Holdings (Bermuda) Limited (non-trading company)

Bermuda63


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Management Services (Bermuda) Limited (non-trading company)

Bermuda63


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Management Services Holdings (Bermuda) Limited
(non-trading company)

Bermuda63


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Re Limited

Bermuda63


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Standard Life Mortgages Limited

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Clyde Gateway Management Company Limited

Edinburgh7


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

PGMS (Glasgow) Limited (investment company)1

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

PGMS (Ireland) Holdings Unlimited Company (holding company)

Dublin6


Unlimited with Shares

100.00%

 

PGS 2 Limited (investment company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix & London Assurance Limited (dormant company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Advisers Limited (dormant company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix AW Limited (dormant company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Customer Care Limited (financial services company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix ER1 Limited (finance company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix ER2 Limited (finance company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix ER3 Limited (finance company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix ER4 Limited (finance company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix ER5 Limited (finance company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix ER6 Limited (finance company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Group Capital Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Group Holdings (non-trading company)

Cayman Islands18


Private Company

100.00%

 

Phoenix Life Assurance Europe DAC

Dublin19


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Life Holdings Limited (holding company - directly owned by the Company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Pension Scheme (Trustees) Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Pensions Trustee Services Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix SCP Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix SCP Pensions Trustees Limited (trustee company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix SCP Trustees Limited (trustee company)

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix SL Direct Limited (non-trading company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix SPV1 Limited (investment company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix SPV2 Limited (investment company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix SPV3 Limited (investment company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix SPV4 Limited (investment company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Unit Trust Managers Limited (unit trust manager)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Wealth Holdings Limited (holding company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Wealth Services Limited (financial services company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Phoenix Wealth Trustee Services Limited (trustee company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

ReAssure FS Limited (dormant company)1

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

ReAssure FSH UK Limited (holding company)1

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

ReAssure Group plc (holding company - directly owned by the Company)

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

ReAssure Life Pension Trustees Limited (dormant company)

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

ReAssure LL Limited (dormant company)1

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

ReAssure Midco Limited (holding company)

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

ReAssure Nominees Limited (dormant company)1

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

ReAssure Pension Trustees Limited (dormant company)

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

ReAssure PM Limited (dormant company)1

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

ReAssure Trustees Limited (dormant company)

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

ReAssure Two Limited (dormant company)1

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

ReAssure UK Life Assurance Company Limited (dormant company)1

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Scottish Mutual Assurance Limited (dormant company)1

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Scottish Mutual Nominees Limited (dormant company)1

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Scottish Mutual Pension Funds Investment Limited (trustee company)

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

SL (NEWCO) Limited (dormant company)

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

SL Liverpool plc (dormant company)1

Wythall2


Public Limited Company

100.00%

 

SLA Belgium No.1 SA (investment company)

Brussels20


Société Anonyme

100.00%

 

SLA Netherlands No.1 B.V. (investment company)

Amsterdam21


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

SLACOM (No. 10) Limited (dormant company)

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

SLACOM (No. 8) Limited (dormant company)

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

SLACOM (No. 9) Limited (dormant company)

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

SLIF Property Investment GP Limited (General Partner to SLIF Property Investment)

Edinburgh7


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pilangen Logistik AB (investment company)

Stockholm22


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Pilangen Logistik I AB (investment company)

Stockholm22


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

SLA Denmark No.1 ApS (investment company)

Copenhagen23


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

SLA Denmark No.2 ApS (investment company)

Copenhagen23


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

SLA Germany No.1 S.à.r.l. (investment company)

Luxembourg24


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

SLA Germany No.2 S.à.r.l. (investment company)

Luxembourg24


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

SLA Germany No.3 S.à.r.l. (investment company)

Luxembourg24


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

SLA Ireland No.1 S.à.r.l. (investment company)

Luxembourg24


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Standard Life Assurance (HWPF) Luxembourg S.à.r.l. (investment company)

Luxembourg24


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Standard Life Agency Services Limited (dormant company)

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Standard Life Investment Funds Limited (dormant company)

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Standard Life Lifetime Mortgages Limited (mortgage provider company)

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Standard Life Master Trust Co. Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Standard Life Private Equity Trust plc (investment company)

Edinburgh7


Ordinary Shares

56.01%

 

Standard Life Property Company Limited (dormant company)

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Standard Life Trustee Company Limited (trustee company)

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

SunLife Limited (financial services distribution company)

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

The Heritable Securities and Mortgage Investment Association Ltd (dormant company)

Edinburgh3


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

The London Life Association Limited (dormant company)

Wythall2


Limited by Guarantee

100.00%

 

The Pathe Building Management Company Limited (dormant company)1

Telford5


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

The Phoenix Life SCP Institution (dormant company)1

Edinburgh3


Limited by Guarantee

100.00%

 

The Scottish Mutual Assurance Society (dormant company)1

Glasgow8


Limited by Guarantee

100.00%

 

The Standard Life Assurance Company of Europe B.V. (financial holding company)

Amsterdam21


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Vebnet (Holdings) Limited (holding company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Vebnet Limited (services company)1

Wythall2


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

Welbrent Property Investment Company Limited (dormant company)

London11


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

PC Management Limited (property management company)

Dublin25


Ordinary Shares

69.00%

 

Phoenix Group Employee Benefit Trust

Jersey26


Trust

100.00%

 

330 Avenida de Aragon SL (property management company)

Madrid27


Ordinary Shares

100.00%

 

SLIF Property Investment LP


Edinburgh7

Limited Partnership

100.00%

 

Pearl Private Equity LP


Edinburgh7

Limited Partnership

100.00%

 

Pearl Strategic Credit LP


Edinburgh7

Limited Partnership

100.00%

 

European Strategic Partners LP


Edinburgh7

Limited Partnership

72.70%

 

ASI Phoenix Global Private Equity III LP


Edinburgh7

Limited Partnership

100.00%

 

Janus Henderson Institutional Short Duration Bond Fund


London29

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

Janus Henderson Institutional Mainstream UK Equity Trust


London29

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

Janus Henderson Institutional UK Equity Tracker Trust


London29

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

Janus Henderson Institutional High Alpha UK Equity Fund


London29

Unit Trust

85.82%

 

Janus Henderson Global Funds - Janus Henderson Institutional Overseas Bond Fund


London29

OEIC, sub fund

97.93%

 

Janus Henderson Strategic Investment Funds - Janus Henderson Institutional North American Index Opportunities Fund


London29

OEIC, sub fund

83.06%

 

Janus Henderson Strategic Investment Funds - Janus Henderson Institutional Asia Pacific ex Japan Index Opportunities Fund


London29

OEIC, sub fund

85.70%

 

Janus Henderson Strategic Investment Funds - Janus Henderson Institutional Japan Index Opportunities Fund


London29

OEIC, sub fund

79.82%

 

PUTM Far Eastern Unit Trust


Wythall2

Unit Trust

99.63%

 

PUTM UK Stock Market Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM UK Stock Market Fund (Series 3)


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM UK All-Share Index Unit Trust


Wythall2

Unit Trust

99.89%

 

PUTM UK Equity Unit Trust


Wythall2

Unit Trust

99.91%

 

PUTM Bothwell Asia Pacific (Excluding Japan) Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

99.63%

 

PUTM Bothwell Emerging Market Debt Unconstrained Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM Bothwell European Credit Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

99.58%

 

PUTM Bothwell Global Bond Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM Bothwell Global Credit Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM Bothwell Floating Rate ABS Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM Bothwell Index-Linked Sterling Hedged Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM Bothwell Long Gilt Sterling Hedged Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM Bothwell Emerging Markets Equity Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

99.95%

 

PUTM Bothwell Sterling Government Bond Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

99.61%

 

PUTM Bothwell Euro Sovereign Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

82.16%

 

PUTM Bothwell Sterling Credit Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

99.94%

 

PUTM Bothwell Tactical Asset Allocation Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM Bothwell UK All Share Listed Equity Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

99.63%

 

PUTM ACS UK All Share Listed Equity Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM Bothwell Uk Equity Income Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM Bothwell Sub-Sovereign A Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM Bothwell Short Duration Credit Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM Bothwell Ultra Short Duration Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM ACS Lothian North American Equity Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM ACS Lothian European Ex UK Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM ACS Lothian UK Listed Equity Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM ACS European ex UK Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM ACS Japan Equity Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM ACS Lothian UK Gilt Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM ACS Sustainable Index Asia Pacific ex Japan Equity Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM ACS Sustainable Index European Equity Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM ACS Emerging Market Equity Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM ACS Sustainable Index Japan Equity Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM ACS Sustainable Index US Equity Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM ACS Sustainable Index UK Equity Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM ACS North American 2 Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM ACS Sustainable Index Emerging Markets Equity Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM ACS UK Smaller Companies Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

PUTM ACS North American Fund


Wythall2

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

abrdn Strategic Bond Fund


Edinburgh

Unit Trust

89.91%

 

abrdn European Trust II


Edinburgh

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

abrdn Emerging Markets Income Equity Fund


Edinburgh

OEIC, sub fund

78.04%

 

abrdn Emerging Markets Equity Fund


Edinburgh

OEIC, sub fund

96.86%

 

abrdn Europe ex UK Ethical Equity Fund


Edinburgh

OEIC, sub fund

80.53%

 

abrdn European Trust


Edinburgh

Unit Trust

96.78%

 

abrdn Japan Trust


Edinburgh

Unit Trust

80.67%

 

abrdn North American Trust


Edinburgh

Unit Trust

99.63%

 

abrdn Pacific Basin Trust


Edinburgh

Unit Trust

98.39%

 

abrdn Short Dated UK Government Bond Trust


Edinburgh

Unit Trust

99.96%

 

abrdn UK Government Bond Trust


Edinburgh

Unit Trust

99.91%

 

abrdn UK Corporate Bond Trust


Edinburgh

Unit Trust

99.89%

 

abrdn Active Plus Bond Trust


Edinburgh

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

abrdn International Trust


Edinburgh

Unit Trust

99.86%

 

abrdn UK Equity General Trust


Edinburgh

Unit Trust

99.94%

 

abrdn Short Dated Corporate Bond Fund


Edinburgh

OEIC, sub fund

80.55%

 

abrdn MyFolio Managed I Fund


Edinburgh

OEIC, sub fund

75.49%

 

abrdn MyFolio Managed II Fund


Edinburgh

OEIC, sub fund

75.37%

 

abrdn MyFolio Managed III Fund


Edinburgh

OEIC, sub fund

83.05%

 

abrdn MyFolio Managed V Fund


Edinburgh

OEIC, sub fund

75.09%

 

abrdn Dynamic Multi Asset Growth Fund


Edinburgh

OEIC, sub fund

95.47%

 

abrdn American Income Equity Fund


Edinburgh

OEIC, sub fund

74.41%

 

abrdn Standard SICAV II Absolute Return Global Bond Strategies Fund


Luxembourg30

SICAV, sub fund

74.22%

 

abrdn Standard SICAV II European Equities Fund


Luxembourg30

SICAV, sub fund

99.30%

 

abrdn Standard SICAV II Global Equities Fund


Luxembourg30

SICAV, sub fund

88.67%

 

abrdn Standard SICAV II European Government All Stocks Fund


Luxembourg30

SICAV, sub fund

100.00%

 

abrdn Standard SICAV II Japanese Equities Fund


Luxembourg30

SICAV, sub fund

97.45%

 

abrdn Standard SICAV II Global High Yield Bond Fund


Luxembourg30

SICAV, sub fund

54.53%

 

abrdn Standard SICAV II Global REIT Focus Fund


Luxembourg30

SICAV, sub fund

93.22%

 

abrdn Standard SICAV II China Equities Fund


Luxembourg30

SICAV, sub fund

68.15%

 

abrdn Standard SICAV II Global Emerging Markets Local CCY Debt Fund


Luxembourg30

SICAV, sub fund

83.14%

 

abrdn Standard SICAV II Emerging Market Debt Fund


Luxembourg30

SICAV, sub fund

97.87%

 

ASIMT American Equity Unconstrained Fund


Edinburgh7

Unit Trust

78.87%

 

ASIMT Japan Fund


Edinburgh7

Unit Trust

78.81%

 

ASIMT Global REIT Fund


Edinburgh7

Unit Trust

81.32%

 

ASIMT Sterling Intermediate Credit Fund Launch Fund


Edinburgh7

Unit Trust

89.33%

 

abrdn Liquidity Fund (Lux) - Seabury Sterling Liquidity 3 Fund


Luxembourg31

UCITS, sub fund

100.00%

 

abrdn Standard Liquidity Fund (Lux) - Seabury Sterling Liquidity 2 Fund


Luxembourg31

UCITS, sub fund

99.99%

 

abrdn Standard Liquidity Fund (Lux) - Seabury Euro Liquidity 1 Fund


Luxembourg³¹

UCITS, sub fund

99.99%

 

Ignis Private Equity Fund LP


Cayman Islands18

Limited Partnership

100.00%

 

Ignis Strategic Credit Fund LP


Cayman Islands18

Limited Partnership

100.00%

 

ASI Phoenix Fund Financing SCSp (PLFF)


Luxembourg31

Special Limited Partnership

100.00%

 

North American Strategic Partners 2008 L.P.


Delaware9

Limited Partnership

100.00%

 

North American Strategic Partners (Feeder) 2008 Limited Partnership


Edinburgh7

Limited Partnership

100.00%

Crawley Unit Trust


Jersey32

Unit Trust

100.00%

Ignis Strategic Solutions Funds plc - Fundamental Strategies Fund


Dublin33

OEIC, sub fund

96.83%

Ignis Strategic Solutions Funds plc - Systematic Strategies Fund


Dublin33

OEIC, sub fund

100.00%

HSBC Investment Funds - Balanced Fund


London34

OEIC, sub fund

82.18%

IFSL AMR OEIC - IFSL AMR Diversified Portfolio


Bolton35

OEIC, sub fund

71.78%

iShares 350 UK Equity Index Fund UK


London36

OEIC, sub fund

94.08%

Legal & General European Equity Income Fund


London37

Unit Trust

85.74%

Legal & General Growth Trust


London37

Unit Trust

75.60%

abrdn Sustainable Index World Equity Fund


Edinburgh7

Unit Trust

100.00%

abrdn Sustainable Index UK Equity Fund


Edinburgh7

Unit Trust

77.28%

CF Macquaries Global Infrastructure Securities Fund


London38

OEIC, sub fund

70.77%






Quilter Investors Global Equity Index Fund


London39

OEIC, sub fund

76.55%

Quilter Investors UK Equity Index Fund


London39

OEIC, sub fund

84.30%

Associates:





UK Commercial Property REIT Limited (property investment company)

Guernsey41


Ordinary Shares

44.46%

UK Commercial Property Estates Holdings Limited (property investment company)

Guernsey41


Ordinary Shares

44.46%

UKCPT Limited Partnership (dormant company)


London42

Limited Partnership

44.46%

UK Commercial Property Finance Holdings Limited (property investment company)

Guernsey41


Ordinary Shares

44.46%

UK Commercial Property Estates (Reading) Limited (dormant company)

London42


Ordinary Shares

44.46%

Duke Distribution Centres S.à.r.l. (investment company)

Luxembourg44


Ordinary Shares

44.46%

Duke Offices & Developments S.à.r.l. (investment company)

Luxembourg44


Ordinary Shares

44.46%

Significant holdings:





Janus Henderson Institutional Global Responsible Managed Fund


London29

OEIC, sub fund

33.39%

Janus Henderson Institutional UK Index Opportunities Fund


London29

OEIC, sub fund

56.15%

Standard Life Capital Infrastructure I LP


Edinburgh7

Limited Partnership

48.00%

abrdn (SLI) Corporate Bond Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

40.46%

abrdn Emerging Markets Local Currency Bond Tracker Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

44.51%

abrdn Global Absolute Return Strategies Retail Acc


Edinburgh7

Unit Trust

62.31%

abrdn Dynamic Distribution Fund


Edinburgh7

Unit Trust

63.43%

AB SICAV I - Diversified Yield Plus Portfolio


Luxembourg30

SICAV, sub fund

36.98%

Standard Life Investments UK Real Estate Accumulation Feeder Fund


Edinburgh7

Unit Trust

53.89%

abrdn Global Smaller Company Fund


Edinburgh7

Unit Trust

24.07%

abrdn Global Focused Equity Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

46.66%

abrdn UK High Income Equity Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

49.91%

abrdn High Yield Bond Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

21.64%

abrdn UK Opportunities Equity Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

55.59%

abrdn Investment Grade Corporate Bond Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

44.22%

abrdn UK Smaller Companies Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

30.76%

abrdn Short Duration Global Inflation-Linked Bond Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

37.23%

abrdn UK Unconstrained Equity Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

53.54%

abrdn Ethical Corporate Bond Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

56.62%

abrdn Global Real Estate Fund


Edinburgh7

Unit Trust

40.27%

abrdn MyFolio Market I Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

43.39%

abrdn MyFolio Market II Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

47.20%

abrdn MyFolio Market III Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

54.17%

abrdn MyFolio Market IV Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

51.88%

 

abrdn MyFolio Market V Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

60.81%

 

abrdn MyFolio Multi-Manager II Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

54.75%

 

abrdn MyFolio Multi-Manager III Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

65.02%

 

abrdn MyFolio Multi-Manager IV Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

57.29%

 

abrdn MyFolio Multi-Manager V Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

60.59%

 

abrdn MyFolio Managed IV Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

67.78%

 

abrdn Standard SICAV II European Smaller Companies Fund


Luxembourg30

SICAV, sub fund

28.68%

 

abrdn Standard SICAV II European Corporate Bond Fund


Luxembourg30

SICAV, sub fund

33.26%

 

abrdn Standard SICAV II Global Absolute Return Strategies Fund


Luxembourg30

SICAV, sub fund

49.38%

 

abrdn Standard SICAV II Global Corporate Bond Fund


Luxembourg30

SICAV, sub fund

73.15%

 

abrdn American Unconstrained Equity Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

26.01%

 

abrdn Liquidity Fund (Lux) Euro Fund


Luxembourg31

UCITS, sub fund

28.60%

 

abrdn Europe ex UK Income Equity Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

21.51%

 

abrdn UK Income Unconstrained Equity Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

58.73%

 

Amundi Index Solutions - Amundi MSCI Emerging Ex China ESG Leaders Select


Luxembourg40

SICAV, sub fund

61.30%

 

Brent Cross Partnership


London43

Limited Partnership

23.83%

 

Gallions Reach Shopping Park Unit Trust


Jersey32

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

Standard Life Investments UK Shopping Centre Trust


Jersey46

Unit Trust

40.13%

 

Gallions Reach Shopping Park Limited Partnership


London11

Unit Trust

100.00%

 

Standard Life Investments Brent Cross LP


Edinburgh7

Unit Trust

40.13%

 

AXA Fixed Interest Investment ICVC - Sterling Strategic Bond Fund


London47

UCITS, sub fund

28.91%

 

AQR Global Risk Premium UCITS Fund


USA49

UCITS, sub fund

96.48%

 

Threadneedle Investment Funds ICVC - American Select Fund


London50

OEIC, sub fund

20.99%

 

Vanguard Investment Series plc - Vanguard Global Short-Term Corporate Bond Index Fund


Dublin51

UCITS, sub fund

23.83%

 

Vanguard Investment Series plc - Vanguard U.K. Short-Term Investment Grade Bond Index Fund


Dublin51

UCITS, sub fund

45.15%

 

Vanguard Common Contractual Fund - Vanguard U.S. Equity Index Common Contractual Fund


Dublin51

UCITS, sub fund

92.82%

 

Vanguard Investment Series plc - Vanguard Global Corporate Bond Index Fund


Dublin51

UCITS, sub fund

22.42%

 

Vanguard Investments Common Contractual Fund - Vanguard FTST Developed World ex UK Common Contractual Fund


Dublin51

UCITS, sub fund

98.17%

 

MI Somerset Global Emerging Markets Fund


London53

OEIC, sub fund

64.46%

 

abrdn Emerging Markets Equity Enhanced Index Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

20.36%

 

Amundi UCITS Funds - Amundi Global Multi-Factor Equity Fund


Luxembourg40

UCITS, sub fund

61.34%

 

abrdn SICAV I - Emerging Markets Low Volatility Equity Portfolio


Luxembourg30

SICAV, sub fund

87.52%

 

abrdn SICAV I - GDP Weighted Global Government Bond Fund


Luxembourg31

SICAV, sub fund

84.51%

 

abrdn SICAV I - Global Bond Fund


Luxembourg31

SICAV, sub fund

91.69%

 

abrdn SICAV I - Global Government Bond Fund


Luxembourg31

SICAV, sub fund

37.28%

 

Fidelity Multi Asset Open Adventurous Fund


Surrey54

OEIC, sub fund

55.92%

 

Goldman Sachs SICAV - Emerging Markets Total Return Bond Portfolio


Luxembourg55

SICAV, sub fund

87.04%

 

Janus Henderson Diversified Growth Fund


London29

OEIC, sub fund

68.80%

 

L&G Emerging Markets Bond Fund


Luxembourg57

SICAV, sub fund

39.41%

 

Legal & General European Trust


London37

Unit Trust

50.34%

 

L&G Multi-Asset Target Return Fund


Luxembourg57

SICAV, sub fund

39.62%

 

Legal & General Emerging Markets Government Bond USD Index Fund


London37

Unit Trust

26.58%

 

Legal & General High Income Trust


London37

Unit Trust

42.68%

 

L&G Euro High Alpha Corporate Bond Fund


Luxembourg57

SICAV, sub fund

21.28%

 

Legal & General UK Smaller Companies Trust


London37

Unit Trust

30.59%

 

LGIM Sterling Liquidity Plus Fund


Dublin51

UCITS, sub fund

43.41%

 

Marks and Spencer Worldwide Managed Fund


London34

Unit Trust

36.28%

 

Quilter Investors China Equity Fund


London39

OEIC, sub fund

21.88%

 

Quilter Investors Ethical Equity Fund 


London39

Unit Trust

50.02%

 

Quilter Investors Global Equity Growth Fund


London39

OEIC, sub fund

46.52%

 

Vanguard Investments Common Contractual Fund - Vanguard FTSE Developed Europe ex UK Common Contractual Fund


Dublin51

UCITS, sub fund

96.34%

 

Vanguard Investments Common Contractual Fund - Vanguard FTSE Developed World Common Contractual Fund


Dublin51

UCITS, sub fund

44.19%

 

Baillie Gifford UK & Balanced Funds ICVC - Baillie Gifford UK and Worldwide Equity Fund


Edinburgh59

OEIC, sub fund

24.88%

 

Baillie Gifford Investment Funds II ICVC - Baillie Gifford UK Equity Core Fund


Edinburgh59

OEIC, sub fund

36.11%

 

abrdn Short Dated Sterling Corporate Bond Tracker Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

41.08%

 

abrdn Global Inflation-Linked Bond Tracker Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

49.65%

 

abrdn Multi-Asset Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

28.45%

 

abrdn SICAV I - Diversified Income Fund


Luxembourg31

SICAV, sub fund

34.44%

 

abrdn Diversified Growth Fund


London11

Unit Trust

24.69%

 

Amundi Index Solutions - Amundi MSCI China ESG Leaders Select


Luxembourg40

SICAV, sub fund

43.46%

 

Amundi Index Solutions - Amundi Global Corp SRI 1-5Y


Luxembourg40

SICAV, sub fund

37.32%

 

BNY Mellon Multi-Asset Global Balanced Fund


London60

UCITS, sub fund

26.37%

 

Aberdeen Japan Equity Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

24.48%

 

abrdn European Equity Tracker Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

20.75%

 

abrdn UK Responsible Equity Fund


Edinburgh7

OEIC, sub fund

33.71%

 

Performance Retail Unit Trust


Jersey62

Unit Trust

50.10%

 

Vanguard Investments Common Contractual Fund - Vanguard FTSE Developed Europe ex UK Common Contractual Fund


Dublin51

UCITS, sub fund

96.34%

 

Vanguard Investments Common Contractual Fund - Vanguard FTSE Developed World Common Contractual Fund


Dublin51

UCITS, sub fund

44.19%

 

1 These subsidiaries have been granted audit exemption by parental guarantee by virtue of s.479A of the Companies Act 2006.

2 1 Wythall Green Way, Wythall, Birmingham, West Midlands, B47 6WG, United Kingdom

3 Standard Life House, 30 Lothian Road, Edinburgh, EH1 2DH, United Kingdom

4 90 St. Stephen's Green, Dublin, D2, Ireland

5 Windsor House, Telford Centre, Telford, Shropshire, TF3 4NB, United Kingdom

6 Goodbody Secretarial Limited, International Financial Services Centre, 25/28 North Wall Quay, Dublin 1, Ireland

7 1 George Street, Edinburgh, EH2 2LL, United Kingdom

8 301 St Vincent Street, Glasgow, G2 5HN, United Kingdom

9 Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Rd Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808, United States

10 Suite 202, 103 Foulk Road, Wilmington, Delaware, 19803, United States

11 Bow Bells House, 1 Bread Street, London, EC4M 9HH, United Kingdom

12 22-24 New Street, St Pauls Gate, 4th Floor, JE1 4TR, Jersey

13 8 Boulevard Royal, L-2449, Luxembourg, Luxembourg

14 20 Old Bailey, London, England, EC4M 7AN, United Kingdom

15 30 Finsbury Square, London, EC2A 1AG, United Kingdom

16 33 Finsbury Square, London, EC2A 1AG, United Kingdom

17 Arthur Cox Building, 10 Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2, Dublin, Ireland

18 Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands

19 25/28 North Wall Quay, Dublin 1, Dublin, Ireland

20 Avenue Louise 326, bte 33 1050 Brussels, Belgium

21 Telestone 8, Teleport, Naritaweg 165, 1043 BW, Amsterdam, Netherlands

22 Citco (Sweden) Ab, Stureplan 4c, 4 Tr, 114 35 Stockholm, Sweden

23 c/o Citco (Denmark) ApS, Holbergsgade 14, 2 .tv, 1057 København K Denmark

24 6B, rue Gabriel Lippmann, Parc d'Activité Syrdall 2, L-5365 Münsbach, Luxembourg

25 5th Floor Beaux Lane House, Mercer Street Lower, Dublin 2, Dublin, Ireland

26 32 Commercial Street, St Helier, Jersey, Channel Islands, JE2 3RU, Jersey

27 Avenida de Aragon 330 - Building 5, 3rd Floor, Parque Empresarial Las Mercedes, 28022 - Madrid, Spain

28 The Pearl Centre, Lynch Wood, Peterborough, PE2 6FY, United Kingdom

29 201 Bishopsgate, London, EC2M 3AE, United Kingdom

30 88 2-4, Rue Eugène Ruppert, L-2453 Luxembourg, Luxembourg

31 35a Avenue J.F. Kennedy, L-1855, Luxembourg

32 Ogier House, The Esplanade, St Helier, JE4 9WG, Jersey

33 32 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2, Dublin, D02 Y512, Ireland

34             8 Canada Square, London, E14 5HQ, United Kingdom

35             Marlborough House, 59 Chorley New Road, Bolton, BL1 4QP, United Kingdom

36 12 Throgmorton Avenue, London EC2N 2DL, United Kingdom

37 One Coleman Street, London, EC2R 5AA, United Kingdom

38 6th Floor, 65 Gresham Street, London, EC2V 7NQ, United Kingdom

39 Senator House, 85 Queen Victoria Street, London, EC4V 4AB, United Kingdom

40 5, Allée Scheffer, L-2520 Luxembourg, Luxembourg

41 Trafalgar Court, Les Banques, St Peter Port, GY1 3QL, Guernsey

42 1 More London Place, London, SE1 2AF, United Kingdom

43 Kings Place, 90 York Way, London, N1 9GE, United Kingdom

44 1, Allée Scheffer, L-2520 Luxembourg, Luxembourg

45 2 Snowhill, Birmingham, B4 6WR, United Kingdom

46 Elizabeth House, 9 Castle Street, St Helier, JE4 2QP, Jersey

47 155 Bishopsgate, London, EX2M 3JX, United Kingdom

48             22 Bishopsgate, London, EC2N 4BQ, United Kingdom

49 Aqr Capital Management LLC, Greenwich, 06830, United States

50 Cannon Place, 78 Cannon Street, London, EC4N 6AG, United Kingdom

51 70 Sir John Rogerson's Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland

52 4th Floor, The Walbrook Building, 25 Walbrook, London, EC4N 8AF, United Kingdom

53 Manning House, 22 Carlisle Place, London, SWIP 1JA, United Kingdom

54 Beech Gate, Millfield Lane, Lower Kingswood, Tadworth, Surrey, KT20 6RP, United Kingdom

55 49, Avenue J.F. Kennedy, L-1855 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

56 Perpetual Park, Perpetual Park Drive, Henley-on-Thames, Oxfordshire, RG9 1HH, United Kingdom

57 10, Château d'Eau, L-3364 Leudelange, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

58 1st Floor, 2 Ballsbridge Park, Ballsbridge, Dublin, D04 YW83, Ireland

59 Calton Square, 1 Greenside Row, Edinburgh, EH1 3AN, United Kingdom

60 160 Queen Victoria Street, London, EC4V 4LA, United Kingdom

61 Grove House, Green Street, St Helier, JE1 2ST, Jersey

62 44-47 Esplanade, St Helier, JE4 9WG, Jersey

63 Canon's Court, 22 Victoria Street, Hamilton, HM12, Bermuda

64 Calle Nanclares de Oca, 1B, 28022 Madrid

 

The following subsidiaries were dissolved during the period. The subsidiaries were deconsolidated from the date of dissolution:

•  PGH (LC1) Limited

•  PGH (LC2) Limited

•  PGH (LCA) Limited

•  PGH (LCB) Limited

•  PGH (MC1) Limited

•  PGH (MC2) Limited

•  PGH (TC1) Limited

•  PGH (TC2) Limited

•  PGH Capital PLC

•  PUTM Bothwell Japan Tracker Fund

•  PUTM Bothwell North America Fund

The following subsidiaries were either fully disposed of or the Group was no longer deemed to control the entity. The subsidiaries were deconsolidated from either the date of disposal or from the date when the Group was deemed to no longer control the subsidiary:

•  Aberdeen Standard SICAV II European Equity Unconstrained Fund

•  Aberdeen Standard SICAV III Global Short Duration Corporate Bond Fund

•  Aberdeen Standard SICAV II Global Bond Fund

•  Aberdeen Standard SICAV II Global Emerging Markets Unconstrained Fund

•  Aberdeen Standard Liquidity Fund (Lux) Sterling Fund

•  Aberdeen Standard SICAV III Dynamic Multi Asset Growth Fund

•  ASI Europe ex UK Growth Equity Fund

•  ASI Global Real Estate Share Fund

•  ASI MyFolio Multi-Manager I Fund

•  ASI Phoenix Venture Capital Partners LP

•  ASI (Standard Life) Global Equity Trust II

•  ASI (Standard Life) Multi-Asset Trust

•  Legal & General Dynamic Bond Fund

•  Northampton General Partner Limited

•  The Pearl Martineau Galleries Limited Partnership

•  The Pearl Martineau Limited Partnership

•  Quilter Investors Diversified Portfolio Fund

•  Quilter Investors UK Equity Large-Cap Value Fund

 

The following associates were dissolved during the period. The investment in associate was derecognised from the date of dissolution:

•  Brixton Radlett Property Limited

•  Moor House General Partner Limited

•  UK Commercial Property Estates Limited

•  UK Commercial Property GP Limited

•  UK Commercial Property Holdings Limited

•  UK Commercial Property Nominee Limited

 

The Group no longer has significant holdings in the following undertakings:

•  Aberdeen Standard Global SICAV III Global Equity Impact Fund

•  Aberdeen Standard UK Retail Park Trust

•  AXA Global High Income Fund

•  Blackrock ICS Sterling Government Liquidity Fund

•  Castlepoint LP

•  Central Saint Giles Unit Trust

•  HSBC ETFs PLC - HSBC FTSE EPRA NAREIT Developed UCITS ETF

•  L&G Absolute Return Bond Plus Fund

•  Legal & General Asian Income Trust

•  Legal & General Emerging Markets Government Bond (Local Currency) Index Fund

•  Legal & General UK Equity Income Fund

•  Legal & General European Index Trust

•  Legal & General Global Real Estate Dividend Index Fund

•  Legal & General Real Capital Builder Fund

•  Legal & General UK Special Situations Trust

•  Invesco US Equity Fund

•  Quilter Investors Bond 2 Fund

•  Quilter Investors Cirilium Moderate Blend Portfolio Fund

•  Vanguard FTSE U.K. All Share Index Unit Trust

•  Vanguard Investment Series plc - Vanguard U.K. Investment Grade Bond Index Fund

I. Other notes

I1. Share-based payments

Equity-settled share-based payments to employees and others providing services are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date. The fair value excludes the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. Further details regarding the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based transactions are set out below.

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group's estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest. At each period end, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in the consolidated income statement such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

I1.1 Share-based payment expense

The expense recognised for employee services receivable during the year is as follows:


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Expense arising from equity-settled share-based payment transactions

16

14

I1.2 Share-based payment schemes

Long-Term Incentive Plan ('LTIP')

The Group implemented a Long-Term Incentive Plan to retain and motivate its senior management group. The awards under this plan are in the form of nil-cost options to acquire an allocated number of ordinary shares.

Assuming no good leavers or other events which would trigger early vesting rights, the 2020, 2021 and 2022 LTIP awards are subject to performance conditions tied to the Group's performance in respect of net operating cash receipts, return on shareholder value, persistency and total shareholder return ('TSR'). The 2022 LTIP also included a performance condition tied to the Group's performance on decarbonisation. See page 134 of the Directors' Remuneration Report for further details of the performance conditions.

For all LTIP awards, a holding period applies so that any LTIP awards to Executive Committee members for which the performance vesting requirements are satisfied will not be released for a further two years from the third anniversary of the original award date. Dividends will accrue on LTIP awards until the end of the holding period. There are no cash settlement alternatives.

2022 LTIP awards were granted on 18 March 2022 and are expected to vest on 18 March 2025. The 2019 LTIP awards vested on 11 March 2022. The 2020 awards will vest on 13 March 2023 and the 2021 awards will vest on 12 March 2024. The number of shares for all outstanding LTIP awards was increased in July 2018 to take account of the impact of the 2018 Group rights issue.

The fair value of these awards is estimated at the average share price in the three days preceding the date of grant, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the instruments were granted. The fair value of the LTIP awards is adjusted in respect of the TSR performance condition which is deemed to be a 'market condition'. The fair value of the 2020, 2021 and 2022 TSR elements of the LTIP awards has been calculated using a Monte Carlo model. The inputs to this model are shown below:


2022
TSR performance condition

2021
TSR performance condition

2020
TSR performance condition

Share price (p)

639

738.6

586.3

Expected term (years)

2.8

3.0

3.0

Expected volatility (%)

31

30

20

Risk-free interest rate (%)

1.21

0.14

0.28

Expected dividend yield (%)

Dividends are received by holders of the awards therefore
no adjustment to fair value is required

On 19 August 2022 and 17 August 2021, LTIP awards were granted to certain senior management employees. The vesting periods and performance conditions for these awards are linked to the core 2021 and 2022 LTIP awards respectively.

On 18 March 2022 and 19 August 2022 LTIP Buy-out awards were granted to certain senior management employees. There are discreet vesting periods for these awards and these grants of shares are conditional on the employees remaining in employment with the Group for the vesting period. Similar awards were also issued on 12 March 2021 and 17 August 2021.

On 14 August 2020, LTIP awards were granted to certain senior management employees. The vesting periods and performance conditions for these awards are linked to the Group's core 2018, 2019 and 2020 LTIP awards.

Each year, the Group issues a Chair's share award under the terms of the LTIP which is granted to a small number of employees in recognition of their outstanding contribution in the previous year. The awards are granted on the same dates as the core 2020, 2021 and 2022 LTIP awards. These grants of shares are conditional on the employees remaining in employment with the Group for the vesting period and achieving an established minimum good/good performance grading. Good leavers will be able to, at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, exercise their full award at vesting.

Deferred Bonus Share Scheme ('DBSS')

Each year, part of the annual incentive for certain executives is deferred into shares of the Company. The grant of these shares is conditional on the employee remaining in employment with the Group for a period of three years from the date of grant. Good leavers will be able to, at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, exercise their full award at vesting. Dividends will accrue for DBSS awards over the three year deferral period. The number of shares for all outstanding DBSS awards was increased in July 2018 to take account of the impact of the 2018 Group rights issue.

The 2022 DBSS was granted on 18 March 2022 and is expected to vest on 18 March 2025. The 2019 DBSS awards vested on 11 March 2022. The 2020 awards are expected to vest on 13 March 2023 and the 2021 awards are expected to vest on 12 March 2024.

The fair value of these awards is estimated at the average share price in the three days preceding the date of the grant, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted.

Sharesave scheme

The Sharesave scheme allows participating employees to save up to £500 each month across all active UK scheme and up to €500 per month for the Irish scheme over a period of either three or five years. The 2022 UK Sharesave options were granted on 15 April 2022. Irish Sharesave options are no longer granted.

Under the Sharesave arrangement, participants remaining in the Group's employment at the end of the three or five year saving period are entitled to use their savings to purchase shares at an exercise price at a 20% discounted exercise price which is calculated using a three-day average share price immediately before invitations are issued to employees. Employees leaving the Group for certain reasons are able to use their savings to purchase shares if they leave prior to the end of their three or five year period.

In 2018, following the scheme of arrangement, participants in the Sharesave plans at this time exchanged their options over shares in the previous parent company for equivalent options over PGH plc ordinary shares. All Sharesave options were increased in July 2018 following the Group's rights issues and the exercise price of these awards was also amended as a result of these issues.

The fair value of the options has been determined using a Black-Scholes valuation model. Key assumptions within this valuation model include expected share price volatility and expected dividend yield.

The following information was relevant in the determination of the fair value of the 2018 to 2022 UK Sharesave options:

The information for determining the fair value of the 2021 Irish Sharesave options differed from that included in the table above as follows:

-  Share price (€): 8.618

-  Exercise price (€): 6.880

-  Risk-free rate (%): (0.4) (for 3.25 year scheme) and (0.3) (for 5.25 year scheme)

-  No Sharesave awards were granted to Irish employees during 2022.

Share Incentive Plan

The Group operates two Share Incentive Plans ('SIP') open to UK and Irish employees which allows participating employees to purchase 'Partnership shares' in the Company through monthly contributions. In respect of the UK SIP, the contributions are limited to the lower of £150 per month and 10% gross monthly salary. In 2019 the matching element of the UK SIP was amended to give the employee one 'Matching share' for each 'Partnership share' purchased limited to £50. Contributions above £50 are not matched. The Irish SIP, which was launched in 2019, gives the employee 1.4 'Matching shares' for each 'Partnership share' purchased. For this plan monthly contributions are limited to the lower of €40 per month and 7.5% of gross monthly salary.

The fair value of the Matching shares granted is estimated as the share price at date of grant, taking into account terms and conditions upon which the instruments were granted. At 31 December 2022, 543,995 matching shares (excluding unrestricted shares) were conditionally awarded to employees (2021: 391,658).

I1.3 Movements in the year

The following tables illustrate the number of, and movements in, LTIP, Sharesave and DBSS share options during the year:


Number of share options 2022


LTIP

Sharesave

DBSS

Outstanding at the beginning of the year, including dividend shares

7,613,036

4,750,822

1,551,935

Granted during the year

3,350,169

1,827,291

1,121,085

Forfeited during the year

(523,125)

(252,992)

(4,917)

Cancelled during the year

-

(506,796)

-

Exercised during the year

(1,328,703)

(816,419)

(443,747)

Dividends on vested awards

275,858

-

77,445

Outstanding at the end of the year

9,387,235

5,001,906

2,301,801

 


Number of share options 2021


LTIP

Sharesave

DBSS

 

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

5,488,995

3,569,159

1,267,852

 

Granted during the year

2,984,144

1,729,022

601,944

 

Forfeited/cancelled during the year

(290,064)

(240,130)

(5,236)

 

Exercised during the year

(882,043)

(307,229)

(314,267)

 

Outstanding at the end of the year, excluding dividend shares - as previously reported

7,301,032

4,750,822

1,550,293

 

Outstanding dividend shares

312,004

-

1,642

 

Outstanding at the end of the year, including dividend shares

7,613,036

4,750,822

1,551,935

 

1  The comparative disclosures for the LTIP and DBSS awards were previously reported excluding dividend shares that had been allocated at the vesting date. These dividend shares are now included within the movement analysis for the year ended 31 December 2022

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was £4.34 (2021: £4.98).

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for the rewards exercised is £6.13 (2021: £7.06).

The weighted average remaining contractual life for the awards outstanding as at 31 December 2022 is 5.7 years (2021: 5.5 years).

I2. Cash flows from operating activities

Operating cash flows include purchases and sales of investment property and financial investments as the purchases are funded from cash flows associated with the origination of insurance and investment contracts, net of payments of related benefits and claims.

The following analysis gives further detail behind the 'cash (utilised)/generated by operations' figure in the statement of consolidated cash flows.

 


Notes

2022
£m

2021
£m

Loss for the year before tax


(2,840)

(430)

Adjustments for non-cash movements in loss before tax for the year:




Gain on completion of abrdn plc transaction

A6.1

-

(110)

Loss on disposal of Ark Life, excluding transaction costs

A6.2

-

17

Fair value losses/(gains) on:




Investment property

G4

1,363

(1,195)

Financial assets and derivative liabilities


45,197

(9,436)

Change in fair value of borrowings

E5.2

186

(9)

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

G2

526

644

Change in unallocated surplus

F2

(378)

(106)

Share-based payment charge

I1.1

16

14

Finance costs

C5

230

242

Net interest expense on Group defined benefit pension scheme liability/asset

G1

64

37

Pension past service costs

G1

15

-

Other costs of pension schemes

G1

7

6





Movement in assets and liabilities relating to operations:




Decrease in investment assets


3,934

6,738

Decrease/(increase) in reinsurance assets


3,449

(227)

Decrease in assets classified as held for sale


2,741

286

(Decrease)/increase in insurance contract and investment contract liabilities


(44,351)

6,354

Decrease in deposits received from reinsurers


(971)

(521)

Decrease in obligation for repayment of collateral received


(1,740)

(1,762)

Decrease in liabilities classified as held for sale


(3,386)

(264)

Net increase in working capital


(3,034)

(1,100)





Other cash movements relating to operations:




Contributions to defined benefit pension schemes

G1

(9)

(49)

Cash generated/(utilised) by operations


1,019

(871)

I3. Capital management

The Group's capital management is based on the Solvency II framework. This involves a valuation in line with Solvency II principles of the Group's Own Funds and risk-based assessment of the Group's Solvency Capital Requirement ('SCR').

This note sets out the Group's approach to managing capital and provides an analysis of Own Funds and SCR.

Risk and capital management objectives

The risk management objectives and policies of the Group are based on the requirement to protect the Group's regulatory capital position, thereby safeguarding policyholders' guaranteed benefits whilst also ensuring the Group can meet its various cash flow requirements. Subject to this, the Group seeks to use available capital to achieve increased returns, balancing risk and reward, to generate additional value for policyholders and shareholders.

In pursuing these objectives, the Group deploys financial and other assets and incurs insurance contract liabilities and financial and other liabilities. Financial and other assets principally comprise investments in equity securities, debt securities, collective investment schemes, property, derivatives, reinsurance, trade and other receivables, and banking deposits. Financial liabilities principally comprise investment contracts, borrowings for financing purposes, derivative liabilities and net asset value attributable to unit holders.

The Group's risk management framework is described in the risk management commentary on pages 52 to 67 of the Annual Report and Accounts and the risk universe component of this framework summarises the comprehensive set of risks to which the Group is exposed. The major risks ('Level 1' risks) that the Group's businesses are exposed to and the Group's approach to managing those risks are outlined in the following notes:

•  Note E6: Credit risk, market risk, financial soundness risk, strategic risk, customer risk and operational risk; and

•  Note F4: Insurance risk.

The section on risk and capital management objectives is included below.

Capital Management Framework

The Group's Capital Management Framework is designed to achieve the following objectives:

•  to provide appropriate security for policyholders and meet all regulatory capital requirements under the Solvency II regime while not retaining unnecessary excess capital;

•  to ensure sufficient liquidity to meet obligations to policyholders and other creditors;

•  to optimise the Fitch Ratings financial leverage to maintain an investment grade credit rating; and

•  to maintain a dividend policy to pay an ordinary dividend that is sustainable and grows over time.

The framework comprises a suite of capital management policies that govern the allocation of capital throughout the Group to achieve the framework objectives under a range of stress conditions. The policy suite is defined with reference to policyholder security, creditor obligations, owner dividend policy and regulatory capital requirements.

Group capital

Group capital is managed on a Solvency II basis. Under the Solvency II framework, the primary sources of capital managed by the Group comprises the Group's Own Funds as measured under the Solvency II principles adjusted to exclude surplus funds attributable to the Group's unsupported with-profit funds and unsupported pension schemes.

A Solvency II capital assessment involves valuation in line with Solvency II principles of the Group's Own Funds and a risk-based assessment of the Group's Solvency Capital Requirement ('SCR'). Solvency II surplus is the excess of Own Funds over the SCR.

The Group aims to maintain a Solvency II surplus at least equal to its Board-approved capital policy, which reflects Board risk appetite for meeting prevailing solvency requirements.

The capital policy of each Life Company is set and monitored by each Life Company Board. These policies ensure there is sufficient capital within each Life Company to meet regulatory capital requirements under a range of stress conditions. The capital policy of each Life Company varies according to the risk profile and financial strength of the company.

The capital policy of each Group Holding Company is designed to ensure that there is sufficient liquidity to meet creditor obligations through the combination of cash buffers and cash flows from the Group's operating companies.

Own Funds and SCR

Basic Own Funds represents the excess of assets over liabilities from the Solvency II balance sheet adjusted to add back any relevant subordinated liabilities that meet the criteria to be treated as capital items.

The Basic Own Funds are classified into three Tiers based on permanency and loss absorbency (Tier 1 being the highest quality and Tier 3 the lowest). The Group's Own Funds are assessed for their eligibility to cover the Group SCR with reference to both the quality of capital and its availability and transferability. Surplus funds in with-profit funds of the Life companies and in the pension schemes are restricted and can only be included in Eligible Own Funds up to the value of the SCR they are used to support.

Eligible Own Funds to cover the SCR are obtained after applying the prescribed Tiering limits and availability restrictions to the Basic Own Funds.

The SCR is calibrated so that the likelihood of a loss exceeding the SCR is less than 0.5% over one year. This ensures that capital is sufficient to withstand a broadly '1 in 200 year event'.

The Group operates an Internal Model to calculate Group SCR, all Group companies are within the scope of the internal model, with the exception of acquired ReAssure businesses and the Irish life entity, Standard Life International Designated Activity Company, which determines their capital requirements in accordance with the Standard Formula.

Group capital resources - unaudited

The Group capital resources are based on the Group's Eligible Own Funds adjusted to remove amounts pertaining to unsupported with-profit funds and Group pension schemes:

Unaudited


2022

£bn

2021

£bn

PGH plc Eligible Own Funds


11.1

14.8

Remove Own Funds pertaining to unsupported with-profit funds and pension schemes


(1.8)

(2.9)

Group capital resources


9.3

11.9

Solvency II surplus - unaudited

An analysis of the PGH plc Solvency II surplus as at 31 December 2022 is provided in the business review section on page 34 to 35. During 2022, both Eligible Own Funds and SCR have decreased principally as a consequence of rising interest rates. This has resulted in a decrease in the present value of certain risks included within the SCR along with a corresponding fall in the value of Own Funds in accordance with the Group's hedging strategy that aims to protect the value of the Solvency II surplus.

The Group has complied with all externally imposed capital requirements during the year.

I4. Related party transactions

In the ordinary course of business, the Group and its subsidiaries carry out transactions with related parties, as defined by IAS 24 Related party disclosures , which comprise a Group pension scheme, an associate and key management personnel

I4.1 Related party transactions

On 23 February 2021, the Group entered into a new agreement with abrdn plc to simplify the arrangements of their Strategic Partnership (see note A6.1 for further details). As part of the acquisition of the brand, the relevant marketing, distribution and data team members transferred to the Group. Consequently, the Client Service and Proposition Agreement ('CSPA') entered into between the two groups following the acquisition of the Standard Life businesses in 2018, was significantly amended prior to being dissolved. As a consequence of this transaction, it has been assessed that abrdn plc no longer has significant influence over the Group and as a result is no longer considered to be a related party of the Group from the date that the Group entered into the new agreement.

During the year, the Group entered into the following related party transactions with a Group pension scheme and an associate:


Transactions

20221

 £m

Transactions

20211

 £m

Pearl Group Staff Pension Scheme



Payment of administrative expenses

(4)

(4)

UK Commercial Property REIT



Dividend income

29

17

abrdn plc2



Investment management fees

N/A

(20)

Fees under Transitional Services Arrangement and material outsource agreements

N/A

(4)

1 There were no outstanding balances with related parties as at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2022.

2 Transactions with abrdn plc only include those that took place prior to 23 February 2021. Balances outstanding as at the date abrdn plc ceased to be a related party of the Group were all settled prior to 31 December 2021.

I4.2 Transactions with key management personnel

The total compensation of key management personnel, being those having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, including the Executive and Non-Executive Directors, are as follows:


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

Salary and other short-term benefits

5

5

Equity compensation plans

3

3

Details of the shareholdings and emoluments of individual Directors are provided in the Remuneration report on pages 110 to 146.

During the year to 31 December 2022 key management personnel and their close family members contributed £183,933 (2021: £291,546) to Pensions and Savings products sold by the Group. At 31 December 2022, the total value of key management personnel's investments in Group Pensions and Savings products was £525,781 (2021: £3,443,658).

I5. Commitments

This note analyses the Group's other commitments.

 


2022

 £m

2021

 £m

To subscribe to private equity funds and other unlisted assets

1,132

710

To purchase, construct or develop investment property and income strips

62

206

For repairs, maintenance or enhancements of investment property

13

12

I6. Contingent liabilities

Where the Group has a possible future obligation as a result of a past event, or a present legal or constructive obligation but it is not probable that there will be an outflow of resources to settle the obligation or the amount cannot be reliably estimated, this is disclosed as a contingent liability.

Legal proceedings

In the normal course of business, the Group is exposed to certain legal issues, which can involve litigation and arbitration. At the period end, the Group has a number of contingent liabilities in this regard, none of which are considered by the Directors to be material.

I7. Events after the reporting period

The financial statements are adjusted to reflect significant events that have a material effect on the financial results and that have occurred between the period end and the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue, provided they give evidence of conditions that existed at the period end. Events that are indicative of conditions that arise after the period end that do not result in an adjustment to the financial statements are disclosed.

On 4 August 2022, the Company announced the proposed acquisition of the entire issued share capital of SLF of Canada UK Limited from the Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada, part of the Sun Life Financial Inc. Group. Regulatory approval for the acquisition was received from the Prudential Regulation Authority on 3 March 2023 and in accordance with the share purchase agreement is expected to complete in April 2023. Total cash consideration of £248 million is payable to the Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada upon completion, subject to certain adjustments.

On 7 February 2023, the Group announced its plan to extend the existing strategic partnership with TCS and Diligenta and intention to move all policies administered on the ReAssure ALPHA platform to the TCS BaNCS platform. This move is expected to have an immaterial impact on the financial statements. The expense assumptions used to determine the relevant liabilities to policyholders at 31 December 2022 reflect the impact of the move to TCS BaNCS and the associated implementation costs.

On 10 March 2023, the Board recommended a final dividend of 26.0p per share for the year ended 31 December 2022 (2021: 24.8p). Payment of the final dividend is subject to shareholder approval at the AGM. The cost of this dividend has not been recognised as a liability in the consolidated financial statements for 2022 and will be charged to the statement of consolidated changes in equity in 2023.

A Barbour

A Briggs

R Thakrar

S Bruce

K Green

H Iioka

K Murray

J Pollock

B Richards

M Semple

N Shott

K Sorenson

 

10 March 2023

Parent company financial statements

Statement of financial position

As at 31 December 2022


Notes

2022
£m

2021
£m

ASSETS




Property, plant and equipment

10

19

21

Investments in Group entities

11

10,231

10,031

Financial assets




Loans and deposits

12

2,550

1,234

Derivatives

6

257

69

Debt securities

13

1

1

Collective investment schemes

13

775

690

Deferred tax

14

113

82

Prepayments and accrued income


54

58

Other amounts due from Group entities

20

19

616

Cash and cash equivalents

15

-

95

Total assets


14,019

12,897





EQUITY AND LIABILITIES




Equity attributable to ordinary shareholders




Share capital

3

100

100

Share premium

3

10

6

Merger relief reserve

3

1,819

1,819

Other reserve

3

(4)

(4)

Retained earnings


5,062

5,448

Total equity attributable to ordinary shareholders


6,987

7,369

Tier 1 Notes

4

411

411

Total equity


7,398

7,780





Liabilities




Financial liabilities




Borrowings

5

6,229

4,387

Derivatives

6

22

5

Obligations for repayment of collateral received

6

86

66

Other amounts due to Group entities

20

43

415

Provisions

7

97

92

Lease liabilities

8

20

21

Accruals and deferred income

9

124

131

Total liabilities


6,621

5,117

Total equity and liabilities


14,019

12,897

The notes identified numerically on pages 296 to 306 are an integral part of these separate financial statements. Where items also appear in the consolidated financial statements, reference is made to the notes (identified alphanumerically) on pages 175 to 289.

Approved by the Board on 10 March 2023.

 

Andy Briggs                                                                                  Rakesh Thakrar
Chief Executive Officer                                                                 Chief Financial Officer

Company registration number 11606773.

Statement of changes in equity

For the year ended 31 December 2022


Share
capital
(note 3)
£m

Share premium (note 3)
£m

Merger relief reserve
(note 3)
£m

Other
reserve
(note 3)
£m

Retained earnings
£m

Total
£m

Tier 1 Notes (note 4)
£m

Total

Equity
£m

At 1 January 2022

100

6

1,819

(4)

5,448

7,369

411

7,780










Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners

-

-

-

-

116

116

-

116

Issue of ordinary share capital, net of associated commissions and expenses

-

4

-

-

-

4

-

4

Dividends paid on ordinary shares (note B4)

-

-

-

-

(496)

(496)

-

(496)

Coupon paid on Tier 1 Notes, net of tax relief

-

-

-

-

(22)

(22)

-

(22)

Credit to equity for equity-settled share-based payments (note I1)

-

-

-

-

16

16

-

16

At 31 December 2022

100

10

1,819

(4)

5,062

6,987

411

7,398

 

For the year ended 31 December 2021


Share
capital
(note 3)
£m

Share premium (note 3)
£m

Merger relief reserve
(note 3)
£m

Other
reserve
(note 3)
£m

Retained earnings
£m

Total
£m

Tier 1 Notes (note 4)
£m

Total

Equity
£m

At 1 January 2021

100

4

1,819

(4)

5,211

7,130

411

7,541










Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to owners

-

-

-

-

728

728

-

728

Issue of ordinary share capital, net of associated commissions and expenses

-

-

-

-

-

2

-

2

Dividends paid on ordinary shares (note B4)

-

-

-

-

(482)

(482)

-

(482)

Coupon paid on Tier 1 Notes, net of tax relief

-

-

-

-

(23)

(23)

-

(23)

Credit to equity for equity-settled share-based payments (note I1)

-

-

-

-

14

14

-

14

At 31 December 2021

100

6

1,819

(4)

5,448

7,369

411

7,780

 

Statement of cash flows

For the year ended 31 December 2022


Notes

2022
£m

2021
£m

Cash flows from operating activities




Cash (utilised)/generated by operations

16

(417)

897





Net cash flows from operating activities


(417)

897





Cash flows from investing activities




Advances to Group entities


(852)

-

Dividends received from Group entities


455

-

Interest received from Group entities


162

111

Capital contribution to subsidiary (note 11)


(200)

(63)

Repayment of amounts due from Group entities


2

-

Derivative settlements


(70)

-





Net cash flows from investing activities


(503)

48





Cash flows from financing activities




Proceeds from issuing ordinary shares

3

4

2

Proceeds from new shareholder borrowings, net of associated expenses

5

2,274

-

Repayment of shareholder borrowings

5

(616)

(122)

Ordinary share dividends paid


(496)

(482)

Interest paid on borrowings


(311)

(222)

Lease payments


(1)

(1)

Coupon paid on Tier 1 Notes


(29)

(29)





Net cash flows from financing activities


825

(854)









Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents


(95)

91

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year


95

4





Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year


-

95

Notes to the parent company financial statements

1. Accounting policies

(a) Basis of preparation

The financial statements have been prepared under a going concern basis and on the historical cost convention, except for those financial assets and financial liabilities that have been measured at fair value.

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption in section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its own income statement in these financial statements. Profit attributable to owners for the year ended 31 December 2022 was £116 million (2021: £728 million).

Statement of Compliance

The Company's financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK- adopted international accounting as applied in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

The financial statements are presented in sterling (£) rounded to the nearest million except where otherwise stated.

Assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position only when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the assets and settle the liability simultaneously.

(b) Accounting policies

Where applicable, the accounting policies in the separate financial statements are the same as those presented in the consolidated financial statements on pages 175 to 289 with the exception of the two policies detailed below.

The Company's accounting policy for financial assets is in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. As the Group has to date applied the temporary exemption from IFRS 9 available for entities whose activities are predominantly connected with insurance contracts, a different accounting policy has been adopted in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. In addition, the Company has not adopted the Group's policy of hedge accounting.

Where an accounting policy can be directly attributed to a specific note to the consolidated financial statements, the policy is presented within that note. Each note within the Company financial statements makes reference to the note to the consolidated financial statements containing the applicable accounting policy. The accounting policy in relation to foreign currency transactions is included within note A2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.

Investments in Group entities

Investments in Group entities are carried in the statement of financial position at cost less impairment.

The Company assesses at each reporting date whether an investment is impaired by assessing whether any indicators of impairment exist. If objective evidence of impairment exists, the Company calculates the amount of impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of the Group entity and its carrying value and recognises the amount as an expense in the income statement.

The recoverable amount is determined based on the cash flow projections of the underlying entities.

Financial assets

Classification of Financial assets

Financial assets are measured at amortised cost where they have:

•  contractual terms that give rise to cash flows on specified dates, that represent solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding; and

•  are held within a business model whose objective is achieved by holding to collect contractual cash flows.

These financial assets are initially recognised at cost, being the fair value of the consideration paid for the acquisition of the financial asset. All transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition are also included in the cost of the financial asset. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial assets are carried at amortised cost, using the effective interest method.

Financial assets measured at amortised cost are included in notes 5, 12 and 15.

Debt securities, collective investment schemes and derivatives are measured at FVTPL as they are managed on a fair value basis.

Impairment of financial assets

The Company assesses the expected credit losses associated with its loans and deposits, other amounts due from Group entities and cash carried at amortised cost. The measurement of credit impairment is based on an Expected Credit Loss ('ECL') model and depends upon whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

For those credit exposures for which credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the Company measures loss allowances at an amount equal to the total expected credit losses resulting from default events that are possible within 12 months after the reporting date ('12-month ECL'). For those credit exposures for which there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, the Company measures and recognises an allowance at an amount equal to the expected credit losses over the remaining life of the exposure, irrespective of the timing of the default ('Lifetime ECL'). If the financial asset becomes 'credit-impaired' (following significant financial difficulty of issuer/borrower, or a default/breach of a covenant), the Company will recognise a Lifetime ECL. ECLs are derived from unbiased and probability-weighted estimates of expected loss.

See note 17 for details of how the Company assesses whether the credit risk of a financial asset has increased since initial recognition and the approach to estimating ECLs.

The loss allowance reduces the carrying value of the financial asset and is reassessed at each reporting date. ECLs and subsequent remeasurements of the ECL, are recognised in the income statement. For other receivables, the ECL rate is recalculated each reporting period with reference to the counterparties of each balance.

c) Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Critical accounting estimates are those which involve the most complex or subjective judgements or assessments. The area of the Company's business that typically requires such estimates and judgement is the impairment assessment for investments in Group entities.

Impairment of investments in Group entities

The Company conducts impairment reviews of investments in subsidiaries whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Determining whether an asset is impaired requires an estimation of the recoverable amount, which requires the Company to estimate the value in use which uses future cash flows and a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value. Where the actual future cash flows are less than expected, an impairment loss may arise. Further details are included in note 11.

2. Financial information

New accounting pronouncements not yet effective

Details of the standards, interpretations and amendments to be adopted in future periods are detailed in note A5 to the consolidated financial statements, none of which are expected to have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

Note A5 outlines that the Group has taken advantage of the temporary exemption granted to insurers in IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts from applying IFRS 9 until 1 January 2023 as a result of meeting the exemption criteria as at 31 December 2015. As detailed above, the Company did not meet the eligibility criteria to defer the application of IFRS 9 and the standard has therefore been adopted by the Company. The relevant disclosures are included in these financial statements.

3. Share capital, share premium, merger relief reserve and other reserve

During 2022, the Company issued 816,419 shares (2021: 303,914 shares) with a premium of £4 million (2021: £2 million) in order to satisfy its obligations to employees under the Group's sharesave schemes.

The Company has applied the relief in section 612 of the Companies Act 2006 to present the difference between the consideration received and the nominal value of the shares issued of £1,819 million in a merger reserve as opposed to in share premium. A merger reserve is required to be used as a result of the Company having issued equity shares in 2020 as part consideration for the shares of the ReAssure Group plc and securing at least a 90% holding in that entity.

On 12 December 2018, the Company became the ultimate parent undertaking of the Group by acquiring the entire share capital of 'Old PGH' (the Group's ultimate parent company until December 2018) via a share for share exchange. The cost of investment in Old PGH was determined as the carrying amount of the Company's share of the equity of Old PGH on the date of the transaction. The difference between the cost of investment and the market capitalisation of Old PGH immediately before the share for share exchange of £4 million has been recognised as an Other reserve, and is shown as a separate component of equity.

 


2022

£m

2021

£m

Issued and fully paid:



1000.4 million ordinary shares of £0.10 each (2021: 999.5 million)

100

100




2022

Number

£

Shares in issue at 1 January 2022

999,536,058

99,953,605

Ordinary shares issued in the period

816,419

81,642

Ordinary shares in issue at 31 December 2022

1,000,352,477

100,035,247




2021

Number

£

Shares in issue at 1 January 2021

999,232,144

99,923,214

Other ordinary shares issued in the period

303,914

30,391

Ordinary shares in issue at 31 December 2021

999,536,058

99,953,605

 

4. Tier 1 notes

The accounting policy and details of the terms for the Tier 1 Notes are included in note D4 to the consolidated financial statements.


2022
£m

2021
£m

Tier 1 Notes

411

411

On 12 December 2018, the Company was substituted in place of Old PGH as issuer of the Tier 1 Notes and these were recognised at the fair value of £411 million in the form of an intragroup loan which was received as consideration.

On 27 October 2020, the terms of the Tier 1 Notes were amended and the consequence of a trigger event, linked to the Solvency II capital position, was changed. Previously, the Tier 1 Notes were subject to a permanent write-down in value to zero. The amended terms require that the Tier 1 Notes would automatically be subject to conversion to ordinary shares of the Company at the conversion price of £1,000 per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms and conditions of the notes and all accrued and unpaid interest would be cancelled. Following any such conversion there would be no reinstatement of any part of the principal amount of, or interest on, the Tier 1 Notes at any time.

5. Borrowings

The accounting policy for borrowings is included in note E5 to the consolidated financial statements.


Carrying value


Fair value


2022
£m

2021
£m


2022
£m

2021
£m

Loans due to third-parties:



 



£428 million subordinated loans (note a)

433

435

 

429

498

£450 million Tier 3 subordinated notes (note b)

-

449

 

-

457

US $500 million Tier 2 bonds (note c)

383

337

 

390

408

€500 million Tier 2 notes (note d)

414

389

 

416

490

US $750 million Contingent Convertible Tier 1 notes (note e)

618

551

 

580

581

£500 million Tier 2 notes (note f)

487

485

 

445

593

US $500 million Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 notes (note g)

412

368

 

382

389

£500 million 5.867% Tier 2 subordinated notes (note h)

543

550


465

598

£250 million 4.016% Tier 3 subordinated notes (note i)

256

257

 

231

264

£250 million Fixed Rate Reset Callable Tier 2 subordinated notes (note j)

259

266

 

244

269


3,805

4,087

 

3,582

4,547

Loans due to Group companies:



 



Loan due to Standard Life Assurance Limited (note k)

309

300


309

300

Senior loan due to ReAssure Limited (note l)

718

-

 

718

-

€100 million loan due to Standard Life International DAC (note m)

89

-

 

89

-

£130 million floating term loan to ReAssure Life Limited (note n)

130

-

 

130

-

Cash-pooling with other Group entities (note o)

1,178

-

 

1,178

-


2,424

300

 

2,424

2,424




 



Total borrowings

6,229

4,387

 

6,006

4,847




 


 

Amount due for settlement after 12 months

5,051

4,387

 


 

a. On 12 December 2018, the Company was substituted in place of Old PGH as issuer of the £428 million Tier 2 subordinated notes due 2025 at a coupon of 6.625%, which were initially recognised at fair value of £439 million.

b. On 12 December 2018, the Company was substituted in place of Old PGH as issuer of the £450 million Tier 3 subordinated notes due 2022 at a coupon of 4.125%, which were initially recognised at fair value of £447 million. On 20 July 2022, the Company redeemed the £450 million Tier 3 subordinated notes in full at their principal amount, together with interest accrued to the repayment date.

c. On 12 December 2018, the Company was substituted in place of Old PGH as issuer of the US $500 million Tier 2 bonds due 2027 with a coupon of 5.375%, which were initially recognised at fair value of £349 million.

d.             On 12 December 2018, the Company was substituted in place of Old PGH as issuer of the €500 million Tier 2 notes due 2029 with a coupon of 4.375%, which were initially recognised at fair value of £407 million.

e. On 29 January 2020, the Company issued US $750 million fixed rate reset perpetual restricted Tier 1 contingent convertible notes (the 'contingent convertible Tier 1 Notes') which are unsecured and subordinated. The contingent convertible Tier 1 Notes have no fixed maturity date and interest is payable only at the sole and absolute discretion of the Company. The contingent convertible Tier 1 Notes bear interest on their principal amount at a fixed rate of 5.625% per annum up to the 'First Reset Date' of 26 April 2025. Thereafter the fixed rate of interest will be reset on the First Reset Date and on each fifth anniversary of this date by reference to the sum of the yield of the Constant Maturity Treasury ('CMT') rate (based on the prevailing five year US Treasury yield) plus a margin of 4.035%, being the initial credit spread used in pricing the notes. Interest is payable on the contingent convertible Tier 1 Notes semi-annually in arrears on 26 April and 26 October. If an interest payment is not made it is cancelled and it shall not accumulate or be payable at any time thereafter. Further details are contained in note E5 to the consolidated financial statements.

f.  On 28 April 2020, the Company issued £500 million fixed rate Tier 2 notes (the 'Tier 2 notes') which are unsecured and subordinated. The Tier 2 notes have a maturity date of 28 April 2031 and include an issuer par call right for the three month period prior to maturity. The Tier 2 notes bear interest on the principal amount at a fixed rate of 5.625% per annum payable annually in arrears on 28 April.

g.             On 4 June 2020, the Company issued US $500 million fixed rate reset callable Tier 2 notes (the 'Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 notes') which are unsecured and subordinated. The Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 notes have a maturity date of 4 September 2031 with an optional issuer par call right on any day in the three month period up to and including 4 September 2026. The Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 notes bear interest on the principal amount at a fixed rate of 4.75% per annum up to the interest rate reset date of 4 September 2026. If the Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 notes are not redeemed before that date, the interest rate resets to the sum of the applicable CMT rate (based on the prevailing five year US Treasury yield) plus a margin of 4.276%, being the initial credit spread used in pricing the notes. Interest is payable on the Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 notes semi-annually in arrears on 4 March and 4 September.

h.             On 22 July 2020, the Company was substituted in place of ReAssure Group plc as issuer of the £500 million 5.867% Tier 2 subordinated notes. These notes have a maturity date of 13 June 2029 and were initially recognised at their fair value of £559 million. The fair value adjustment will be amortised over the remaining life of the notes. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on 13 June and 13 December.

i.  On 22 July 2020, the Company was substituted in place of ReAssure Group plc as issuer of the £250 million fixed rate reset callable Tier 2 subordinated notes. The £250 million fixed rate reset callable Tier 2 subordinated notes have a maturity date of 13 June 2029 and were initially recognised at their fair value of £275 million. The fair value adjustment will be amortised over the remaining life of the notes. The notes include an issuer par call right exercisable on 13 June 2024. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on 13 June and 13 December. These notes initially bear interest at a rate of 5.766% on the principal amount and the rate of interest will reset on 13 June 2024, and on each interest payment date thereafter, to a margin of 5.17% plus the yield of a UK Treasury Bill of similar term.

j. On 22 February 2019, the Company recognised a loan due in 2024 to Standard Life Assurance Limited ('SLAL'), a subsidiary undertaking, for £162 million. This loan was the initial consideration for the acquisition from SLAL of its investment in Standard Life International Designated Activity Company ('SLIDAC'). On 28 March 2019 the purchase price was adjusted by £120 million, which resulted in an increase in the loan principal. Interest accrues at SONIA plus 1.9366% and is capitalised. During the year interest of £9 million (2021: £6 million) was capitalised.

k. On 22 July 2020, the Company was substituted in place of ReAssure Group plc as issuer of the £250 million 4.016% Tier 3 subordinated notes. The notes have a maturity date of 13 June 2026 and were initially recognised at their fair value of £259 million. The fair value adjustment is being amortised over the remaining life of the notes. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on 13 June and 13 December.

l.  On 31 December 2022, ReAssure Limited ('RAL') issued a £718 million term loan of £718 million to the Company, maturing on 31 December 2027. At the same time, the Company issued a contingent loan to RAL for the same amount (see note 12 (c) for further details). Interest accrues on the term loan asset at a rate of SONIA plus 1.49%. If the Company fails to make payments of principal or interest in accordance with the terms of the loan, a corresponding amount of RAL's obligations under the contingent loan would be offset.

m.            On 20 December 2022, Standard Life International DAC ('SLIDAC') issued to the Company a €100 million loan at an interest rate of 2.29% with a maturity date of 31 March 2024.

n.             On 16 December 2022, ReAssure Life Limited issued a £130 million floating term loan to the Company at an interest rate of 4.72% for a term of 5 years.

o.             On 13 September 2022, the Company entered into an uncommitted intra-group cash-pooling facility with certain subsidiaries, under which the Company will either borrow funds from, or lend funds to, the relevant subsidiary. All amounts due under the facility attract interest at SONIA and are repayable on demand.

p. The Company has in place a £1.25 billion unsecured revolving credit facility, maturing in June 2026. The facility accrues interest at a margin over SONIA that is based on credit rating and non-cumulative compounded risk free rate. The facility remains undrawn as at 31 December 2022.

Borrowings initially recognised at fair value are being amortised to par value over the life of the borrowings.

For the purposes of the additional fair value disclosures for liabilities recognised at amortised cost, all borrowings have been categorised as Level 2 financial instruments.

Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

The table below details changes in the Company's liabilities arising from financing activities, including both cash and non-cash changes. Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the Company's statement of cash flows as cash flows from financing activities.


Cash


Non-cashflow



At 1
January 2022

£m

New borrowings, net of costs

 £m

Repayments

£m


Movement in foreign exchange

£m

Amortisation

£m

Capitalised interest

£m

Movement in fair value

£m

At 31 December 2022

£m

£428 million subordinated notes

435

-

-


-

(2)

-

-

433

£450 million Tier 3 subordinated notes

449

-

(450)


-

1

-

-

-

US $500 million Tier 2 bonds

337

-

-


41

5

-

-

383

€500 million Tier 2 notes

389

-

-


21

4

-

-

414

US $750 million Contingent Convertible Tier 1 notes

551

-

-


66

1

-

-

618

£500 million Tier 2 notes

485

-

-


-

2

-

-

487

US $500 million Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 notes

368

-

-


44


-

-

412

£500 million 5.867% Tier 2 subordinated notes

550

-

-


-

(7)

-

-

543

£250 million 4.016% Tier 3 subordinated notes

257

-

-


-

(1)

-

-

256

£250 million Fixed Rate Reset Callable Tier 2 subordinated notes

266

-

-


-

(7)

-

-

259

Loan due to Standard Life Assurance Limited

300

-

-


-

-

9

-

309

Senior loan due to ReAssure Limited

-

7182

-


-

-

-

-

718

€100 million loan due to Standard Life International DAC

-

88

-


1

-

-

-

89

£130 million floating term loan to ReAssure Life Limited

-

130

-


-

-

-

-

130

Cash-pooling with other Group entities

-

1,338

(166)


-

-

6

-

1,178

Derivative assets1

(48)

-

-


-

-

-

(177)

(225)

Derivative liabilities1

5

-

-


-

-

-

(5)

-


4,344

2,274

(616)


173

(4)

15

(182)

6,004

1  Cross currency swaps to hedge against adverse currency movements in respect of Group's Euro and US Dollar denominated borrowings (see note 6 for further details).

2 Settled simultaneously with the issuance of the £718 million contingent loan (see note 12(d)).


Cash


Non-cashflow


At 1
January 2021

£m

New borrowings, net of costs

 £m

Repayments

£m


Movement in foreign exchange

£m

Amortisation

£m

Capitalised interest

£m

Movement in fair value

£m

At 31 December 2021

£m

£428 million subordinated notes

436

-

-


-

(1)

-

-

435

£450 million Tier 3 subordinated notes

449

-

-


-

-

-

-

449

US $500 million Tier 2 bonds

329

-

-


3

5

-

-

337

€500 million Tier 2 notes

410

-

-


(24)

3

-

-

389

£300 million senior unsecured bond

123

-

(122)


-

(1)

-

-

-

Loan due to Standard Life Assurance Limited

294

-

-


-

-

6

-

300

US $750 million Contingent Convertible Tier 1 notes

545

-

-


5

1

-

-

551

£500 million Tier 2 notes

484

-

-


-

1

-

-

485

US $500 million Fixed Rate Reset Tier 2 notes

364

-

-


4

-

-

-

368

£500 million 5.867% Tier 2 subordinated notes

556

-

-


-

(6)

-

-

550

£250 million Fixed Rate Reset Callable Tier 2 subordinated notes

272

-

-


-

(6)

-

-

266

£250 million 4.016% Tier 3 subordinated notes

259

-

-


-

(2)

-

-

257

Derivative assets1

-

-

-


-

-

-

(48)

(48)

Derivative liabilities1

-

-

-


-

-

-

5

5


4,521

-

(122)


(12)

(6)

6

(43)

4,344

1  Cross currency swaps to hedge against currency movements in respect of Group's Euro and US Dollar denominated borrowings (see note 6 for further details).

6. Derivatives

The accounting policy for derivatives is included in note E3 to the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2021, the Company entered into four cross currency swaps in order to hedge against adverse currency movements in respect of its Euro and US Dollar denominated borrowings.

From December 2021, the Company also hedged certain Euro and US Dollar exposures to adverse foreign currency movements in respect of underlying business within two of its subsidiaries, SLAL and SLIDAC.

The fair value of the derivative financial instruments are as follows:


Asset


Liability


2022
£m

2021
£m


2022
£m

2021
£m

Cross currency swaps

225

48

 

-

5

Foreign currency swaps

32

21

 

22

-

 

257

69

 

22

5

Derivative collateral arrangements

The accounting policy for collateral arrangements is included in note E4 to the consolidated financial statements.

Assets accepted

The maximum exposure to credit risk in respect of over-the-counter ('OTC') derivative assets is £257 million (2021: £69 million) of which credit risk of £86 million (2021: £66 million) is mitigated by use of collateral arrangements (which are settled net after taking account of any OTC derivative liabilities owed by the counterparty).

Assets pledged

The Company has not pledged any collateral in respect of its OTC derivative liabilities.

7. Provisions

In 2019, the Company recognised a Standard Life transition and transformation restructuring provision of £159 million. During the year, £28 million (2021: £17 million) of the restructuring provision was utilised and the provision was increased by £33 million (2021: £nil). The remaining provision of £97 million (2021: £92 million) is expected to be utilised within one to three years.

Further details, including the accounting policy for provisions, are included in note G7 to the consolidated financial statements.

8. Lease liabilities

The accounting policy for lease liabilities is included in note G10 to the consolidated financial statements.

Lease liabilities relate to office premises at 20 Old Bailey, London. The lease was assigned on 24 March 2021 for a term of 12 years and 9 months, with an option to break the contract on 25 December 2028. It is currently not expected that the break clause will be exercised.


2022
£m

2021
£m

At 1 January

21

-

Inception of lease

-

22

Lease payments

(1)

(1)

At 31 December

20

21

Amount due within twelve months

1

2

Amount due after twelve months

19

19

9. Accruals and deferred income

The accounting policy for accruals and deferred income is included in note G11 to the consolidated financial statements.


2022
£m

2021
£m

Accruals and deferred income

124

131




Amount due for settlement after 12 months

-

-

10. Property, plant and equipment

The accounting policy for property, plant and equipment is included in note G3 to the consolidated financial statements.

Property, plant and equipment includes the right-of-use asset relating to office premises leased at 20 Old Bailey, London. Depreciation is being charged on a straight line basis over the term of the lease.


Total Property, Plant and Equipment

2022

£m

Cost or valuation



At 1 January and 31 December


22




Depreciation



At 1 January


(1)

Depreciation


(2)

At 31 December


(3)




Carrying amount at 31 December


19






Total Property, Plant and Equipment

2021

£m

Cost or valuation



At 1 January


-

Additions


22

At 31 December


22




Depreciation



At 1 January


-

Depreciation


(1)

At 31 December


(1)




Carrying amount at 31 December


21

11. Investments in group entities


2022
£m

2021
£m

Cost



At 1 January

14,220

14,236

Additions

200

63

Acquisition Price Adjustment

-

(79)

At 31 December

14,420

14,220




Impairment



At 1 January

(4,189)

(4,146)

Charge for the year

-

(43)

At 31 December

(4,189)

(4,189)




Carrying amount



At 31 December

10,231

10,031

During 2022, a capital contribution was made to Phoenix Life Holdings Limited of £200 million.

On 23 February 2021, the Group entered into a new agreement with abrdn plc to simplify the arrangements of the Strategic Partnership, as described further in note A6.1 to the consolidated financial statements. As part of this transaction, settlement of amounts due under the deed of indemnity by Old PGH resulted in a reduction in the cost of investment in SLAL of £79 million and payment of a capital contribution of £55 million to Old PGH.

In March 2021, the Company subscribed for 850 million ordinary shares in SLAL at par for a consideration of £8 million.

As at 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021, the market capitalisation of the Company was lower than the net asset value, and this was considered to be an indicator that the Company's investments in its subsidiaries may have been impaired. Where such indicators are identified, an impairment test is performed. As at 31 December 2022, the recoverable amount of the investments in subsidiaries was determined to be greater than carrying value. In 2021, an impairment charge of £43 million was recognised to align the carrying value of certain investments in subsidiaries to the recoverable amount.

As a starting point, the contribution of the life insurance subsidiaries to the recoverable amount has been determined with reference to Solvency II Own Funds, which reflects a probability-weighted best estimate for the expected cash flows under in-force insurance and investment contracts consistent with the Group's operating plan with an allowance for risk, together with an economic valuation of the underlying assets and other liabilities. Suitable adjustments were made to Solvency II Own Funds, in order to align to the expected dividends to be paid by the life insurance subsidiary, which included the removal of the surplus attributable to policyholders in the with-profit funds. Additionally, where relevant, the recoverable amount incorporated the value ultimately expected to accrue to the Company in respect of future new business written. The contribution of the non-insurance subsidiaries was determined using net asset values.

For a list of principal Group entities, refer to note H4 of the consolidated financial statements in which the entities directly held by the Company are separately identified.

12. Loans and deposits


Carrying value


Fair value


2022
£m

2021
£m

 

2022
£m

2021
£m

Loans due from Phoenix Life Holdings Limited (note a)

1,273

1,221

 

1,279

1,370

Cash-pooling to other Group entities (note b)

546

-

 

546

-

Loan due from Phoenix Group Employee Benefit Trust (note c)

13

13

 

13

13

Loan due from ReAssure Limited (note d)

718

-

 

718

-

Loans and deposits due from Group entities

2,550

1,234

 

2,556

1,383

Total loans and deposits

2,550

1,234

 

2,556

1,383

Amounts due after 12 months

2,004

784

 


 

All loans and deposit balances are due from Group entities and are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The fair value of these loans and deposits are also disclosed. None of the loans are considered to be overdue.

a)             On 12 December 2018, the Company was assigned a £428 million subordinated loan by Phoenix Life Holdings Limited ('PLHL'). The loan accrues interest at a rate of 6.675% and matures on 18 December 2025. This loan was initially recognised at fair value of £439 million and is accreted to par over the period to 2025. At 31 December 2022, the carrying value of the loan was £433 million (2021: £435 million).

On 12 December 2018, the Company was assigned a £450 million subordinated loan by PLHL. The loan accrues interest at a rate of 4.158% and matured on 20 July 2022. On 20 July 2022, the amount due on the maturity of the subordinated loan of £450 million was advanced under a new loan to PLHL. The new loan accrued interest at a rate of compounded SONIA rate plus a margin of £1.30% and matures on 31 December 2027. At 31 December 2022, the carrying value of the loan was £457 million (2021: £449 million due under the subordinated loan).

On 12 December 2018, the Company was assigned a US $500 million loan by PLHL due 2027 with a coupon of 5.375%. This loan was initially recognised at fair value of £349 million and is accreted to par over the period to 2027. Movement in foreign exchange during the period increased the carrying value by £41 million (2021: £4 million (decrease)). At 31 December 2022, the carrying value of the loan was £383 million (2021: £336 million).

b)             On 13 September 2022, the Company entered into an uncommitted intra-group cash-pooling facility with certain subsidiaries, under which the Company will either borrow funds from, or lend funds to, the relevant subsidiary. All amounts due under the facility attract interest at SONIA and are repayable on demand.

c) On 18 June 2019, the Company was assigned an interest free facility arrangement with Phoenix Group Employee Benefit Trust ('EBT'). As at 31 December 2022, the carrying value of the loan was £13 million (2021: £13 million). The loan is fully recoverable until the awards held in the EBT vest to the participants, at which point the loan is reviewed for impairment. Any impairments are determined by comparing the carrying value to the estimated recoverable amount of the loan. During the year funding of £12 million (2021: £16 million) was provided to the EBT and £12 million of the loan was impaired (2021: £10 million).

d)            On 31 December 2022, the Company issued a contingent loan of £718 million with ReAssure Limited ('RAL') which accrues interest at a rate of SONIA plus 2.95%. Loan repayments and interest payments are made quarterly in arrears. Repayment of principal each quarter is set at the amount of surplus emerging from a specified block of unit-linked business in RAL, less interest payable. The best estimate for the total amount of surplus expected to emerge from this block of business as at 31 December 2022 is £1.4 billion, giving rise to a ratio of loan-to-value of approximately 50%. The contingent loan is expected to be fully repaid by 31 December 2027, five years from the date of issue.

For the purposes of the additional fair value disclosures for assets recognised at amortised cost, all loans and deposits are categorised as Level 3 financial instruments. The fair value of loans and deposits with no external market is determined by internally developed discounted cash flow models using a risk adjusted discount rate corroborated with external market data where possible.

Details of the factors considered in determination of fair value are included in note E2 to the consolidated financial statements.

13. Financial assets


2022
£m

2021
£m

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss



Derivatives

257

69

Debt securities

1

1

Collective investment schemes

775

690

 

1,033

760

 



Amounts due after 12 months

1

1

Determination of fair value and fair value hierarchy of financial assets

Details of the factors considered in determination of the fair value are included in note E2 to the consolidated financial statements.

Year ended 31 December 2022

Level 1
£m

Level 2
£m

Level 3
£m

Total
£m

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss





Derivatives

-

257

-

257

Debt securities

-

-

1

1

Collective investment schemes

775

-

-

775


775

257

1

1,033

 

Year ended 31 December 2021

Level 1
£m

Level 2
£m

Level 3
£m

Total
£m

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss





Derivatives

-

69

-

69

Debt securities

-

-

1

1

Collective investment schemes

690

-

-

690


690

69

1

760

There were no transfers between levels in either 2022 or 2021.

Level 3 financial instrument sensitivities

The investment in debt securities is in respect of debt holdings in a property investment structure which was originally transferred to the Company via an in-specie dividend received from Old PGH during 2019. The holding was disposed of during the year ended 31 December 2020, but a balance of £1 million remains in respect of a potential repayment of cash reserves that may be due to the Company. The amount recognised has taken account of both the uncertain nature of the value of the proceeds and when they will be received.

14. Deferred tax

The accounting policy for tax assets and liabilities is included in note G8 to the consolidated financial statements.

Movement in deferred tax balances


1 January 2022

£m

Credit for the year

£m

31 December 2022

£m

Provisions and other temporary differences

82

31

113

 


1 January 2021

£m

Credit for the year

£m

31 December 2021

£m

Provisions and other temporary differences

16

66

82

The standard rate of UK corporation tax for the accounting period is 19% (2021: 19%).

Following cancellation of the planned corporation tax rate reduction from 19% to 17% announced in the Chancellor's Budget of March 2020, an increase to 25% effective from 1 April 2023 was announced in the Budget of 3 March 2021. Deferred tax assets are provided at the rate of 19% for tax losses carried forward to the extent that realisation of the related tax benefit is probable before 1 April 2023; otherwise a rate of 25% has been applied.

15. Cash and cash equivalents

The accounting policy for cash and cash equivalents is included in note G6 to the consolidated financial statements.


2022

£m

2021

£m

Bank and cash balances

-

95

16. Cash flows from operating activities


2022

£m

2021

£m

Profit for the year before tax

26

661

Non-cash movements in profit for the year before tax:



Impairment of loan due from subsidiary

12

10

Impairment of investment in subsidiaries

-

43

Investment income

(127)

(111)

Finance costs

287

274

Fair value gains on financial assets

(171)

(62)

Foreign exchange movement on borrowings at amortised cost

173

(11)

Share-based payment charge

16

14

Depreciation

2

1

Decrease in investment assets

290

385

Net increase in working capital

(925)

(307)

Cash (utilised)/generated by operations

(417)

897

17. Capital and risk management

The Company's capital comprises share capital, the Tier 1 Notes and all reserves as calculated in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ('IFRS'), as set out in the statement of changes in equity. Under English company law, dividends must be paid from distributable profits. As the ultimate parent undertaking of the Group, the Company manages its capital to ensure that it has sufficient distributable profits to pay dividends in accordance with its dividend policy. The distributable reserves of the Company as at 31 December 2022 were £5,062 million (2021: £5,448 million).

At 31 December 2022, total capital was £7,398 million (2021: £7,780 million). The movement in capital in the period comprises the total comprehensive income for the period attributable to owners of £116 million (2021: £728 million), dividends paid of £496 million (2021: £482 million), coupon paid on Tier 1 Notes, net of tax relief of £22 million (2021: £23 million), credit to equity for equity-settled share-based payments of £16 million (2021 £14 million) and issue of ordinary share capital of £4 million (2021: £2 million).

In addition, the Group also manages its capital on a regulatory basis as described in note I3 to the consolidated financial statements.

The principal risks and uncertainties facing the Company are interest rate risk, liquidity risk, foreign currency risk and credit risk. The Company hedges its currency risk exposure arising on foreign currency hybrid debt.

Details of the Group's financial risk management policies are outlined in note E6 to the consolidated financial statements.

Credit risk management practices

The Company's current credit risk grading framework comprises the following categories:

Category

Description

Basis for recognising ECL

Performing

The counterparty has a low risk of default and does not have any past-due amounts

12 month ECL

Doubtful

There has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition

Lifetime ECL -
not credit impaired

In default

There is evidence indicating the asset is credit-impaired

Lifetime ECL -
credit impaired

Write-off

There is evidence indicating that the counterparty is in severe financial
difficulty and the Company has no realistic prospect of recovery

Amount is written off

The table below details the credit quality of the Company's financial assets, as well as the Company's maximum exposure to credit risk by credit risk rating grades:

2022

External credit rating

Internal credit rating

12 month or lifetime ECL

Gross carrying amount
£m

Loss allowance
£m

Net carrying amount
£m

Loans and deposits (note 12)

N/A

Performing

12 month ECL

2,550

-

2,550

Other amounts due from Group entities (note 20)

N/A

Performing

12 month ECL

19

-

19








2021

External credit rating

Internal credit rating

12 month or lifetime ECL

Gross carrying amount
£m

Loss allowance
£m

Net carrying amount
£m

Loans and deposits (note 12)

N/A

Performing

12 month ECL

1,234

-

1,234

Other amounts due from Group entities (note 20)

N/A

Performing

12 month ECL

616

-

616

Cash and cash equivalents (note 15)

A

N/A

12 month ECL

95

-

95

The Company considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort to assess whether there has been a significant increase in risk since initial recognition. This includes quantitative and qualitative information and forward-looking analysis.

Loans and deposits - The Company is exposed to credit risk relating to loans and deposits from other Group companies, which are considered to be of low risk. Given their low risk, the loss allowance has been set at less than £1 million. The Company assesses whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition by assessing whether there have been any historic defaults, by reviewing the going concern assessment of the borrower and the ability of the Group to prevent a default by providing a capital or cash injection. Specific considerations for the loan to the Employee Benefit Trust are discussed in note 12.

Amounts due from other Group entities - The credit risk from activities undertaken in the normal course of business is considered to be extremely low. Given their low risk, the loss allowance has been set at less than £1 million. The Company assesses whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition by assessing past credit impairments, history of defaults and the long-term stability of the Group.

Cash and cash equivalents - The Company's cash and cash equivalents as at 31 December 2021 were held with bank and financial institution counterparties which had investment grade 'A' credit ratings. The Company considered the associated credit risk was low based on the external credit ratings of the counterparties and, there being no history of default, the impact to the net carrying amount stated in the table above is therefore considered not to be material.

The Company writes off a financial asset when there is information indicating that the counterparty is in severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery, e.g. when the counterparty has been placed into liquidation or has entered into bankruptcy proceedings. Financial assets written off may still be subject to enforcement activities under the Company's recovery procedures, taking into account legal advice where appropriate. Any recoveries made are recognised in profit or loss.

18. Share-based payments

Detailed information on the Long-term incentive plans, Sharesave schemes and Deferred bonus share schemes is contained in note I1 in the consolidated financial statements.

19. Directors' remuneration

Details of the remuneration of the Directors of Phoenix Group Holdings plc is included in the Directors' Remuneration Report on pages 110 to 146 of the Annual Report and Accounts.

20. Related party transactions

The Company has related party transactions with Group entities and its key management personnel. Details of the total compensation of key management personnel, being those having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, including the Executive and Non-Executive Directors, are included in note I4 to the consolidated financial statements.

During the year ended 31 December 2022, the Company entered into the following transactions with related parties.


2022

£m

2021

£m

Dividend income from other Group entities

455

957

Interest income from other Group entities

124

111


579

1,068




Impairment of investment in subsidiaries

-

43

Expense to other Group entities

246

205

Interest expense to other Group entities

60

43


306

291




Amounts due from related parties at the end of the year:




2022

£m

2021

£m

Loans due from Group entities

2,550

1,234

Interest accrued on loans due from Group entities

29

35

Other amounts due from Group entities

19

616


2,598

1,885




Amount due for settlement after 12 months

2,004

784




Amounts due to related parties at the end of the year:




2022

£m

2021

£m

Loans due to Group entities

2,424

300

Interest accrued on loans due to Group entities

14

14

Other amounts due to Group entities

43

415


2,481

729




Amount due for settlement after 12 months

1,246

300

21. Auditor's remuneration

Details of auditor's remuneration for Phoenix Group Holdings plc and its subsidiaries is included in note C4 to the consolidated financial statements.

22. Events after the reporting period

Details of events after the reporting date are included in note I7 to the consolidated financial statements.

A Barbour

A Briggs

R Thakrar

S Bruce

K Green

H Iioka

K Murray

J Pollock

B Richards

M Semple

N Shott

K Sorenson

 

10 March 2023

Additional life company asset disclosures

The analysis of the asset portfolio provided below comprises the assets held by the Group's life companies, and it is stated net of derivative liabilities. It excludes other Group assets such as cash held in the holding and management service companies and the assets held by the non-controlling interests in consolidated collective investment schemes.

The following table provides an overview of the exposure by asset category of the Group's life companies' shareholder and policyholder funds:

31 December 2022

Carrying value

Shareholder and non-profit funds1

£m

Participating supported1

£m

Participating non-supported2

£m

Unit-linked2

£m

Total

£m

Cash and cash equivalents

4,385

1,027

5,312

6,445

17,169







Debt securities - gilts and foreign government bonds

4,913

260

15,065

13,212

33,450

Debt securities - other government and supranational    

1,691

242

1,717

2,341

5,991

Debt securities - infrastructure loans - project finance3

922

-

-

-

922

Debt securities - infrastructure loans - corporate 4

1,205

-

1

-

1,206

Debt securities - local authority loans5

686

1

2

4

693

Debt securities - loans guaranteed by export credit agencies and supranationals6

509

-

-

-

509

Debt securities - private corporate credit 7

1,660

-

100

8

1,768

Debt securities - loans to housing association 8

769

-

8

2

779

Debt securities - commercial real estate loans9

1,104

-

-

-

1,104

Debt securities - equity release mortgages9

3,934

-

-

-

3,934

Debt securities - other debt securities

13,895

1,118

13,067

33,515

61,595

 

31,288

1,621

29,960

49,082

111,951

Equity securities

109

46

17,114

94,462

111,731

Property investments

68

22

1,698

5,361

7,149

Income strips9

-

-

-

786

786

Other investments10

(1,238)

(506)

738

9,271

8,265

Total Life Company assets

34,612

2,210

54,822

165,407

257,051

Less assets held by disposal groups11

-

-

-

(8,312)

(8,312)

At 31 December 2022

34,612

2,210

54,822

157,095

248,739

Cash and cash equivalents in Group holding companies





502

Cash and financial assets in other Group companies





1,071

Financial assets held by the non-controlling interest in consolidated collective investment schemes





4,213

Financial assets in consolidated funds held by disposal groups11





1,147

Total Group consolidated assets excluding amounts classified as held for sale





255,672

Comprised of:






Investment property





3,727

Financial assets





248,981

Cash and cash equivalents





8,839

Derivative liabilities





(5,875)






255,672

1  Includes assets where shareholders of the life companies bear the investment risk.

2  Includes assets where policyholders bear most of the investment risk.

3  Total infrastructure loans - project finance of £922 million include £882 million classified as Level 3 debt securities in the fair value hierarchy.

4  Total infrastructure loans - corporate of £1,206 million include £1,175 million classified as Level 3 debt securities in the fair value hierarchy

5  Total local authority loans of £693 million include £596 million classified as Level 3 debt securities in the fair value hierarchy.

6  Total loans guaranteed by export credit agencies and supranationals of £509 million include £402 million classified as Level 3 debt securities in the fair value hierarchy.

7  Total private corporate credit of £1,768 million include £1,422 million classified as Level 3 debt securities in the fair value hierarchy.

8  Total loans to housing associations of £779 million include £691 million classified as Level 3 debt securities in the fair value hierarchy.

9  All commercial real estate loans, equity release mortgages and income strips are classified as Level 3 debt securities in the fair value hierarchy.

10             Includes policy loans of £11 million, other loans of £398 million, net derivative liabilities of £(1,837) million, reinsurers' share of investment contracts of £9,088 million and other investments of £605 million.

11             See note A6.1 to the consolidated financial statements for further details

 

31 December 2021






 

Carrying value

Shareholder and non-profit funds1

£m

Participating supported1

£m

Participating non-supported2

£m

Unit-linked2

£m

Total3

£m

Cash and cash equivalents

5,437

1,644

7,103

9,691

23,875

Debt securities -gilts and foreign government bonds

8,687

311

20,623

14,170

43,791

Debt securities - other government and supranational

2,381

318

2,088

3,051

7,838

Debt securities - infrastructure loans - project finance3,4

1,026

-

1

-

1,027

Debt securities - infrastructure loans - corporate3,5

1,118




1,118

Debt securities - local authority loans and US municipal bonds3,6

1,140

-

10

6

1,156

Debt securities - loans guaranteed by export credit agencies and supranationals3,7

373

-

-

-

373

Debt securities - private corporate credit3,8

1,928

1

169

27

2,125

Debt securities - loans to housing associations 3,9

1,161

-

9

3

1,173

Debt securities - commercial real estate loans3,10

1,317




1,317

Debt securities - equity release mortgages 3,10

4,214




4,214

Debt securities - other debt securities

16,713

1,432

16,274

28,218

62,637

 

40,058

2,062

39,174

45,475

126,769

Equity securities

122

61

20,386

113,779

134,348

Property investments

76

26

2,248

7,906

10,256

Income strips3,10

-

-

-

886

886

Other investments11

623

341

3,098

10,119

14,181

Total Life Company assets

46,316

4,134

72,009

187,856

310,315

Less assets held by disposal group 12

-

-

-

(11,676)

(11,676)

At 31 December 2021

46,316

4,134

72,009

176,180

298,639

Cash and cash equivalents in Group holding companies





964

Cash and financial assets in other Group companies





793

Financial assets held by the non-controlling interest in consolidated collective investment schemes





4,155

Financial assets in consolidated funds held by disposal group 12





1,788

Total Group consolidated assets excluding amounts classified as held for sale





306,339

Comprised of:






Investment property





5,283

Financial assets





293,192

Cash and cash equivalents





9,112

Derivative liabilities





(1,248)






306,339

1  Includes assets where shareholders of the life companies bear the investment risk.

2  Includes assets where policyholders bear most of the investment risk.

3 The illiquid asset classes have been represented to align with those used in the Group's Internal Model.

4 Total infrastructure loans - project finance of £1,027 million include £967 million classified as Level 3 debt securities in the fair value hierarchy.

5 Total infrastructure loans - corporate of £1,118 million include £1,074 million classified as Level 3 debt securities in the fair value hierarchy.

6 Total local authority loans and US municipal bonds of £1,156 million include £917 million classified as Level 3 debt securities in the fair value hierarchy.

7 Total loans guaranteed by export credit agencies and supranationals of £373 million include £219 million classified as Level 3 debt securities in the fair value hierarchy.

8 Total private corporate credit of £2,125 million include £1,488 million classified as Level 3 debt securities in the fair value hierarchy.

9 Total loans to housing associations of £1,173 million include £1,022 million classified as Level 3 debt securities in the fair value hierarchy.

10             All commercial real estate loans, equity release mortgages and income strips are classified as Level 3 debt securities in the fair value hierarchy.

11             Includes policy loans of £11 million, other loans of £248 million, net derivative assets of £3,309 million, reinsurers' share of investment contracts of £10,009 million and other investments of £604 million.

12             See note A6.1 to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

Additional life company asset disclosures

The following table provides a reconciliation of the total life company assets to the Assets under Administration ('AUA') as at 31 December 2022 detailed in the Business Review on page 37.



2022

 £bn

2021

 £bn

Total Life Company assets excluding amounts classified as held for sale


248.7

298.6

Off-balance sheet AUA1


10.3

11.8

Assets Under Administration


259.0

310.4

1  Off-balance sheet AUA represents assets held in respect of certain Group Self-Invested Personal Pension products where the beneficial ownership interest resides with the customer (and which are therefore not recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position) but on which the Group earns fee revenue.

All of the life companies' debt securities are held at fair value through profit or loss under IAS 39, and therefore already reflect any reduction in value between the date of purchase and the reporting date.

The life companies have in place a comprehensive database that consolidates credit exposures across counterparties, geographies and business lines. This database is used for credit monitoring, stress testing and scenario planning. The life companies continue to manage their balance sheets prudently and have taken extra measures to ensure their market exposures remain within risk appetite.

For each of the life companies' significant financial institution counterparties, industry and other data has been used to assess the exposure of the individual counterparties. As part of the Group's risk appetite framework and analysis of shareholder exposure to a potential worsening of the economic situation, this assessment has been used to identify counterparties considered to be most at risk from defaults. The financial impact on these counterparties, and the contagion impact on the rest of the shareholder portfolio, is assessed under various scenarios and assumptions. This analysis is regularly reviewed to reflect the latest economic outlook, economic data and changes to asset portfolios. The results are used to inform the Group's views on whether any management actions are required.

The table below shows the Group's market exposure analysed by credit rating for the debt securities held in the shareholder and non-profit funds.

Sector analysis of shareholder and non-profit fund bond portfolio


 AAA

£m

 AA

£m

 A

£m

 BBB

£m

 BB & below1

£m

 Total

£m

Industrials

-

395

252

643

11

1,301

Basic materials

-

1

130

6

-

137

Consumer, cyclical

-

311

314

111

67

803

Technology and telecoms

186

288

517

551

-

1,542

Consumer, non-cyclical

246

328

802

231

-

1,607

Structured finance

-

-

38

-

-

38

Banks2

526

464

2,919

344

39

4,292

Financial services

139

401

100

68

19

727

Diversified

-

5

29

-

-

34

Utilities

19

141

727

1,353

-

2,240

Sovereign, sub-sovereign and supranational3

932

5,838

509

116

2

7,397

Real estate

76

234

2,590

1,053

180

4,133

Investment companies

1

125

-

5

-

131

Insurance

22

354

321

70

43

810

Oil and gas

-

132

346

55

-

533

Collateralised debt obligations

-

7

-

-

-

7

Private equity loans

-

-

7

69

-

76

Infrastructure

-

123

60

1,208

155

1,546

Equity release mortgages4

2,216

852

810

56

-

3,934

At 31 December 2022

4,363

9,999

10,471

5,939

516

31,288

1  Includes unrated holdings of £108 million.

2  The £4,292 million total shareholder exposure to bank debt comprised £3,345 million senior debt and £947 million subordinated debt.

3  Includes £686 million reported as local authority loans, £1,660 million reported as private corporate credit and £509 million reported as loans guaranteed by export credit agencies and supranationals in the summary table on page 307.

4  The credit ratings attributed to equity release mortgages are based on the ratings assigned to the internal securitised loan notes.

Sector analysis of shareholder and non-profit fund bond portfolio


 AAA

£m

 AA

£m

 A

£m

 BBB

£m

 BB & below1

£m

 Total

£m

Industrials

-

165

329

820

6

1,320

Basic materials

-

1

166

29

-

196

Consumer, cyclical

11

438

461

302

148

1,360

Technology and telecoms

165

268

592

735

3

1,763

Consumer, non-cyclical

258

271

966

338

-

1,833

Structured finance

-

-

52

-

-

52

Banks2

662

769

2,750

578

19

4,778

Financial services

51

281

382

147

5

866

Diversified

-

6

28

-

-

34

Utilities

25

121

1,304

1,272

2

2,724

Sovereign, sub-sovereign and supranational3

1,465

9,983

827

109

-

12,384

Real estate

27

183

3,364

757

254

4,585

Investment companies

30

200

2

-

-

232

Insurance

16

428

426

38

22

930

Oil and gas

-

147

381

81

-

609

Collateralised debt obligations

-

8

-

-

-

8

Private equity loans

-

-

-

26

-

26

Infrastructure

-

84

236

1,620

204

2,144

Equity release mortgages4

2,085

1,144

963

-

22

4,214

At 31 December 2021

4,795

14,497

13,229

6,852

685

40,058

1  Includes unrated holdings of £113 million.

2  The £4,778 million total shareholder exposure to bank debt comprised £3,732 million senior debt and £1,046 million subordinated debt.

3  Includes £1,082 million reported as local authority loans & US municipal bonds, £42 million reported as private corporate credit and £205 million reported as loans guaranteed by export credit agencies and supranationals in the summary table on page 308.

4  The credit ratings attributed to equity release mortgages are based on the ratings assigned to the internal securitised loan notes.

5  The illiquid asset classes have been represented to align with those used I the Group's Internal Model.

The following table sets out the debt security exposure by country of the shareholder and non-profit funds of the life companies:

Analysis of shareholder debt security exposure by country

 Sovereign, sub-sovereign and supranational

2022

£m

Corporate
and other

2022

£m

Total

2022

£m

 Sovereign, sub-sovereign and supranational

2021

£m

Corporate
 and other

2021

£m

Total

2021

£m

UK

5,914

13,781

19,695

10,216

17,076

27,292

Supranationals

541

45

586

800

-

800

USA

317

5,122

5,439

340

4,881

5,221

Germany

46

716

762

112

418

530

France

153

921

1,074

230

1,207

1,437

Netherlands

24

417

441

117

769

886

Italy

-

145

145

-

171

171

Ireland

-

74

74

-

57

57

Spain

17

103

120

26

105

131

Luxembourg

56

118

174

60

22

82

Belgium

28

83

111

39

111

150

Australia

1

386

387

1

503

504

Canada

6

385

391

99

303

402

Mexico

2

137

139

2

192

194

Other - non-Eurozone 1

252

1,241

1,493

288

1,579

1,867

Other - Eurozone

40

217

257

54

280

334

Total shareholder debt securities

7,397

23,891

31,288

12,384

27,674

40,058

1 There was no shareholder exposure to Russia, Ukraine and Belarus at 31 December 2022. In the prior year, this included £2 million sovereign debt and £21 million corporate and other debt with exposure to Russia only.

 

Additional capital disclosures

PGH PLC Solvency II surplus

The PGH plc surplus at 31 December 2022 is £4.4 billion (2021: £5.3 billion).


31 December

 2022

Estimated

£bn

31 December

2021

£bn

Own Funds

11.1

14.8

SCR

(6.7)

(9.5)

Surplus

4.4

5.3

Calculation of group solvency

The Group wholly uses Method 1 to calculate Group solvency. The Group continues to determine its capital requirements on a partial internal model basis.

Composition of own funds

Own Funds items are classified into different Tiers based on the features of the specific items and the extent to which they possess the following characteristics, with Tier 1 being the highest quality:

•  availability to be called up on demand to fully absorb losses on a going-concern basis, as well as in the case of winding-up ('permanent availability'); and

•  in the case of winding-up, the total amount that is available to absorb losses before repayment to the holder until all obligations to policyholders and other beneficiaries have been met ('subordination').

PGH plc's total Own Funds are analysed by Tier as follows:


31 December 2022

Estimated

£bn

31 December 2021

£bn

Tier 1 - Unrestricted

7.1

9.9

Tier 1 - Restricted

1.0

1.1

Tier 2

2.6

2.9

Tier 3

0.4

0.9

Total Own Funds

11.1

14.8

PGH plc's unrestricted Tier 1 capital accounts for 63% (2021: 67%) of total Own Funds and comprises ordinary share capital, surplus funds of the unsupported with-profit funds which are recognised only to a maximum of the SCR, and the accumulated profits of the remaining business.

Restricted Tier 1 capital comprises the contingent convertible Tier 1 Notes issued in January 2020 and the Tier 1 Notes issued in April 2018, the terms of which enable the instruments to qualify as restricted Tier 1 capital for regulatory reporting purposes.

Tier 2 capital is comprised of subordinated notes whose terms enable them to qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory reporting purposes.

Tier 3 items include the Tier 3 subordinated notes of £0.2 billion (2021: £0.7 billion) and the deferred tax asset of £0.2 billion (2021: £0.2 billion).

Breakdown of SCR

The Group operates one single PRA approved Internal Model covering all the Group entities, with the exception of the Irish entity, Standard Life International Designated Activity Company ('SLIDAC') and the acquired ReAssure businesses. SLIDAC and ReAssure businesses calculate their capital requirements in accordance with the Standard Formula. An analysis of the pre-diversified SCR of PGH plc is presented below:


31 December 2022
Estimated


31 December 2021


 

Internal Model
%

ReAssure and SLIDAC

Standard Formula

%


 

Internal Model
%

ReAssure and SLIDAC

Standard Formula

%

Longevity

15

17


22

21

Credit

17

19


18

21

Persistency

18

28


20

22

Interest rates

8

6


9

8

Operational

8

4


6

3

Swap spreads

2

-


3

-

Property

4

1


4

1

Other market risks

15

14


12

14

Other non-market risks

13

11


6

10

Total pre-diversified SCR

100

100


100

100

The principal risks of the Group are described in detail in note E6 and F4 in the IFRS consolidated financial statements.

Minimum capital requirements

Under the Solvency II regulations, the Minimum Capital Requirement ('MCR') is the minimum amount of capital an insurer is required to hold below which policyholders and beneficiaries would become exposed to an unacceptable level of risk if an insurer was allowed to continue its operations. For Groups this is referred to as the Minimum Consolidated Group SCR ('MGSCR').

The MCR is calculated according to a formula prescribed by the Solvency II regulations and is subject to a floor of 25% of the SCR or €3.7 million, whichever is higher, and a cap of 45% of the SCR. The MCR formula is based on factors applied to technical provisions and capital at risk.

The MGSCR represents the sum of the underlying insurance companies' MCRs of the Group. The Group wholly uses Method 1 (the default accounting based consolidation method) to calculate Group solvency following the approval of the internal model by the PRA during the year.

The Eligible Own Funds to cover the MGSCR is subject to quantitative limits as shown below:

•  the Eligible amounts of Tier 1 items should be at least 80% of the MGSCR; and

•  the Eligible amounts of Tier 2 items shall not exceed 20% of the MGSCR.

PGH plc's MGSCR at 31 December 2022 is £2.3 billion (2021: £3.0 billion).

PGH plc's Eligible Own Funds to cover MGSCR is £8.4 billion (2021: £11.5 billion) leaving an excess of Eligible Own Funds over MGSCR of £6.1 billion (2021: £8.5 billion), which translates to an MGSCR coverage ratio of 369% (2021: 387%).

 

Alternative performance measures

The Group assesses its financial position and performance based on a range of measures. Some of these are management derived measures that are not defined or specified in accordance with relevant financial reporting frameworks such as International Financial Reporting Standards ('IFRS') or Solvency II.

These measures are known as Alternative Performance Measures ('APMs').

APMs are disclosed to provide stakeholders with further helpful information on the performance of the Group and should be viewed as complementary to, rather than a substitute for, the measures determined according to IFRS and Solvency II requirements. Accordingly, these APMs may not be comparable with similarly titled measures and disclosures by other companies.

A list of the APMs used in our results as well as their definitions, why they are used and, if applicable, how they can be reconciled to the nearest equivalent GAAP measure is provided below. Further discussion of these measures can be found in the business review from page 28.

Pro forma adjustments will be used in the Annual Report and Accounts ('ARA') where management considers that they allow the users of the ARA to better understand the financial performance, financial position, cash flows or outlook of the Group. Examples of where pro forma adjustments may be used are in relation to acquisitions or disposals which are material to the Group, changes to the Group's capital structure or changes in reporting frameworks the Group applies such as Solvency II or IFRS. Where pro forma adjustments are considered necessary for the understanding of the financial performance, financial position, cash flows or outlook of the Group these will be clearly labelled as pro forma with a clear explanation provided as to the reason for the adjustments and the Key Performance Indicators, Alternative Performance Metrics and other performance metrics impacted.

APM

Definition

Why this measure is used

Reconciliation to
financial statements

Assets under administration

The Group's Assets under Administration ('AUA') represents assets administered by or on behalf of the Group, covering both policyholder fund and shareholder assets. It includes assets recognised in the Group's IFRS statement of consolidated financial position together with certain assets administered by the Group for which beneficial ownership resides with customers.

AUA indicates the potential earnings capability of the Group arising from its insurance and investment business. AUA flows provide a measure of the Group's ability to deliver new business growth.

A reconciliation from the Group's IFRS statement of consolidated financial position to the Group's AUA is provided on page 309.

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit is a financial performance measure based on expected long-term assumptions. It is stated before tax and excludes amortisation and impairments of intangibles, finance costs attributable to owners and other items which in the Director's view should be excluded by their nature or incidence to enable a full understanding of financial performance. Items excluded from adjusted operating profit are referred to as non-operating items.

Further details of the components of this measure and the assumptions inherent in the calculation of the long-term investment return are included in note B2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.

This measure provides a more representative view of the Group's performance than the IFRS result after tax as it provides long-term performance information unaffected by short-term economic volatility and one-off items, and is stated net of policyholder finance charges and tax.

It helps give stakeholders a better understanding of the underlying performance of the Group by identifying and analysing non-operating items.

A reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to the IFRS result before tax attributable to owners is included in the business review on page 38.

Fitch
leverage ratio

The Fitch leverage ratio is calculated by Phoenix (using Fitch Ratings' stated methodology) as debt as a percentage of the sum of debt and equity. Debt is defined as the IFRS carrying value of shareholder borrowings excluding subordinated liabilities qualifying as Tier 1 Own Funds under Solvency II. Equity is defined as the sum of equity attributable to the owners of the parent, non-controlling interests, the unallocated surplus, subordinated liabilities qualifying as Tier 1 Own Funds under Solvency II and the Tier 1 Notes. Values for debt and equity are adjusted to allow for the impact of currency hedges in place over foreign currency denominated debt.

The Group seeks to manage the level of debt on its balance sheet by monitoring its financial leverage ratio. This is to ensure the Group maintains its investment grade credit rating as issued by Fitch Ratings and optimises its funding costs and financial flexibility for future acquisitions.

The debt and equity figures are directly sourced from the Group's IFRS statement of consolidated financial position on pages 170 and 172 and the analysis of borrowings note on page 217.

Group In-force Long-term Free Cash ('Group in-force LTFC')

Group in-force LTFC represents the cash expected to be available over time to fund future dividends from today's in-force business. It is defined as the estimated lifetime cash generation from our in-force business, plus Group cash held in the Holding Company, less outstanding shareholder debt, committed M&A and transition costs, and interest on debt until maturity.

Group in-force LTFC provides a measure of the Group's total long-term cash available for operating costs, interest, growth and shareholder returns. Increases in Group in-force LTFC will be driven by sources of long-term cash i.e. new business and over-delivery of management actions. Decreases in Group in-force LTFC will reflect the uses of cash at holding company level, including expenses, interest, investment in BPA and dividends.

The calculation for the LTIP performance metric excludes any future shareholder dividends and is before interest on debt until maturity.

The metric is not directly reconcilable to the financial statements as it includes a significant component relating to cash that is expected to emerge in the future. Holding company cash included within Group in-force LTFC is consistent with the holding company cash and cash equivalents as disclosed in the cash section of the business review. Shareholder debt outstanding reflects the face value of the shareholder borrowings disclosed on page 217.

Incremental new business
long-term cash generation

Incremental new business long-term cash generation represents the operating companies' cash generation that is expected to arise in future years as a result of new business transacted in the current period within our UK Open and Europe segments.

This measure provides an indication of the Group's performance in delivering new business growth to offset the impact of run-off of the Group's Heritage business and to bring sustainability to future cash generation.

Incremental long-term cash generation is not directly reconcilable to the financial statements as it relates to cash generation expected to arise in the future.

Life Company
Free Surplus

The Solvency II surplus of the Life Companies that is in excess of their Board approved capital according to their capital management policies.

This figure provides a view of the level of surplus capital in the Life Companies that is available for distribution to the holding companies, and the generation of Free Surplus underpins future operating cash generation.

Please see business review section on page 35 for further analysis of the solvency positions of the Life Companies.

Operating companies' cash generation

Represents the net cash remitted from the operating entities to the Group, supported by the free surplus above capital requirements in the life companies, which is generated through margins earned on different life and pension products and the release of capital requirements, and group tax relief.

The statement of consolidated cash flows prepared in accordance with IFRS combines cash flows relating to shareholders with cash flows relating to policyholders, but the practical management of cash within the Group maintains a distinction between the two. The Group therefore focuses on the cash flows of the holding companies which relate only to shareholders. Such cash flows are considered more representative of the cash generation that could potentially be distributed as dividends or used for debt repayment and servicing, Group expenses and pension contributions.

Operating companies' cash generation is a key performance indicator used by management for planning, reporting and executive remuneration. The AIP performance metric 'cash generation' is aligned to this definition.

Operating companies' cash generation is not directly reconcilable to an equivalent GAAP measure (IFRS statement of consolidated cash flows) as it includes amounts that eliminate on consolidation.

Further details of holding companies' cash flows are included within the business review on pages 28 to 41, and a breakdown of the Group's cash position by type of entity is provided in the additional life company asset disclosures section on page 307.

Shareholder Capital Coverage Ratio

Represents total Eligible Own Funds divided by the Solvency Capital Requirements ('SCR'), adjusted to a shareholder view through the exclusion of amounts relating to those ring-fenced with-profit funds and Group pension schemes whose Own Funds exceed their SCR.

The unsupported with-profit funds and Group pension funds do not contribute to the Group Solvency II surplus. However, the inclusion of related Own Funds and SCR amounts dampens the implied Solvency II capital ratio. The Group therefore focuses on a shareholder view of the capital coverage ratio which is considered to give a more accurate reflection of the capital strength of the Group.

Further details of the Shareholder Capital Coverage Ratio and its calculation are included in the business review on page 34.

 

 



 

 

This information is provided by RNS, the news service of the London Stock Exchange. RNS is approved by the Financial Conduct Authority to act as a Primary Information Provider in the United Kingdom. Terms and conditions relating to the use and distribution of this information may apply. For further information, please contact rns@lseg.com or visit www.rns.com.

RNS may use your IP address to confirm compliance with the terms and conditions, to analyse how you engage with the information contained in this communication, and to share such analysis on an anonymised basis with others as part of our commercial services. For further information about how RNS and the London Stock Exchange use the personal data you provide us, please see our Privacy Policy.
 
END
 
 
FR GPUGGWUPWPUP